<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0"><channel><title>Full Audiobooks in Self-Improvement, Improve Your Mindset</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/discover-top-full-audiobooks-in-self-improvement-improve-your-mindset--6572479</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/292/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/292/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts &amp; Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></description><atom:link href="https://www.spreaker.com/show/6572479/episodes/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><language>en</language><category>Self-Improvement</category><copyright>Copyright Gregoria  Schuster</copyright><image><url>https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5eed49568bbfd0e6876c57038063b3f4.jpg</url><title>Full Audiobooks in Self-Improvement, Improve Your Mindset</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/discover-top-full-audiobooks-in-self-improvement-improve-your-mindset--6572479</link></image><lastBuildDate>Wed, 26 Mar 2025 10:37:49 +0000</lastBuildDate><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:name><itunes:email>feeds@spreaker.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5eed49568bbfd0e6876c57038063b3f4.jpg"/><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/292/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/292/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/292/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Our audiobook library with over 500,000+ titles includes categories like Psychology, Ancient Civilizations, and Arts &amp; Entertainment. You'll have the opportunity to receive 3 free audiobooks to explore new knowledge. Audiobooks can be listened to on multiple devices such as iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access wisdom anytime, anywhere. Let's open the world of sound and knowledge together! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:category text="Education"><itunes:category text="Self-Improvement"/></itunes:category><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><item><title>The Finding Your Self at the Heartbreak Hotel: Moving Beyond Betrayal by Ruth Field, Alice Haddon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-finding-your-self-at-the-heartbreak-hotel-moving-beyond-betrayal-by-ruth-field-alice-haddon--65130363</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Finding Your Self at the Heartbreak Hotel: Moving Beyond Betrayal Author: Ruth Field, Alice Haddon Narrator: Fern Kay, Alice Haddon, Cornelia Colman, Ruth Field, Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: February  6, 2024 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  You can’t seem to get over the breakup. You feel stuck in cycles of rumination and pain. This revelatory guide provides brand-new therapeutic tools to revolutionize the way we overcome loss, as well as seek and welcome love, within and outside of ourselves. ''For the heartbroken, a solid first step toward healing.” —Publishers Weekly Alice Haddon, psychologist with over twenty-five years of clinical experience, and Ruth Field, bestselling self-help author, show us how we can dissect heartbreaks, mine them for strength and live our most empowered life. In these warm, welcoming pages, you will meet women of different cultural backgrounds and ages who successfully picked themselves back up to become more confident than ever through the work that Alice and Ruth are doing at the Heartbreak Hotel--a therapy retreat providing intensive care to the heartbroken. Bursting with compassion, humor, sass, and courage, this book will take you into the actual exercises conducted at the retreat. It will teach you how to: face your deepest hurt without shame or judgment ask for help and lean on the collective be kind and forgiving to yourself turn your heartbreak into an abundance of love and pride. Providing you with a clear pathway to recovery, Alice and Ruth draw on their wealth of professional and personal experience to help you Finding Your Self at The Heartbreak Hotel.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Feb 2024 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130363/9780063289970.mp3" length="2437346" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Finding Your Self at the Heartbreak Hotel: Moving Beyond Betrayal Author: Ruth Field, Alice Haddon Narrator: Fern Kay, Alice Haddon, Cornelia...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/652213</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Finding Your Self at the Heartbreak Hotel: Moving Beyond Betrayal Author: Ruth Field, Alice Haddon Narrator: Fern Kay, Alice Haddon, Cornelia Colman, Ruth Field, Kristin Atherton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: February  6, 2024 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  You can’t seem to get over the breakup. You feel stuck in cycles of rumination and pain. This revelatory guide provides brand-new therapeutic tools to revolutionize the way we overcome loss, as well as seek and welcome love, within and outside of ourselves. ''For the heartbroken, a solid first step toward healing.” —Publishers Weekly Alice Haddon, psychologist with over twenty-five years of clinical experience, and Ruth Field, bestselling self-help author, show us how we can dissect heartbreaks, mine them for strength and live our most empowered life. In these warm, welcoming pages, you will meet women of different cultural backgrounds and ages who successfully picked themselves back up to become more confident than ever through the work that Alice and Ruth are doing at the Heartbreak Hotel--a therapy retreat providing intensive care to the heartbroken. Bursting with compassion, humor, sass, and courage, this book will take you into the actual exercises conducted at the retreat. It will teach you how to: face your deepest hurt without shame or judgment ask for help and lean on the collective be kind and forgiving to yourself turn your heartbreak into an abundance of love and pride. Providing you with a clear pathway to recovery, Alice and Ruth draw on their wealth of professional and personal experience to help you Finding Your Self at The Heartbreak Hotel.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1bf9323d70b18e4fb8c3a97ac0a269d1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dialed In: Do Your Best When It Matters Most by Dana Sinclair</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dialed-in-do-your-best-when-it-matters-most-by-dana-sinclair--65130345</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703002" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703002</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dialed In: Do Your Best When It Matters Most Author: Dana Sinclair Narrator: Eunice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: January  2, 2024 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  For readers of Atomic Habits and Grit, a top performance psychologist, who has coached elite athletes, surgeons, and business leaders, shares her proven plan to getting the best results when the pressure is on. What do a major league baseball catcher struggling with pop ups, an operating room doctor tense before a surgery, and a slumping sixteen-year-old tennis prodigy all have in common? They’re elite performers who are not achieving excellence, and they’re not sure how to improve.   Enter Dr. Dana Sinclair. For more than twenty years, Dr. Dana has worked with the best of the best to improve results, from NFL, MLB, NBA, and NHL teams to IndyCar drivers and Olympic athletes. She helps performers shift their focus and deliver optimal performance in high-pressure moments that define greatness. Her methods also work for students and teachers, business leaders and managers—anyone motivated to improve. Her approach is simple: figure out what gets in your way, develop actions to address it in the moment, and then stick to the plan. It’s not about how you feel, it’s about what you do!   Now, for the first time, her method to improve performance is available to everyone. In Part One of Dialed In, Dr. Dana shares her key concepts:   -the true nature of confidence (it’s overrated)  -the difference between good routines and unhelpful superstitions  -good communicating vs. common bad advice  -why character is better than talent, and much more   In Part Two, she takes us through her three-step process for making your own performance plans, with five helpful examples to illustrate how it’s done. There are also leading questions and quick tips to help you better develop your personalized performance plan for whatever challenges you face.   Simple, smart, and effective, Dialed In is like having your own performance coach in your back pocket.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703002</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Jan 2024 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130345/9781668053201.mp3" length="1477627" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703002 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dialed In: Do Your Best When It Matters Most Author: Dana Sinclair Narrator: Eunice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703002" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/703002</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dialed In: Do Your Best When It Matters Most Author: Dana Sinclair Narrator: Eunice Wong Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: January  2, 2024 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  For readers of Atomic Habits and Grit, a top performance psychologist, who has coached elite athletes, surgeons, and business leaders, shares her proven plan to getting the best results when the pressure is on. What do a major league baseball catcher struggling with pop ups, an operating room doctor tense before a surgery, and a slumping sixteen-year-old tennis prodigy all have in common? They’re elite performers who are not achieving excellence, and they’re not sure how to improve.   Enter Dr. Dana Sinclair. For more than twenty years, Dr. Dana has worked with the best of the best to improve results, from NFL, MLB, NBA, and NHL teams to IndyCar drivers and Olympic athletes. She helps performers shift their focus and deliver optimal performance in high-pressure moments that define greatness. Her methods also work for students and teachers, business leaders and managers—anyone motivated to improve. Her approach is simple: figure out what gets in your way, develop actions to address it in the moment, and then stick to the plan. It’s not about how you feel, it’s about what you do!   Now, for the first time, her method to improve performance is available to everyone. In Part One of Dialed In, Dr. Dana shares her key concepts:   -the true nature of confidence (it’s overrated)  -the difference between good routines and unhelpful superstitions  -good communicating vs. common bad advice  -why character is better than talent, and much more   In Part Two, she takes us through her three-step process for making your own performance plans, with five helpful examples to illustrate how it’s done. There are also leading questions and quick tips to help you better develop your personalized performance plan for whatever challenges you face.   Simple, smart, and effective, Dialed In is like having your own performance coach in your back pocket.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ac1924bbc2f5f1d0ff4cc1d4266e1768.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Enough as You Are by Scott Stabile</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/enough-as-you-are-by-scott-stabile--65130337</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707649" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707649</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough as You Are Author: Scott Stabile Narrator: Scott Stabile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In this heart-expanding collection of poetry and short prose, Scott Stabile delivers liberating truths rooted in the premise that each of us is beautiful, whole, and enough—just as we are. With the same wise, humorous, and unembellished voice that has garnered him hundreds of thousands of followers online, Scott assures us that our worth is inherent, our authenticity bridges the path to freedom, and with willingness and commitment, deep self-love is possible for each of us. Enough as You Are, like all his work, reminds us that love is our greatest healer and invites us to consider the positive transformations that can occur when we move through the world with love as our foundation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707649</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Oct 2023 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130337/9781696613361.mp3" length="14437208" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707649 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough as You Are Author: Scott Stabile Narrator: Scott Stabile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707649" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/707649</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enough as You Are Author: Scott Stabile Narrator: Scott Stabile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 56 minutes Release date: October 31, 2023 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In this heart-expanding collection of poetry and short prose, Scott Stabile delivers liberating truths rooted in the premise that each of us is beautiful, whole, and enough—just as we are. With the same wise, humorous, and unembellished voice that has garnered him hundreds of thousands of followers online, Scott assures us that our worth is inherent, our authenticity bridges the path to freedom, and with willingness and commitment, deep self-love is possible for each of us. Enough as You Are, like all his work, reminds us that love is our greatest healer and invites us to consider the positive transformations that can occur when we move through the world with love as our foundation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/597a32e528c9ac11158b59eae9bffcb1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You Are a Badass® (Ultimate Collector's Edition): How to Stop Doubting Your Greatness and Start Living an Awesome Life by Jen Sincero</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-are-a-badass-ultimate-collector-s-edition-how-to-stop-doubting-your-greatness-and-start-living-an-awesome-life-by-jen-sincero--65130351</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are a Badass® (Ultimate Collector's Edition): How to Stop Doubting Your Greatness and Start Living an Awesome Life Author: Jen Sincero Narrator: Jen Sincero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18   Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • MORE THAN 5 MILLION COPIES SOLD The first ever self-development book to help millions of people around the globe transform their lives using humor, irreverence, and the occasional curse word—now with an exclusive new chapter on the power of intuition and inspiring reader testimonials, as well as an updated foreword and reader's guide  In this refreshingly entertaining guide to reshaping your mindset and your life, mega-bestselling author and world-traveling success coach Jen Sincero serves up 28 bite-sized chapters full of hilarious and inspiring stories, sage advice, loving yet firm kicks in the rear, and easy-to-implement exercises to help you:      -  Identify and change the self-sabotaging beliefs and behaviors that stop you from getting what you want.  -  Shift your energy and attract what you desire.   -  Create a life you totally love. And start creating it NOW.  -  Make some damn money already. The kind you've never made before.       By the end of You Are a Badass, you’ll understand how to blast past what’s holding you back, make some serious changes, and start living the kind of life that once seemed impossible.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Sep 2023 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130351/9781668635230.mp3" length="1477721" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are a Badass® (Ultimate Collector's Edition): How to Stop Doubting Your Greatness and Start Living an Awesome Life Author: Jen Sincero Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676808</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are a Badass® (Ultimate Collector's Edition): How to Stop Doubting Your Greatness and Start Living an Awesome Life Author: Jen Sincero Narrator: Jen Sincero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: September 26, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18   Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • MORE THAN 5 MILLION COPIES SOLD The first ever self-development book to help millions of people around the globe transform their lives using humor, irreverence, and the occasional curse word—now with an exclusive new chapter on the power of intuition and inspiring reader testimonials, as well as an updated foreword and reader's guide  In this refreshingly entertaining guide to reshaping your mindset and your life, mega-bestselling author and world-traveling success coach Jen Sincero serves up 28 bite-sized chapters full of hilarious and inspiring stories, sage advice, loving yet firm kicks in the rear, and easy-to-implement exercises to help you:      -  Identify and change the self-sabotaging beliefs and behaviors that stop you from getting what you want.  -  Shift your energy and attract what you desire.   -  Create a life you totally love. And start creating it NOW.  -  Make some damn money already. The kind you've never made before.       By the end of You Are a Badass, you’ll understand how to blast past what’s holding you back, make some serious changes, and start living the kind of life that once seemed impossible.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a1c4af6a5a92852221f07c4515c1766f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Please Unsubscribe, Thanks!: How to Take Back Our Time, Attention, and Purpose in a World Designed to Bury Us in Bullshit by Julio Vincent G</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/please-unsubscribe-thanks-how-to-take-back-our-time-attention-and-purpose-in-a-world-designed-to-bury-us-in-bullshit-by-julio-vincent-g--65130348</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657843" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657843</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Please Unsubscribe, Thanks!: How to Take Back Our Time, Attention, and Purpose in a World Designed to Bury Us in Bullshit Author: Julio Vincent Gambuto Narrator: Julio Vincent Gambuto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 48   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A life-changing guide to freeing ourselves from the utter nonsense of modern life, for fans of Atomic Habits and The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck—the best book to read if you’re stressed-out, overloaded, or just plain weirded out by this crazy world we’re all living in.   “Simultaneously hilarious and deadly serious…An extraordinary book.” —Oliver Burkeman, New York Times bestselling author of Four Thousand Weeks • Winner of an Axiom Business Award for Best Business Book on Work-Life Balance • A Must-Read Book for August 2023 by the Next Big Idea Book Club, curated by Malcolm Gladwell, Adam Grant, Susan Cain, and Daniel Pink For decades, we have been told that being overworked, overcommitted, and overwhelmed is the price to pay for successful delete modern here lives. That the constant striving, and scrolling, and buying into lifestyles that are marketed to us is a direct path to happiness. When all we seem to get in return is a permanent place on the hamster wheel.    Writer and moviemaker Julio Vincent Gambuto understood this all too well. He was constantly on the go, overloading [space] his calendar and inbox, trying to convince himself that being busy meant being fulfilled. But in the darkest moments of 2020, he was confronted with an uncomfortable truth: life has been on autopilot for a very long time. He was trapped in a never-ending loop, exhausted, lonely, and wildly disconnected from all that truly mattered.    Now, in Please Unsubscribe, Thanks!, Gambuto maps a radical blueprint for “unsubscribing”—a rethinking of our digital habits, the setting of real boundaries, a reevaluation of our social circles, and a reexamination of powerful core ideas that no longer serve us.   Inside, you’ll find:  —100+ practical and tactical strategies for how to be happy in the chaos of our world, and how to unplug and reevaluate life so you can re-design it and live it with more meaning and joy.  —A deep understanding of how modern life got to be so damn relentless thanks to Big Forces like tech, banks, social media, and politics.  —Important opportunities to reflect on where all your time, attention, money and energy really go.  —An eye-opening conversation about work that will change your perspective on work, life, and family.  —and more!    A brilliant, timely, and inspired blend of social science and self-improvement philosophy, Please Unsubscribe, Thanks! will shift your perspective, open your eyes, and help you find the power inside to make real, lasting change.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657843</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Aug 2023 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130348/9781797163536.mp3" length="1477767" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657843 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Please Unsubscribe, Thanks!: How to Take Back Our Time, Attention, and Purpose in a World Designed to Bury Us in Bullshit Author: Julio Vincent Gambuto...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657843" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/657843</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Please Unsubscribe, Thanks!: How to Take Back Our Time, Attention, and Purpose in a World Designed to Bury Us in Bullshit Author: Julio Vincent Gambuto Narrator: Julio Vincent Gambuto Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: August  8, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 48   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A life-changing guide to freeing ourselves from the utter nonsense of modern life, for fans of Atomic Habits and The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck—the best book to read if you’re stressed-out, overloaded, or just plain weirded out by this crazy world we’re all living in.   “Simultaneously hilarious and deadly serious…An extraordinary book.” —Oliver Burkeman, New York Times bestselling author of Four Thousand Weeks • Winner of an Axiom Business Award for Best Business Book on Work-Life Balance • A Must-Read Book for August 2023 by the Next Big Idea Book Club, curated by Malcolm Gladwell, Adam Grant, Susan Cain, and Daniel Pink For decades, we have been told that being overworked, overcommitted, and overwhelmed is the price to pay for successful delete modern here lives. That the constant striving, and scrolling, and buying into lifestyles that are marketed to us is a direct path to happiness. When all we seem to get in return is a permanent place on the hamster wheel.    Writer and moviemaker Julio Vincent Gambuto understood this all too well. He was constantly on the go, overloading [space] his calendar and inbox, trying to convince himself that being busy meant being fulfilled. But in the darkest moments of 2020, he was confronted with an uncomfortable truth: life has been on autopilot for a very long time. He was trapped in a never-ending loop, exhausted, lonely, and wildly disconnected from all that truly mattered.    Now, in Please Unsubscribe, Thanks!, Gambuto maps a radical blueprint for “unsubscribing”—a rethinking of our digital habits, the setting of real boundaries, a reevaluation of our social circles, and a reexamination of powerful core ideas that no longer serve us.   Inside, you’ll find:  —100+ practical and tactical strategies for how to be happy in the chaos of our world, and how to unplug and reevaluate life so you can re-design it and live it with more meaning and joy.  —A deep understanding of how modern life got to be so damn relentless thanks to Big Forces like tech, banks, social media, and politics.  —Important opportunities to reflect on where all your time, attention, money and energy really go.  —An eye-opening conversation about work that will change your perspective on work, life, and family.  —and more!    A brilliant, timely, and inspired blend of social science and self-improvement philosophy, Please Unsubscribe, Thanks! will shift your perspective, open your eyes, and help you find the power inside to make real, lasting change.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b3e7aafddc5ccfc43e3bc7b6360ad018.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Happiness Advantage: The Seven Principles of Positive Psychology that Fuel Success and Performance at Work by Shawn Achor</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-happiness-advantage-the-seven-principles-of-positive-psychology-that-fuel-success-and-performance-at-work-by-shawn-achor--65130338</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667601" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667601</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Advantage: The Seven Principles of Positive Psychology that Fuel Success and Performance at Work Author: Shawn Achor Narrator: Shawn Achor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: July  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Most people want to be successful in life. And of course, everyone wants to be happy. When it comes to the pursuit of success and happiness, most people assume the same formula: if you work hard, you will become successful, and once you become successful, then you'll be happy. The only problem is that a decade of cutting-edge research in the field of positive psychology has proven that this formula is backwards. Success does not beget happiness. Based on the largest study ever conducted on happiness and human potential (a survey conducted by the author of more than 1,600 students), Harvard lecturer Shawn Achor shares seven core principles of positive psychology that each one of us can use to improve our performance, grow our careers, and gain a competitive edge at work. He reveals how happiness actually fuels success and performance, not the other way around. Why? Because when we are happier and more positive we are more engaged, creative, resilient to stress, and productive. The Happiness Advantage will appeal to anyone who wants practical advice on how to become happier and also more successful. ©2023 Shawn Achor (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667601</guid><pubDate>Thu, 06 Jul 2023 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130338/9780753560471.mp3" length="2437272" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667601 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Advantage: The Seven Principles of Positive Psychology that Fuel Success and Performance at Work Author: Shawn Achor Narrator: Shawn...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667601" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/667601</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Advantage: The Seven Principles of Positive Psychology that Fuel Success and Performance at Work Author: Shawn Achor Narrator: Shawn Achor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: July  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Most people want to be successful in life. And of course, everyone wants to be happy. When it comes to the pursuit of success and happiness, most people assume the same formula: if you work hard, you will become successful, and once you become successful, then you'll be happy. The only problem is that a decade of cutting-edge research in the field of positive psychology has proven that this formula is backwards. Success does not beget happiness. Based on the largest study ever conducted on happiness and human potential (a survey conducted by the author of more than 1,600 students), Harvard lecturer Shawn Achor shares seven core principles of positive psychology that each one of us can use to improve our performance, grow our careers, and gain a competitive edge at work. He reveals how happiness actually fuels success and performance, not the other way around. Why? Because when we are happier and more positive we are more engaged, creative, resilient to stress, and productive. The Happiness Advantage will appeal to anyone who wants practical advice on how to become happier and also more successful. ©2023 Shawn Achor (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cd70439b6b560a0733bfdd0705287d92.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>I Am More Than My Body: The Body Neutral Journey by Bethany C. Meyers</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-am-more-than-my-body-the-body-neutral-journey-by-bethany-c-meyers--65130342</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676705" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676705</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Am More Than My Body: The Body Neutral Journey Author: Bethany C. Meyers Narrator: Bethany C. Meyers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 21   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'Some days I love my body, some days I hate my body, but every day I respect my body.' What does it really feel like when you respect your body? For many of us, a neutral approach to our physical self, based on compassion and acceptance, requires a revolutionary shift in how we think about ourselves. I Am More Than My Body will help you strengthen your relationship with yourself and find balance, steering you away from shame without the pressure of having to love your body at all times. It will introduce a framework to help you practice neutral movement, recognise and arm yourself against bias, act with self-compassion, and navigate your feelings on this journey. A long-time practitioner of the body-neutral approach, Bethany C. Meyers shares their own story together with the experiences and ideas of experts and activists to help us care for our bodies while not having them dictate our worth. ©2023 Bethany C. Meyers (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676705</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Jun 2023 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130342/9781804947623.mp3" length="2437244" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676705 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Am More Than My Body: The Body Neutral Journey Author: Bethany C. Meyers Narrator: Bethany C. Meyers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676705" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/676705</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Am More Than My Body: The Body Neutral Journey Author: Bethany C. Meyers Narrator: Bethany C. Meyers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 29, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.05 of Total 21   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'Some days I love my body, some days I hate my body, but every day I respect my body.' What does it really feel like when you respect your body? For many of us, a neutral approach to our physical self, based on compassion and acceptance, requires a revolutionary shift in how we think about ourselves. I Am More Than My Body will help you strengthen your relationship with yourself and find balance, steering you away from shame without the pressure of having to love your body at all times. It will introduce a framework to help you practice neutral movement, recognise and arm yourself against bias, act with self-compassion, and navigate your feelings on this journey. A long-time practitioner of the body-neutral approach, Bethany C. Meyers shares their own story together with the experiences and ideas of experts and activists to help us care for our bodies while not having them dictate our worth. ©2023 Bethany C. Meyers (P)2023 Penguin Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8ce5af105635b533d56698154d8628bb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You've Got This: Seven Steps to a Life You Love by Michaela Dunbar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-ve-got-this-seven-steps-to-a-life-you-love-by-michaela-dunbar--65130340</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/616328" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/616328</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You've Got This: Seven Steps to a Life You Love Author: Michaela Dunbar Narrator: Michaela Dunbar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 26   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  From a rising clinical psychologist and founder of Instagram’s @myeasytherapy, an accessible, life-enhancing guide to reframing self-doubt and negative thought patterns to unlock your potential. ?We all experience self-doubt and anxiety at certain points throughout our lives, some of us more often and more intensely than others. Anxiety is an emotion, a chemical reaction, and a fundamental part of being human. It can help us to stay alert and focused, spur us to action, and motivate us to solve problems. But left unchecked, it can have the opposite effect, holding us back and preventing us from living the lives we want. In You’ve Got This, Dr. Michaela Dunbar introduces the program she’s developed after years of helping ambitious women master their anxiety and overcome self-doubt and imposter syndrome. Through her clinical practice as well as engaging with thousands of women through her online platform, Dr. Michaela has identified the seven key ways high-functioning anxiety can manifest in our lives, from people pleasing to becoming overwhelmed to the obsession with perfectionism, and shows us how to transform negative thoughts and paralyzing emotions into positive action. Dr. Michaela’s goal is to help you struggle less and thrive more. Instead of succumbing to self-doubt, Dr. Michaela teaches you how to set boundaries, avoid burnout, and free yourself from the traps of overthinking. Accessible, inclusive, and deeply informative, You’ve Got This is for anyone who wants to let go of limiting beliefs, overthinking, and anxiety—and learn to step confidently into a life they love.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/616328</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jun 2023 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130340/9780063309593.mp3" length="2437214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/616328 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You've Got This: Seven Steps to a Life You Love Author: Michaela Dunbar Narrator: Michaela Dunbar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/616328" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/616328</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You've Got This: Seven Steps to a Life You Love Author: Michaela Dunbar Narrator: Michaela Dunbar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 24 minutes Release date: June  6, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.04 of Total 26   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  From a rising clinical psychologist and founder of Instagram’s @myeasytherapy, an accessible, life-enhancing guide to reframing self-doubt and negative thought patterns to unlock your potential. ?We all experience self-doubt and anxiety at certain points throughout our lives, some of us more often and more intensely than others. Anxiety is an emotion, a chemical reaction, and a fundamental part of being human. It can help us to stay alert and focused, spur us to action, and motivate us to solve problems. But left unchecked, it can have the opposite effect, holding us back and preventing us from living the lives we want. In You’ve Got This, Dr. Michaela Dunbar introduces the program she’s developed after years of helping ambitious women master their anxiety and overcome self-doubt and imposter syndrome. Through her clinical practice as well as engaging with thousands of women through her online platform, Dr. Michaela has identified the seven key ways high-functioning anxiety can manifest in our lives, from people pleasing to becoming overwhelmed to the obsession with perfectionism, and shows us how to transform negative thoughts and paralyzing emotions into positive action. Dr. Michaela’s goal is to help you struggle less and thrive more. Instead of succumbing to self-doubt, Dr. Michaela teaches you how to set boundaries, avoid burnout, and free yourself from the traps of overthinking. Accessible, inclusive, and deeply informative, You’ve Got This is for anyone who wants to let go of limiting beliefs, overthinking, and anxiety—and learn to step confidently into a life they love.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/85b13255c802279a94afdeee39b0617e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>8 Rules of Love: How to Find it, Keep it, and Let it Go by Jay Shetty</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/8-rules-of-love-how-to-find-it-keep-it-and-let-it-go-by-jay-shetty--65130341</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621894" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621894</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Rules of Love: How to Find it, Keep it, and Let it Go Author: Jay Shetty Narrator: Jay Shetty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.97 of Total 34   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  The author of the No.1 Sunday Times bestseller Think Like a Monk offers a revelatory guide to every stage of romance, drawing on ancient wisdom and new science.                      Nobody sits us down and teaches us how to love. So we’re often thrown into relationships with nothing but romance movies and pop culture to help us muddle through. Until now.           Instead of presenting love as an ethereal concept or a collection of cliches, Jay Shetty lays out specific, actionable steps to help you develop the skills to practice and nurture love better than ever before. He shares insights on how to win or lose together, how to define love, and why you don’t break in a break-up. Inspired by Vedic wisdom and modern science, he tackles the entire relationship cycle, from first dates to moving in together to breaking up and starting over. And he shows us how to avoid falling for false promises and unfulfilling partners.           By living Jay Shetty’s eight rules, we can all love ourselves, our partner, and the world better than we ever thought possible.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621894</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Jan 2023 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130341/9780008471682.mp3" length="2437217" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621894 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Rules of Love: How to Find it, Keep it, and Let it Go Author: Jay Shetty Narrator: Jay Shetty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621894" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/621894</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 8 Rules of Love: How to Find it, Keep it, and Let it Go Author: Jay Shetty Narrator: Jay Shetty Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 31, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.97 of Total 34   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 10 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  The author of the No.1 Sunday Times bestseller Think Like a Monk offers a revelatory guide to every stage of romance, drawing on ancient wisdom and new science.                      Nobody sits us down and teaches us how to love. So we’re often thrown into relationships with nothing but romance movies and pop culture to help us muddle through. Until now.           Instead of presenting love as an ethereal concept or a collection of cliches, Jay Shetty lays out specific, actionable steps to help you develop the skills to practice and nurture love better than ever before. He shares insights on how to win or lose together, how to define love, and why you don’t break in a break-up. Inspired by Vedic wisdom and modern science, he tackles the entire relationship cycle, from first dates to moving in together to breaking up and starting over. And he shows us how to avoid falling for false promises and unfulfilling partners.           By living Jay Shetty’s eight rules, we can all love ourselves, our partner, and the world better than we ever thought possible.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9adadce7f645af352a53ae5a7c2b6b44.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Eat Right, Lose Weight: Your individual blueprint for long-term weight loss and better health by Pippa Campbell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/eat-right-lose-weight-your-individual-blueprint-for-long-term-weight-loss-and-better-health-by-pippa-campbell--65130369</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat Right, Lose Weight: Your individual blueprint for long-term weight loss and better health Author: Pippa Campbell Narrator: Pippa Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'Pippa Campbell is a fantastic nutritionist.' Gabby Logan Do you struggle to lose weight? Have you tried a number of plans that work for others but not for you? Are you looking for an easy, sustainable solution to staying healthy?  Diet and nutrition expert Pippa Campbell's clients turn to her for help when their weight-loss  plans fail. Now she wants to share her secrets with everyone and help you become your own 'diet detective' along the way.  Through a simple Q&amp;A Pippa helps to identify what's going wrong in the 7 key body systems that might prevent weight loss, before creating a diet that is specific to you and your needs and formulating a personalised plan for sustainable weight-loss and better health.  Eat Right, Lose Weight debunks the one-size-fits-all diet myth and is the book that will change the way women approach weight loss.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624144</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Dec 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130369/9781788707954.mp3" length="2437261" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624144 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat Right, Lose Weight: Your individual blueprint for long-term weight loss and better health Author: Pippa Campbell Narrator: Pippa Campbell Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624144" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/624144</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Eat Right, Lose Weight: Your individual blueprint for long-term weight loss and better health Author: Pippa Campbell Narrator: Pippa Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'Pippa Campbell is a fantastic nutritionist.' Gabby Logan Do you struggle to lose weight? Have you tried a number of plans that work for others but not for you? Are you looking for an easy, sustainable solution to staying healthy?  Diet and nutrition expert Pippa Campbell's clients turn to her for help when their weight-loss  plans fail. Now she wants to share her secrets with everyone and help you become your own 'diet detective' along the way.  Through a simple Q&amp;A Pippa helps to identify what's going wrong in the 7 key body systems that might prevent weight loss, before creating a diet that is specific to you and your needs and formulating a personalised plan for sustainable weight-loss and better health.  Eat Right, Lose Weight debunks the one-size-fits-all diet myth and is the book that will change the way women approach weight loss.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4c9fa2f8638dbc8b9add4d2c9081a1d4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Girls Just Wanna Have Funds by Emma Due Bitz, Camilla Falkenberg, Anna-Sophie Hartvigsen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/girls-just-wanna-have-funds-by-emma-due-bitz-camilla-falkenberg-anna-sophie-hartvigsen--65130343</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618366" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618366</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls Just Wanna Have Funds Author: Emma Due Bitz, Camilla Falkenberg, Anna-Sophie Hartvigsen Narrator: Charlotte Gosling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 15   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Start your journey to financial success with Female Invest's bootcamp for safe, smart and sustainable investing. Are you one of the 68% of women worldwide earning less than a man doing exactly the same job? Then you need to make your money work harder, starting now. The trio of founders behind the global movement Female Invest bring you an empowering guide with a straight-talking message: you don't have to be an expert or a millionaire to make money. Simply equip yourself with easy-to-follow golden rules and tools to find your confidence and open up a whole new world of opportunities. Whether you want to master the art of setting realistic goals, demystify jargon and markets, gain independence, or finally get excited about your financial future, find all the answers you need and more with this comprehensive guide. © 2022 Camilla Falkenberg, Emma Due Bitz; Anna-Sophie Hartvigsen © 2022 DK Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618366</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Dec 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130343/9780241633014.mp3" length="2437460" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618366 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls Just Wanna Have Funds Author: Emma Due Bitz, Camilla Falkenberg, Anna-Sophie Hartvigsen Narrator: Charlotte Gosling Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618366" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618366</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Girls Just Wanna Have Funds Author: Emma Due Bitz, Camilla Falkenberg, Anna-Sophie Hartvigsen Narrator: Charlotte Gosling Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 41 minutes Release date: December 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.73 of Total 15   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Start your journey to financial success with Female Invest's bootcamp for safe, smart and sustainable investing. Are you one of the 68% of women worldwide earning less than a man doing exactly the same job? Then you need to make your money work harder, starting now. The trio of founders behind the global movement Female Invest bring you an empowering guide with a straight-talking message: you don't have to be an expert or a millionaire to make money. Simply equip yourself with easy-to-follow golden rules and tools to find your confidence and open up a whole new world of opportunities. Whether you want to master the art of setting realistic goals, demystify jargon and markets, gain independence, or finally get excited about your financial future, find all the answers you need and more with this comprehensive guide. © 2022 Camilla Falkenberg, Emma Due Bitz; Anna-Sophie Hartvigsen © 2022 DK Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9394d42c9f3c93c4cd901ec3be801a20.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Invest Now: The Simple Guide to Boosting Your Finances by Kalpana Fitzpatrick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/invest-now-the-simple-guide-to-boosting-your-finances-by-kalpana-fitzpatrick--65130384</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600663" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600663</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invest Now: The Simple Guide to Boosting Your Finances Author: Kalpana Fitzpatrick Narrator: Kalpana Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  What we earn today is worth less tomorrow. So, what can we do about it? How can we future-proof our finances? The answer is simple: invest. When it comes to investing you might have a few assumptions (you have to be rich to invest, it's too risky, you need to be a 'professional'), are bombarded with financial jargon (index, funds, stocks, shares) or are not sure where to start. Kalpana Fitzpatrick, financial journalist and money expert, will help you take control of your finances with this easy-to-understand guide to investing. Invest Now is an essential book that will teach you: ·      What investing is and why you need to care about it ·      How investing works and why cash is making you 'poor' ·      If investing is for you and how to get started ·      How to ethically invest to save the planet ·      Break down financial jargon, bust myths and so much more. Whether you want to make a big purchase or retire early, investing will help you achieve your financial dreams.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600663</guid><pubDate>Thu, 22 Dec 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130384/9781788707336.mp3" length="2437235" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600663 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invest Now: The Simple Guide to Boosting Your Finances Author: Kalpana Fitzpatrick Narrator: Kalpana Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600663" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/600663</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Invest Now: The Simple Guide to Boosting Your Finances Author: Kalpana Fitzpatrick Narrator: Kalpana Fitzpatrick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: December 22, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  What we earn today is worth less tomorrow. So, what can we do about it? How can we future-proof our finances? The answer is simple: invest. When it comes to investing you might have a few assumptions (you have to be rich to invest, it's too risky, you need to be a 'professional'), are bombarded with financial jargon (index, funds, stocks, shares) or are not sure where to start. Kalpana Fitzpatrick, financial journalist and money expert, will help you take control of your finances with this easy-to-understand guide to investing. Invest Now is an essential book that will teach you: ·      What investing is and why you need to care about it ·      How investing works and why cash is making you 'poor' ·      If investing is for you and how to get started ·      How to ethically invest to save the planet ·      Break down financial jargon, bust myths and so much more. Whether you want to make a big purchase or retire early, investing will help you achieve your financial dreams.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d87f6033ac5e0bb9fff4ab064eafc46b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Path of an Eagle: How to Overcome and Lead After Being Knocked Down by Jay Fantom</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-path-of-an-eagle-how-to-overcome-and-lead-after-being-knocked-down-by-jay-fantom--65130339</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625867" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625867</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path of an Eagle: How to Overcome and Lead After Being Knocked Down Author: Jay Fantom Narrator: Jay Fantom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: November  8, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A real, emotional, and vulnerable story of one man's persistent courage to overcome some of life's worst and greatest challenges, while finding hope, healing, love, peace, and fulfillment along the journey of life. This book is a heartfelt, emotive, and hopeful account of one man's awe-inspiring journey to overcome the seemingly impossible—near-death experiences, abuse of all kinds, depression, anxiety, addictions, and eating disorders. It captures how he embraced the past with truth, courage, and sincerity to help others find the answers to what it really takes to overcome and lead a fulfilled and meaningful life after being knocked down. Jay Fantom invites us all to be brave and courageous as we follow him down what he calls 'The Path of an Eagle.' It is where we will find hope and strength in God, as He will enable us to spread our wings and take flight—because we weren't meant to stay on the ground. Despite the struggles attempting to keep us down, we were made for the skies . . . and to soar above the clouds.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625867</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Nov 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130339/9781696608732.mp3" length="14437279" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625867 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path of an Eagle: How to Overcome and Lead After Being Knocked Down Author: Jay Fantom Narrator: Jay Fantom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625867" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/625867</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Path of an Eagle: How to Overcome and Lead After Being Knocked Down Author: Jay Fantom Narrator: Jay Fantom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: November  8, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A real, emotional, and vulnerable story of one man's persistent courage to overcome some of life's worst and greatest challenges, while finding hope, healing, love, peace, and fulfillment along the journey of life. This book is a heartfelt, emotive, and hopeful account of one man's awe-inspiring journey to overcome the seemingly impossible—near-death experiences, abuse of all kinds, depression, anxiety, addictions, and eating disorders. It captures how he embraced the past with truth, courage, and sincerity to help others find the answers to what it really takes to overcome and lead a fulfilled and meaningful life after being knocked down. Jay Fantom invites us all to be brave and courageous as we follow him down what he calls 'The Path of an Eagle.' It is where we will find hope and strength in God, as He will enable us to spread our wings and take flight—because we weren't meant to stay on the ground. Despite the struggles attempting to keep us down, we were made for the skies . . . and to soar above the clouds.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ddfd0c23d425cd69d4cf99c7e06620fa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Letter to My Younger Self: Inspirational Women by Jane Graham, The Big Issue</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/letter-to-my-younger-self-inspirational-women-by-jane-graham-the-big-issue--65130380</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618431" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618431</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letter to My Younger Self: Inspirational Women Author: Jane Graham, The Big Issue Narrator: Shaheen Khan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 27, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Over 15 years ago, The Big Issue began to ask well-known figures from the worlds of entertainment, politics, literature, business and more, one simple question: If you could write a letter to your younger self, what would it say? This collection of 70 inspiring, moving and honest interviews includes Billie Piper on feeling burnt out, Monica Ali on self-belief, Mica Paris on sudden loss, Nancy Sinatra on marrying young, Fearne Cotton on battling imposter syndrome, Alesha Dixon on risk-taking and so much more. ALL ROYALTIES FROM SALES OF THIS BOOK GO TO THE BIG ISSUE.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618431</guid><pubDate>Thu, 27 Oct 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130380/9781788708562.mp3" length="2437258" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618431 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letter to My Younger Self: Inspirational Women Author: Jane Graham, The Big Issue Narrator: Shaheen Khan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618431" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/618431</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letter to My Younger Self: Inspirational Women Author: Jane Graham, The Big Issue Narrator: Shaheen Khan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: October 27, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Over 15 years ago, The Big Issue began to ask well-known figures from the worlds of entertainment, politics, literature, business and more, one simple question: If you could write a letter to your younger self, what would it say? This collection of 70 inspiring, moving and honest interviews includes Billie Piper on feeling burnt out, Monica Ali on self-belief, Mica Paris on sudden loss, Nancy Sinatra on marrying young, Fearne Cotton on battling imposter syndrome, Alesha Dixon on risk-taking and so much more. ALL ROYALTIES FROM SALES OF THIS BOOK GO TO THE BIG ISSUE.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1a3ae9d98cbef46821992829b7b59ec8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Live Life in Crescendo: Your Most Important Work is Always Ahead of You by Stephen R. Covey, Cynthia Covey Haller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/live-life-in-crescendo-your-most-important-work-is-always-ahead-of-you-by-stephen-r-covey-cynthia-covey-haller--65130396</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561949" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561949</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Life in Crescendo: Your Most Important Work is Always Ahead of You Author: Stephen R. Covey, Cynthia Covey Haller Narrator: Cynthia Covey Haller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  How to live your best life, no matter your age? How best to approach the challenges and opportunities of middle to later life—like raising children, caring for parents, managing and inspiring others, and staying on top of your career and what comes next?     In Live Life in Crescendo Stephen R. Covey sets out to answer these questions, outlining his vision for those in the prime of your life, whatever age you may be. To live life in crescendo is to continually grow in contribution, learning, and influence. In the same way that music builds on previous notes but leaves us anticipating the next note, a life builds on the past but unfolds in the future. The Crescendo Mentality urges readers to use whatever you have—your time, talents, skills, resources, gifts, passion, money, influence—to enrich the lives of people around you.     Published posthumously, Live Life in Crescendo is a life-changing and life-affirming book infused with Covey’s generosity and wisdom.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561949</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130396/9781398516588.mp3" length="1477833" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561949 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Life in Crescendo: Your Most Important Work is Always Ahead of You Author: Stephen R. Covey, Cynthia Covey Haller Narrator: Cynthia Covey Haller...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561949" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/561949</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Live Life in Crescendo: Your Most Important Work is Always Ahead of You Author: Stephen R. Covey, Cynthia Covey Haller Narrator: Cynthia Covey Haller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: September 27, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  How to live your best life, no matter your age? How best to approach the challenges and opportunities of middle to later life—like raising children, caring for parents, managing and inspiring others, and staying on top of your career and what comes next?     In Live Life in Crescendo Stephen R. Covey sets out to answer these questions, outlining his vision for those in the prime of your life, whatever age you may be. To live life in crescendo is to continually grow in contribution, learning, and influence. In the same way that music builds on previous notes but leaves us anticipating the next note, a life builds on the past but unfolds in the future. The Crescendo Mentality urges readers to use whatever you have—your time, talents, skills, resources, gifts, passion, money, influence—to enrich the lives of people around you.     Published posthumously, Live Life in Crescendo is a life-changing and life-affirming book infused with Covey’s generosity and wisdom.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f051074ed9b0f8cf0bcb88da101f533d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>We Go High: How 30 Women of Colour Achieved Greatness against all Odds by Nicole Ellis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-go-high-how-30-women-of-colour-achieved-greatness-against-all-odds-by-nicole-ellis--65130373</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562185" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562185</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Go High: How 30 Women of Colour Achieved Greatness against all Odds Author: Nicole Ellis Narrator: Nicole Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: September  1, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Informative audiobook celebrating the words and wisdom of 30 influential women of colour Follow the life lessons of 30 remarkable women of colour - past and present - who have made their mark on society and culture. 'When you are struggling and you start thinking about giving up, I want you to remember something... and that is the power of hope.' - Michelle Obama (White House speech, 2017) We Go High brings together the inspiring stories, motivational quotes, and personal philosophies of 30 influential women of colour who have sought to overcome challenges of gender and race. Including political powerhouses such as Kamala Harris, Michelle Obama, and Iriaka Ratana, as well as badass businesswomen like Netflix CMO Bozoma Saint John, and writers Michaela Coel and Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie. We Go High not only celebrates their achievements but uncovers the personal beliefs, attitudes, and determination that drive them. From feminist activists to scientists, each woman's story is different - but all have in common a deep-seated resilience to fight against the prejudices and barriers to success that women of colour face on a daily basis.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562185</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130373/9780241570906.mp3" length="2437124" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562185 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Go High: How 30 Women of Colour Achieved Greatness against all Odds Author: Nicole Ellis Narrator: Nicole Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562185" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/562185</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Go High: How 30 Women of Colour Achieved Greatness against all Odds Author: Nicole Ellis Narrator: Nicole Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 2 minutes Release date: September  1, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Informative audiobook celebrating the words and wisdom of 30 influential women of colour Follow the life lessons of 30 remarkable women of colour - past and present - who have made their mark on society and culture. 'When you are struggling and you start thinking about giving up, I want you to remember something... and that is the power of hope.' - Michelle Obama (White House speech, 2017) We Go High brings together the inspiring stories, motivational quotes, and personal philosophies of 30 influential women of colour who have sought to overcome challenges of gender and race. Including political powerhouses such as Kamala Harris, Michelle Obama, and Iriaka Ratana, as well as badass businesswomen like Netflix CMO Bozoma Saint John, and writers Michaela Coel and Chimamanda Ngozi Adichie. We Go High not only celebrates their achievements but uncovers the personal beliefs, attitudes, and determination that drive them. From feminist activists to scientists, each woman's story is different - but all have in common a deep-seated resilience to fight against the prejudices and barriers to success that women of colour face on a daily basis.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ba81c187be0cbceef13fdc0bb07b3e9e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Life Lessons from Hip-Hop: 50 Reflections on Creativity, Motivation and Wellbeing by Grant Brydon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/life-lessons-from-hip-hop-50-reflections-on-creativity-motivation-and-wellbeing-by-grant-brydon--65130349</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592474" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592474</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Lessons from Hip-Hop: 50 Reflections on Creativity, Motivation and Wellbeing Author: Grant Brydon Narrator: Grant Brydon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: September  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Adopt a hip-hop mindset to take control of your own narrative and become the best version of yourself with 50 must-read lessons on creativity and self help that will inspire a new generation. Grant Brydon has interviewed some of the biggest names in hip-hop. Here he shares the creative directions and tips derived from one-on-one conversations with Pharrell Williams, J Cole, Big Sean, Nipsey Hussle, and many more. With chapters covering motivation, creativity, authenticity, reinventions, mental wellbeing, resilience, and more, the advice gleaned from these important artists' life experiences will help you to face up to your own challenges and inspire you to make simple changes that have major positive consequences. Lessons include: -Award-winning rapper, singer, songwriter and producer J Cole on how to Define Success -Grammy award-winning hip-hop- legend Nas on Maintaining Focus on What's Important -A lesson in Committing to Inspiration from Flo Milli, viral TikTok sensation and Best New Artist nominee at the 2020 -BET Hip Hop Awards -Big Sean on how to Take Time Off and Talk to Someone -Multiple BET Hip Hop Awards nominee Action Bronson on how not to be discouraged -Kenny Beats - producer of Vince Staples and Ed Sheeran - on the dangers of overthinking -Grammy nominated Freddie Gibbs on Integrity -Apple Radio show host Joe Kay on maintaining a healthy body and mind -Mac Miller on reinvention © 2022 Grant Brydon © 2022 DK Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592474</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Sep 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130349/9780241614921.mp3" length="2437271" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592474 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Lessons from Hip-Hop: 50 Reflections on Creativity, Motivation and Wellbeing Author: Grant Brydon Narrator: Grant Brydon Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592474" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/592474</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Lessons from Hip-Hop: 50 Reflections on Creativity, Motivation and Wellbeing Author: Grant Brydon Narrator: Grant Brydon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 41 minutes Release date: September  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Adopt a hip-hop mindset to take control of your own narrative and become the best version of yourself with 50 must-read lessons on creativity and self help that will inspire a new generation. Grant Brydon has interviewed some of the biggest names in hip-hop. Here he shares the creative directions and tips derived from one-on-one conversations with Pharrell Williams, J Cole, Big Sean, Nipsey Hussle, and many more. With chapters covering motivation, creativity, authenticity, reinventions, mental wellbeing, resilience, and more, the advice gleaned from these important artists' life experiences will help you to face up to your own challenges and inspire you to make simple changes that have major positive consequences. Lessons include: -Award-winning rapper, singer, songwriter and producer J Cole on how to Define Success -Grammy award-winning hip-hop- legend Nas on Maintaining Focus on What's Important -A lesson in Committing to Inspiration from Flo Milli, viral TikTok sensation and Best New Artist nominee at the 2020 -BET Hip Hop Awards -Big Sean on how to Take Time Off and Talk to Someone -Multiple BET Hip Hop Awards nominee Action Bronson on how not to be discouraged -Kenny Beats - producer of Vince Staples and Ed Sheeran - on the dangers of overthinking -Grammy nominated Freddie Gibbs on Integrity -Apple Radio show host Joe Kay on maintaining a healthy body and mind -Mac Miller on reinvention © 2022 Grant Brydon © 2022 DK Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/40d8e853a9cbb41017706f5ebc93ecba.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Lie Catcher: Become a Human Lie Detector in Under 60 Minutes by Dr. David Craig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/lie-catcher-become-a-human-lie-detector-in-under-60-minutes-by-dr-david-craig--65130357</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601705" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601705</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lie Catcher: Become a Human Lie Detector in Under 60 Minutes Author: Dr. David Craig Narrator: Mike Read Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Cut through the noise and get to the truth with Dr David Craig’s ‘Lie Catcher: Becoming a Human Lie Detector in Under 60 Minutes’.  From making a purchase, negotiating a contract to dealing with children, ‘Lie Catcher’ provides fast, simple and effective techniques to enable you to harness expert detective skills in your day-to-day life - in less than 60 minutes. With over 20 years of practical and academic experience, Dr David Craig provides a fully credentialed and accessible guide. Ideal for education, parents, relationships, and business activities. - Dr David Craig has been teaching and researching techniques in covert operations since the early 2000s. Having assisted undercover operations around the world, he spent over two decades as a Federal Agent, and now runs a consultancy for covert operations in Australia and overseas. Craig is now the author of the bestselling psychological books ‘Unlocking Secrets : How to get people to tell you everything’ and ‘Lie Catcher: Become a Human Lie Detector in Under 60 Minutes’. Craig believes that everybody can and should benefit from covert skills in their everyday lives.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601705</guid><pubDate>Thu, 28 Jul 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130357/9788728276877.mp3" length="2437212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601705 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lie Catcher: Become a Human Lie Detector in Under 60 Minutes Author: Dr. David Craig Narrator: Mike Read Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601705" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/601705</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lie Catcher: Become a Human Lie Detector in Under 60 Minutes Author: Dr. David Craig Narrator: Mike Read Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 33 minutes Release date: July 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Cut through the noise and get to the truth with Dr David Craig’s ‘Lie Catcher: Becoming a Human Lie Detector in Under 60 Minutes’.  From making a purchase, negotiating a contract to dealing with children, ‘Lie Catcher’ provides fast, simple and effective techniques to enable you to harness expert detective skills in your day-to-day life - in less than 60 minutes. With over 20 years of practical and academic experience, Dr David Craig provides a fully credentialed and accessible guide. Ideal for education, parents, relationships, and business activities. - Dr David Craig has been teaching and researching techniques in covert operations since the early 2000s. Having assisted undercover operations around the world, he spent over two decades as a Federal Agent, and now runs a consultancy for covert operations in Australia and overseas. Craig is now the author of the bestselling psychological books ‘Unlocking Secrets : How to get people to tell you everything’ and ‘Lie Catcher: Become a Human Lie Detector in Under 60 Minutes’. Craig believes that everybody can and should benefit from covert skills in their everyday lives.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ae79a8ce4b49d36727df17abe403bbc4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Find Your Creative Mojo: How to Overcome Fear, Procrastination and Self-Doubt to Express your True Self by Josh Langley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/find-your-creative-mojo-how-to-overcome-fear-procrastination-and-self-doubt-to-express-your-true-self-by-josh-langley--65130352</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602846" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602846</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Creative Mojo: How to Overcome Fear, Procrastination and Self-Doubt to Express your True Self Author: Josh Langley Narrator: Alan Irving Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Delivering the untold truth about why it’s so important to express yourself, ‘Find Your Creative Mojo’ provides the perfect manifesto on finding your voice, your passions and unleashing your creative soul. Whether you’re taking your first step or looking to awaken your arty side, you’ll be reaching for this book whenever you find your creative voice in need of a boost.  A rattling read, Josh Langley mixes humour, inspirational quotes, beautiful illustrations and quirky anecdotes to craft one cocktail of creative love letter to art. Ideal for any budding creative soul. - Author, cartoonist and daydreamer, Australian Josh Langley is an award-winning radio broadcaster and advertiser with over 20 years’ experience. Having started his own creative agency in 2000, he turned to painting as a form of self-expression at the same time, resulting in an exhibition at the 2002 Perth Fringe Festival. in 2010, he began drawing cartoons for Big Sky Publishing and has since published 2 ground-breaking self-help books, ‘Dying to Know: is there life after death’, and ‘Turning Inside Out: what if everything we’ve been taught about life is wrong.’ He is also the author of numerous self-help children’s titles, including 2018’s ABIA Small Publisher’s Children’s Book of the Year award winner ‘It’s Ok to Feel the Way You Do’. He lives in South West Australia with his partner and chickens.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602846</guid><pubDate>Thu, 28 Jul 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130352/9788728276822.mp3" length="2437266" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602846 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Creative Mojo: How to Overcome Fear, Procrastination and Self-Doubt to Express your True Self Author: Josh Langley Narrator: Alan Irving...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602846" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/602846</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find Your Creative Mojo: How to Overcome Fear, Procrastination and Self-Doubt to Express your True Self Author: Josh Langley Narrator: Alan Irving Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Delivering the untold truth about why it’s so important to express yourself, ‘Find Your Creative Mojo’ provides the perfect manifesto on finding your voice, your passions and unleashing your creative soul. Whether you’re taking your first step or looking to awaken your arty side, you’ll be reaching for this book whenever you find your creative voice in need of a boost.  A rattling read, Josh Langley mixes humour, inspirational quotes, beautiful illustrations and quirky anecdotes to craft one cocktail of creative love letter to art. Ideal for any budding creative soul. - Author, cartoonist and daydreamer, Australian Josh Langley is an award-winning radio broadcaster and advertiser with over 20 years’ experience. Having started his own creative agency in 2000, he turned to painting as a form of self-expression at the same time, resulting in an exhibition at the 2002 Perth Fringe Festival. in 2010, he began drawing cartoons for Big Sky Publishing and has since published 2 ground-breaking self-help books, ‘Dying to Know: is there life after death’, and ‘Turning Inside Out: what if everything we’ve been taught about life is wrong.’ He is also the author of numerous self-help children’s titles, including 2018’s ABIA Small Publisher’s Children’s Book of the Year award winner ‘It’s Ok to Feel the Way You Do’. He lives in South West Australia with his partner and chickens.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/08e789617bea507263e6721cd88c1345.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Life Time: The New Science of the Body Clock, and How It Can Revolutionize Your Sleep and Health by Russell Foster</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/life-time-the-new-science-of-the-body-clock-and-how-it-can-revolutionize-your-sleep-and-health-by-russell-foster--65130418</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523026" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523026</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Time: The New Science of the Body Clock, and How It Can Revolutionize Your Sleep and Health Author: Russell Foster Narrator: Russell Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. This book comes with a downloadable PDF to accompany the audiobook.  A GUIDE TO USING THE SCIENCE OF THE BODY CLOCK TO CREATE THE OPTIMUM PERSONAL ROUTINE. SLEEP BETTER, WORK BETTER, FEEL BETTER. Every second of the day, tiny biological clocks are ticking throughout your body, from the neural pathways of your brain to your very cells. But modern life is disrupting this ancient and delicate mechanism in ways we are only just beginning to understand. Artificial light, jet lag, night shifts, air pollution, and out-of-sync work and meal routines are conspiring to push us out of joint. This is not only exacerbating mental health issues such as depression and fatigue, but also increasing the risk of obesity, heart disease, dementia and even cancer. In Life Time, Professor Russell Foster, a world-leading expert on circadian neuroscience, takes us on a fascinating journey through our days and nights. Using surprising examples and cutting-edge science, he busts long-standing myths about the best daily routine: from how to use light for a better night's sleep to using meal times to supercharge your metabolism, from the optimal time to have sex for conception to the extraordinary effects the time we take medication can have on our risk of life-threatening conditions such as strokes. Holistic yet accessible, Professor Foster helps each of us achieve the optimum natural routine with insight into: - How to sleep and wake in your natural rhythm from birth to old age - The natural time to eat to supercharge your metabolism - How medicating at certain times of day can improve immunity In the 21st Century, we have thrown away an essential part of our biology. But using science, we can get back into the rhythm, and live healthier, sharper lives. © Russell Foster 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523026</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130418/9780241994450.mp3" length="1477749" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Time: The New Science of the Body Clock, and How It Can Revolutionize Your Sleep and Health Author: Russell Foster Narrator: Russell Foster...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523026" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523026</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life Time: The New Science of the Body Clock, and How It Can Revolutionize Your Sleep and Health Author: Russell Foster Narrator: Russell Foster Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 19, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. This book comes with a downloadable PDF to accompany the audiobook.  A GUIDE TO USING THE SCIENCE OF THE BODY CLOCK TO CREATE THE OPTIMUM PERSONAL ROUTINE. SLEEP BETTER, WORK BETTER, FEEL BETTER. Every second of the day, tiny biological clocks are ticking throughout your body, from the neural pathways of your brain to your very cells. But modern life is disrupting this ancient and delicate mechanism in ways we are only just beginning to understand. Artificial light, jet lag, night shifts, air pollution, and out-of-sync work and meal routines are conspiring to push us out of joint. This is not only exacerbating mental health issues such as depression and fatigue, but also increasing the risk of obesity, heart disease, dementia and even cancer. In Life Time, Professor Russell Foster, a world-leading expert on circadian neuroscience, takes us on a fascinating journey through our days and nights. Using surprising examples and cutting-edge science, he busts long-standing myths about the best daily routine: from how to use light for a better night's sleep to using meal times to supercharge your metabolism, from the optimal time to have sex for conception to the extraordinary effects the time we take medication can have on our risk of life-threatening conditions such as strokes. Holistic yet accessible, Professor Foster helps each of us achieve the optimum natural routine with insight into: - How to sleep and wake in your natural rhythm from birth to old age - The natural time to eat to supercharge your metabolism - How medicating at certain times of day can improve immunity In the 21st Century, we have thrown away an essential part of our biology. But using science, we can get back into the rhythm, and live healthier, sharper lives. © Russell Foster 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9120384dd31eec4f3aa4924c4f1d8d82.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Joyrider: How gratitude can help you get the life you really want by Angela Scanlon</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/joyrider-how-gratitude-can-help-you-get-the-life-you-really-want-by-angela-scanlon--65130347</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573989" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573989</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joyrider: How gratitude can help you get the life you really want Author: Angela Scanlon Narrator: Angela Scanlon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. How gratitude can get the life you really want... 'Gratitude is your soul's superfood, but cheaper than goji berries, and twice as good for you. I like to think of it as mindfulness for cynics or the 'gateway drug' to spirituality. It's a very tangible thing you can do everyday that will shift your focus to what you have rather than pining and obsessing over what you don't have. Away from a state of lack into limitless abundance...' So what happens when we stop taking things for granted and start putting some grá* into our gratitude? When we consciously turn our heads and hearts to what we have and focus on the good? In Joy Rider, television presenter and host of the podcast Thanks A Million, Angela Scanlon, presents her guide to tapping into your own natural super resource - joy. This book is an invitation to embrace the kind of gratitude that cuts through the bulls**t of life to its truth, connecting us with the present and grounding us in self. When there is so much to feel anxious about, Angela shares with readers how focusing our attention on the small, incremental positives in life can completely change it for the better. * It means love in Irish © Angela Scanlon 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573989</guid><pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130347/9781529197556.mp3" length="2437275" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573989 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joyrider: How gratitude can help you get the life you really want Author: Angela Scanlon Narrator: Angela Scanlon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573989" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/573989</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joyrider: How gratitude can help you get the life you really want Author: Angela Scanlon Narrator: Angela Scanlon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: May 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. How gratitude can get the life you really want... 'Gratitude is your soul's superfood, but cheaper than goji berries, and twice as good for you. I like to think of it as mindfulness for cynics or the 'gateway drug' to spirituality. It's a very tangible thing you can do everyday that will shift your focus to what you have rather than pining and obsessing over what you don't have. Away from a state of lack into limitless abundance...' So what happens when we stop taking things for granted and start putting some grá* into our gratitude? When we consciously turn our heads and hearts to what we have and focus on the good? In Joy Rider, television presenter and host of the podcast Thanks A Million, Angela Scanlon, presents her guide to tapping into your own natural super resource - joy. This book is an invitation to embrace the kind of gratitude that cuts through the bulls**t of life to its truth, connecting us with the present and grounding us in self. When there is so much to feel anxious about, Angela shares with readers how focusing our attention on the small, incremental positives in life can completely change it for the better. * It means love in Irish © Angela Scanlon 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8ae4320d49fb7ebad18bd4728ba63d48.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dominant Thoughts: Things Grow Where Our Minds Go by Greg S. Reid, Chris Heller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dominant-thoughts-things-grow-where-our-minds-go-by-greg-s-reid-chris-heller--65130356</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617283" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617283</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dominant Thoughts: Things Grow Where Our Minds Go Author: Greg S. Reid, Chris Heller Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Your thoughts determine your results! Chris Heller, a nationally recognized leader in real estate, joins bestselling author Greg Reid to share profound principles and practices for creating unparalleled success in sales, leadership, and relationships. In this engaging parable, you’ll meet Nick, a young sales professional who approaches John, a retiring CEO, and asks for his secret to success. Expecting to receive a single game-changing nugget of wisdom, John instead becomes Nick’s mentor. Over the course of several years, he shares his profound business and success principles with the young salesman. Over time, John’s strategies and insights help Nick advance his career to a management role, which presents additional challenges and relationship issues. In this book, John, an astute mentor, shares the dominant thoughts that led to his success. As Nick adopts them, he discovers that there is not one secret to success, but many … and those that have the greatest impact are the thoughts that are most dominant. As their story unfolds, you’ll discover insightful revelations, including: - the one thing you can control that will have the biggest impact on your success - the single most important principle to consider when making any decision - the one strategy proven to wow clients and increase loyalty and retention - how to strengthen your discipline muscle and break out of your comfort zone - the key to effective communication and truly understanding what people are and are not saying, and - how you can turn your dominant thoughts into unprecedented success and happiness! As a bonus, this book contains a section that includes the dominant thoughts that have attributed to the remarkable success of Chris Heller and his team. Adopt them and watch your career grow, your relationships improve, and your potential advance!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617283</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130356/9798212031264.mp3" length="1477675" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617283 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dominant Thoughts: Things Grow Where Our Minds Go Author: Greg S. Reid, Chris Heller Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617283" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/617283</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dominant Thoughts: Things Grow Where Our Minds Go Author: Greg S. Reid, Chris Heller Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Your thoughts determine your results! Chris Heller, a nationally recognized leader in real estate, joins bestselling author Greg Reid to share profound principles and practices for creating unparalleled success in sales, leadership, and relationships. In this engaging parable, you’ll meet Nick, a young sales professional who approaches John, a retiring CEO, and asks for his secret to success. Expecting to receive a single game-changing nugget of wisdom, John instead becomes Nick’s mentor. Over the course of several years, he shares his profound business and success principles with the young salesman. Over time, John’s strategies and insights help Nick advance his career to a management role, which presents additional challenges and relationship issues. In this book, John, an astute mentor, shares the dominant thoughts that led to his success. As Nick adopts them, he discovers that there is not one secret to success, but many … and those that have the greatest impact are the thoughts that are most dominant. As their story unfolds, you’ll discover insightful revelations, including: - the one thing you can control that will have the biggest impact on your success - the single most important principle to consider when making any decision - the one strategy proven to wow clients and increase loyalty and retention - how to strengthen your discipline muscle and break out of your comfort zone - the key to effective communication and truly understanding what people are and are not saying, and - how you can turn your dominant thoughts into unprecedented success and happiness! As a bonus, this book contains a section that includes the dominant thoughts that have attributed to the remarkable success of Chris Heller and his team. Adopt them and watch your career grow, your relationships improve, and your potential advance!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b834df065262f5b0ca23680f3d4dd663.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Earned Life: Lose Regret, Choose Fulfilment by Mark Reiter, Marshall Goldsmith</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-earned-life-lose-regret-choose-fulfilment-by-mark-reiter-marshall-goldsmith--65130354</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549498" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549498</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Earned Life: Lose Regret, Choose Fulfilment Author: Mark Reiter, Marshall Goldsmith Narrator: Marshall Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: May  5, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  'Helps you keep achieving - and find peace and happiness in the process' Amy Edmondson We are living an earned life when the choices, risks, and effort we make in each moment align with an overarching purpose in our lives, regardless of the eventual outcome. In his most personal and powerful work to date, world-renowned leadership coach Marshall Goldsmith offers a better way to approach fulfilment that goes against everything we're taught about achievement. Taking inspiration from Buddhism, Goldsmith reveals that the key to living the earned life, unbound by regret, requires connecting the habit of earning rewards to something greater than our personal successes. Goldsmith implores readers to avoid the Great Western Disease of 'I'll be happy when....' He offers practical advice and exercises aimed at helping us shed the obstacles that prevent us from creating fulfilling lives. From learning to privilege your future over your present, knowing how to weigh up opportunity and risk accurately, honing your 'one-trick genius' and needing to earn credibility twice, the book is packed with transformative insights and tools that will help readers close the gap between what they plan to achieve and what they actually get done-and avoid the trap of existential regret, the kind that reroutes destinies and persecutes our memories.  Full of illuminating stories from Goldsmith's legendary career as a coach to some of the world's highest-achieving leaders and reflections on his own life, The Earned Life is a roadmap for ambitious people seeking a higher purpose.  'Inspiring insight from the world's top coach. Goldsmith left me tingling from the journey of reflection I'd been taken on' Bruce Daisley]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549498</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130354/9780241993040.mp3" length="2437278" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549498 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Earned Life: Lose Regret, Choose Fulfilment Author: Mark Reiter, Marshall Goldsmith Narrator: Marshall Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549498" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549498</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Earned Life: Lose Regret, Choose Fulfilment Author: Mark Reiter, Marshall Goldsmith Narrator: Marshall Goldsmith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: May  5, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  'Helps you keep achieving - and find peace and happiness in the process' Amy Edmondson We are living an earned life when the choices, risks, and effort we make in each moment align with an overarching purpose in our lives, regardless of the eventual outcome. In his most personal and powerful work to date, world-renowned leadership coach Marshall Goldsmith offers a better way to approach fulfilment that goes against everything we're taught about achievement. Taking inspiration from Buddhism, Goldsmith reveals that the key to living the earned life, unbound by regret, requires connecting the habit of earning rewards to something greater than our personal successes. Goldsmith implores readers to avoid the Great Western Disease of 'I'll be happy when....' He offers practical advice and exercises aimed at helping us shed the obstacles that prevent us from creating fulfilling lives. From learning to privilege your future over your present, knowing how to weigh up opportunity and risk accurately, honing your 'one-trick genius' and needing to earn credibility twice, the book is packed with transformative insights and tools that will help readers close the gap between what they plan to achieve and what they actually get done-and avoid the trap of existential regret, the kind that reroutes destinies and persecutes our memories.  Full of illuminating stories from Goldsmith's legendary career as a coach to some of the world's highest-achieving leaders and reflections on his own life, The Earned Life is a roadmap for ambitious people seeking a higher purpose.  'Inspiring insight from the world's top coach. Goldsmith left me tingling from the journey of reflection I'd been taken on' Bruce Daisley]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/84986ed7a4bc7c30f5dfbfd96246bd6d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>SPEAK: How to find your voice, trust your gut, and get from where you are to where you want to be by Tunde Oyeneyin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/speak-how-to-find-your-voice-trust-your-gut-and-get-from-where-you-are-to-where-you-want-to-be-by-tunde-oyeneyin--65130358</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555603" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555603</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SPEAK: How to find your voice, trust your gut, and get from where you are to where you want to be Author: Tunde Oyeneyin Narrator: Tunde Oyeneyin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: May  3, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  SPEAK is a book about how to transform grief, setbacks and flaws into growth, self-confidence and triumph, from the massively popular Peloton instructor and fitness personality Tunde Oyeneyin.  On any given day, thousands of people clip into their spin bikes and have their lives changed by Tunde Oyeneyin. From the platform in a Peloton studio, she encourages riders, with her signature blend of intensity, empathy and motivational ‘Tundeisms’, to push themselves to their limits both on and off the bike. Now, fans and readers everywhere will have the opportunity to learn about how she got there, and how they too can ‘live a life of purpose, on purpose’ with SPEAK, a memoir-manifesto-guide to life that follows her immensely popular programme of the same name.  Taking us through each part of the S.P.E.A.K. acronym — Surrender, Power, Empathy, Authenticity and Knowledge — Oyeneyin reveals her remarkable personal journey and the lessons about loss, love, body image and building an intentional, joyful life that she has learned along the way.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555603</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 May 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130358/9781398515420.mp3" length="1478204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555603 to listen full audiobooks. Title: SPEAK: How to find your voice, trust your gut, and get from where you are to where you want to be Author: Tunde Oyeneyin Narrator: Tunde Oyeneyin...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555603" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/555603</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SPEAK: How to find your voice, trust your gut, and get from where you are to where you want to be Author: Tunde Oyeneyin Narrator: Tunde Oyeneyin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: May  3, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  SPEAK is a book about how to transform grief, setbacks and flaws into growth, self-confidence and triumph, from the massively popular Peloton instructor and fitness personality Tunde Oyeneyin.  On any given day, thousands of people clip into their spin bikes and have their lives changed by Tunde Oyeneyin. From the platform in a Peloton studio, she encourages riders, with her signature blend of intensity, empathy and motivational ‘Tundeisms’, to push themselves to their limits both on and off the bike. Now, fans and readers everywhere will have the opportunity to learn about how she got there, and how they too can ‘live a life of purpose, on purpose’ with SPEAK, a memoir-manifesto-guide to life that follows her immensely popular programme of the same name.  Taking us through each part of the S.P.E.A.K. acronym — Surrender, Power, Empathy, Authenticity and Knowledge — Oyeneyin reveals her remarkable personal journey and the lessons about loss, love, body image and building an intentional, joyful life that she has learned along the way.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/09565511ddb3ec69929a34fc216af24e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Move, Connect, Play: The Art and Science of Acroyoga by Jason Nemer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/move-connect-play-the-art-and-science-of-acroyoga-by-jason-nemer--65130382</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452786" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452786</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Move, Connect, Play: The Art and Science of Acroyoga Author: Jason Nemer Narrator: Jason Nemer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Move, Connect, Play is an audiobook detailing the core principles of AcroYoga, a practice that melds the spectacle of circus arts with the healing power of massage and the breathwork of yoga. This program is read by the author. Get ready to learn how to fly. AcroYoga is a movement practice that combines the balance and connection of yoga with the fitness and intensity of acrobatics, as well as the holistic healing power of physical therapy. People come to it for all kinds of reasons—they may have chronic pain and are looking for a long-term solution to manage it, they may want to lose weight, gain muscle or increase their mobility, or maybe they just want to experience it with their friends or partners to deepen their relationships. Some even just want to have some fun together. In Move, Connect, Play, founder of AcroYoga International Jason Nemer shares the core principles of AcroYoga for athletic performance and for life, as well as 10 key areas of training (strength, flexibility, technique, balance, breath, gravity, relationships, mental, emotional, and sustainability). He also offers specific exercises and routines for how to train safely and effectively in each area. This is an audiobook that millions of AcroYogis around the world have long been waiting for, and one that is an essential listen for high-performance athletes, weekend health warriors, and spiritual seekers alike.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Essentials]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452786</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130382/9781250803542.mp3" length="2437132" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452786 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Move, Connect, Play: The Art and Science of Acroyoga Author: Jason Nemer Narrator: Jason Nemer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452786" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452786</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Move, Connect, Play: The Art and Science of Acroyoga Author: Jason Nemer Narrator: Jason Nemer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Move, Connect, Play is an audiobook detailing the core principles of AcroYoga, a practice that melds the spectacle of circus arts with the healing power of massage and the breathwork of yoga. This program is read by the author. Get ready to learn how to fly. AcroYoga is a movement practice that combines the balance and connection of yoga with the fitness and intensity of acrobatics, as well as the holistic healing power of physical therapy. People come to it for all kinds of reasons—they may have chronic pain and are looking for a long-term solution to manage it, they may want to lose weight, gain muscle or increase their mobility, or maybe they just want to experience it with their friends or partners to deepen their relationships. Some even just want to have some fun together. In Move, Connect, Play, founder of AcroYoga International Jason Nemer shares the core principles of AcroYoga for athletic performance and for life, as well as 10 key areas of training (strength, flexibility, technique, balance, breath, gravity, relationships, mental, emotional, and sustainability). He also offers specific exercises and routines for how to train safely and effectively in each area. This is an audiobook that millions of AcroYogis around the world have long been waiting for, and one that is an essential listen for high-performance athletes, weekend health warriors, and spiritual seekers alike.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Essentials]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/df69eae375b26b96b432c1d2302adff2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions by Susan Liautaud</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-little-book-of-big-ethical-questions-by-susan-liautaud--65130385</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584111" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584111</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions Author: Susan Liautaud Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 14, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Does a parent have the right to monitor their child’s social media? Should the COVID-19 vaccine be mandatory? Can we still appreciate art if the artist has done terrible things? Is it OK for the police to use facial recognition technology? The best conversations between friends, family and acquaintances are the ones that touch on real issues.   Whether these conversations occur in the lecture theatre, meetings, or around the dinner table, ethical quandaries make for a great topic of conversation – and usually a heated debate! From the infamous Ethical questions are always intriguing and ask us to pause and consider: What would you have done? What’s the context? Is there one right answer? And ultimately - can ethics guide us to better answers to all these questions?   In The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions, ethical questions are presented in a clear, easy-to-read way that’s designed for a question to be asked aloud and discussed with others. Each spread has a question on the left-hand side with context, ethical considerations, history and the personal approach of the author, a renowned ethicist who consults clients worldwide from global corporations to NGOs, on the right.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584111</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Apr 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130385/9781398520882.mp3" length="1477569" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584111 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions Author: Susan Liautaud Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584111" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/584111</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions Author: Susan Liautaud Narrator: Cassandra Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 32 minutes Release date: April 14, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Does a parent have the right to monitor their child’s social media? Should the COVID-19 vaccine be mandatory? Can we still appreciate art if the artist has done terrible things? Is it OK for the police to use facial recognition technology? The best conversations between friends, family and acquaintances are the ones that touch on real issues.   Whether these conversations occur in the lecture theatre, meetings, or around the dinner table, ethical quandaries make for a great topic of conversation – and usually a heated debate! From the infamous Ethical questions are always intriguing and ask us to pause and consider: What would you have done? What’s the context? Is there one right answer? And ultimately - can ethics guide us to better answers to all these questions?   In The Little Book of Big Ethical Questions, ethical questions are presented in a clear, easy-to-read way that’s designed for a question to be asked aloud and discussed with others. Each spread has a question on the left-hand side with context, ethical considerations, history and the personal approach of the author, a renowned ethicist who consults clients worldwide from global corporations to NGOs, on the right.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ed5fdd251f0cd087cffb8323e00a9b78.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Change Guidebook: How to Align Your Heart, Truths, and Energy to Find Success in All Areas of Your Life by Elizabeth Hamilton-Guarino</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-change-guidebook-how-to-align-your-heart-truths-and-energy-to-find-success-in-all-areas-of-your-life-by-elizabeth-hamilton-guarino--65130388</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Change Guidebook: How to Align Your Heart, Truths, and Energy to Find Success in All Areas of Your Life Author: Elizabeth Hamilton-Guarino Narrator: Elizabeth Hamilton-Guarino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Many of us know we need a change, an overhaul of the way we 'do' life. We feel the need to move forward but we aren't sure where to place our feet to take those first steps. There are countless manuals for bettering our lives, but we crave something that will truly help us to change for the better once and for all. The Change Guidebook ends the search for self-help that works, serving as a life-long companion guide and resource to complement your life. It offers ten points for making a change or adapting to unforeseen circumstances and allows you to become a change master by using the provided solutions to change, grow, and become your bravest and boldest self. By using the tools provided within this book, you will experience the joy of living life as someone firmly grounded in values, anchored by a consistent moment-to-moment practice of gratitude. These principles have been widely used to achieve goals from changing careers to weight loss, becoming a college athlete, and more, and have been proven to change many lives. The Change Guidebook is for anyone who is seeking change and wants to align to their highest purpose. Change is possible and the power is in your hands.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569935</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130388/9781666177343.mp3" length="14437198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569935 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Change Guidebook: How to Align Your Heart, Truths, and Energy to Find Success in All Areas of Your Life Author: Elizabeth Hamilton-Guarino...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/569935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Change Guidebook: How to Align Your Heart, Truths, and Energy to Find Success in All Areas of Your Life Author: Elizabeth Hamilton-Guarino Narrator: Elizabeth Hamilton-Guarino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Many of us know we need a change, an overhaul of the way we 'do' life. We feel the need to move forward but we aren't sure where to place our feet to take those first steps. There are countless manuals for bettering our lives, but we crave something that will truly help us to change for the better once and for all. The Change Guidebook ends the search for self-help that works, serving as a life-long companion guide and resource to complement your life. It offers ten points for making a change or adapting to unforeseen circumstances and allows you to become a change master by using the provided solutions to change, grow, and become your bravest and boldest self. By using the tools provided within this book, you will experience the joy of living life as someone firmly grounded in values, anchored by a consistent moment-to-moment practice of gratitude. These principles have been widely used to achieve goals from changing careers to weight loss, becoming a college athlete, and more, and have been proven to change many lives. The Change Guidebook is for anyone who is seeking change and wants to align to their highest purpose. Change is possible and the power is in your hands.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/056ad6c730f588eee6b75d6bd5d03f4a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Finding True North: The Healing Power of Place by Linda Gask</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/finding-true-north-the-healing-power-of-place-by-linda-gask--65130353</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564249" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564249</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding True North: The Healing Power of Place Author: Linda Gask Narrator: Linda Gask Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 24, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Beneath the wide skies of Orkney, Linda Gask recalls her career as a consultant psychiatrist an her lifelong struggle with her own mental health. After the favelas of Brazil, the glittering cities of the Middle East, and the forests of Haida Gwaii. Will she find perspective, spiritual relief, and healing in her own home? “A story of struggling adults who find that True North is a place in oneself that is sustained by love and loyalty. Engrossing.” ANDREW GREIG, author of At the Loch of the Green Corrie “An illuminating and enlightening book about the importance of place.” RAYNOR WINN, author of The Salt Path]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564249</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 Mar 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130353/9781004072606.mp3" length="1478206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564249 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding True North: The Healing Power of Place Author: Linda Gask Narrator: Linda Gask Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564249" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/564249</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding True North: The Healing Power of Place Author: Linda Gask Narrator: Linda Gask Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 38 minutes Release date: March 24, 2022 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Beneath the wide skies of Orkney, Linda Gask recalls her career as a consultant psychiatrist an her lifelong struggle with her own mental health. After the favelas of Brazil, the glittering cities of the Middle East, and the forests of Haida Gwaii. Will she find perspective, spiritual relief, and healing in her own home? “A story of struggling adults who find that True North is a place in oneself that is sustained by love and loyalty. Engrossing.” ANDREW GREIG, author of At the Loch of the Green Corrie “An illuminating and enlightening book about the importance of place.” RAYNOR WINN, author of The Salt Path]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/242b6ea00cc7b80b097257266737be5e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Illogical: Saying Yes to a Life Without Limits by Emmanuel Acho</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/illogical-saying-yes-to-a-life-without-limits-by-emmanuel-acho--65130404</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526834" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526834</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Illogical: Saying Yes to a Life Without Limits Author: Emmanuel Acho Narrator: Emmanuel Acho Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  This program is read by the author. From the New York Times bestselling author of Uncomfortable Conversations with a Black Man comes a call to break through our limits and say yes to a life of infinite possibility. You may know Emmanuel Acho as the host of groundbreaking video series “Uncomfortable Conversations with a Black Man.” Or as a New York Times bestselling author. Or as an Emmy-winning television broadcaster. Or as a former linebacker for two NFL franchises.  What you probably don’t know is that Emmanuel defines his own life with just one word: Illogical.  Behind every triumph, every expression of his gifts, Acho has had to ignore what everyone around him called “logic”: the astronomical odds against making it, the risks of continuing to dream bigger or differently. Instead of playing it safe, at every turn Acho has thrown conventional wisdom—logic—out the window. Now, in this revelatory book, he’s empowering us all to do the same. Whether it’s creating the next groundbreaking startup, fighting for change as an activist, or committing to a personal passion, Illogical is the go-to audiobook for all listeners ready to become change-makers. With a step-by-step guide to finding our callings and shifting our mindsets, enlivened by stories from Acho’s life and other illogical pioneers, Acho asks us to replace the limits set for us, and which we set for ourselves, with a world of possibility. Our horizons, he shows us, are endless. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526834</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130404/9781250838094.mp3" length="2437254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526834 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Illogical: Saying Yes to a Life Without Limits Author: Emmanuel Acho Narrator: Emmanuel Acho Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526834" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526834</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Illogical: Saying Yes to a Life Without Limits Author: Emmanuel Acho Narrator: Emmanuel Acho Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  This program is read by the author. From the New York Times bestselling author of Uncomfortable Conversations with a Black Man comes a call to break through our limits and say yes to a life of infinite possibility. You may know Emmanuel Acho as the host of groundbreaking video series “Uncomfortable Conversations with a Black Man.” Or as a New York Times bestselling author. Or as an Emmy-winning television broadcaster. Or as a former linebacker for two NFL franchises.  What you probably don’t know is that Emmanuel defines his own life with just one word: Illogical.  Behind every triumph, every expression of his gifts, Acho has had to ignore what everyone around him called “logic”: the astronomical odds against making it, the risks of continuing to dream bigger or differently. Instead of playing it safe, at every turn Acho has thrown conventional wisdom—logic—out the window. Now, in this revelatory book, he’s empowering us all to do the same. Whether it’s creating the next groundbreaking startup, fighting for change as an activist, or committing to a personal passion, Illogical is the go-to audiobook for all listeners ready to become change-makers. With a step-by-step guide to finding our callings and shifting our mindsets, enlivened by stories from Acho’s life and other illogical pioneers, Acho asks us to replace the limits set for us, and which we set for ourselves, with a world of possibility. Our horizons, he shows us, are endless. A Macmillan Audio production from Flatiron Books]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/499178d130841250af842fe372cdfc99.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Rooted Life: Cultivating Health and Wholeness Through Growing Your Own Food by Justin Rhodes</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-rooted-life-cultivating-health-and-wholeness-through-growing-your-own-food-by-justin-rhodes--65130387</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511918" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511918</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rooted Life: Cultivating Health and Wholeness Through Growing Your Own Food Author: Justin Rhodes Narrator: Justin Rhodes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A permaculture expert and popular YouTube Homesteader shares the skills and the delights of becoming a part of your own food story in this inspiring, accessible, and beautiful invitation to a more abundant, healthy, and connected life. Have you ever wanted to experiment with growing your own food but didn’t think you had the space, the time, or the knowledge? Justin Rhodes thought the same thing—until after years battling systemic illness and struggling to provide the kind of wholesome food he wanted for his family, he bought a seed packet at the grocery store and was hooked! Justin discovered the miraculous potential and empowerment of working with nature to grow food for his family, and since that discovery, he has shared his self-taught skills with hundreds of thousands of growers via his popular YouTube channel and website. Whether you're looking for greater food security, better health, tastier food, to save or earn money, connect with your food source, this book is for you. If you're looking for a different kind of life—a life focused on health and wellness—take a look down the road less traveled. Looking for every opportunity to pass his hard-earned knowledge onto others, Justin Rhodes created this inspiring and practical invitation to growing your own food and experiencing a more connected, sustainable lifestyle, no matter where you live or how much space you have. Filled with beautiful and inspiring photographs from the Rhodes’ homestead and chock full of resources, including gardening plans, everything you need to know about raising chickens, tips for how to get your kids involved, and even recipes for how to serve up your home-grown goodness, The Rooted Life provides you with the inspiration, the encouragement, and the practical wisdom that you need to begin the journey to a more rooted life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511918</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130387/9781549190780.mp3" length="1478202" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511918 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rooted Life: Cultivating Health and Wholeness Through Growing Your Own Food Author: Justin Rhodes Narrator: Justin Rhodes Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511918" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511918</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Rooted Life: Cultivating Health and Wholeness Through Growing Your Own Food Author: Justin Rhodes Narrator: Justin Rhodes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A permaculture expert and popular YouTube Homesteader shares the skills and the delights of becoming a part of your own food story in this inspiring, accessible, and beautiful invitation to a more abundant, healthy, and connected life. Have you ever wanted to experiment with growing your own food but didn’t think you had the space, the time, or the knowledge? Justin Rhodes thought the same thing—until after years battling systemic illness and struggling to provide the kind of wholesome food he wanted for his family, he bought a seed packet at the grocery store and was hooked! Justin discovered the miraculous potential and empowerment of working with nature to grow food for his family, and since that discovery, he has shared his self-taught skills with hundreds of thousands of growers via his popular YouTube channel and website. Whether you're looking for greater food security, better health, tastier food, to save or earn money, connect with your food source, this book is for you. If you're looking for a different kind of life—a life focused on health and wellness—take a look down the road less traveled. Looking for every opportunity to pass his hard-earned knowledge onto others, Justin Rhodes created this inspiring and practical invitation to growing your own food and experiencing a more connected, sustainable lifestyle, no matter where you live or how much space you have. Filled with beautiful and inspiring photographs from the Rhodes’ homestead and chock full of resources, including gardening plans, everything you need to know about raising chickens, tips for how to get your kids involved, and even recipes for how to serve up your home-grown goodness, The Rooted Life provides you with the inspiration, the encouragement, and the practical wisdom that you need to begin the journey to a more rooted life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6bd7f3b8d50f60079d7f6d3f79f38266.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Happy Mind, Happy Life: 10 Simple Ways to Feel Great Every Day by Rangan Chatterjee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/happy-mind-happy-life-10-simple-ways-to-feel-great-every-day-by-rangan-chatterjee--65130350</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Mind, Happy Life: 10 Simple Ways to Feel Great Every Day Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  *This audiobook contains an exclusive Q&amp;A with Rangan where he answers questions from fans* We often conflate happiness with success, but over the course of his career GP and bestselling author, Dr Rangan Chatterjee, has seen first-hand how this misunderstanding of happiness is actually damaging our health. Research has shown that poor mental health has a direct impact on our overall health and, in fact, 90% of GP visits are due to stress. In his latest book, Happy Mind, Happy Life, he shows how making small changes to our mindset is the secret to feeling both happier and healthier.  With 10 simple tools that have changed the lives of his patients, from eliminating choice to giving yourself away, the life-changing advice in this book is will help you reconnect with yourself, feel more fulfilled and discover what happiness is for you.  © Rangan Chatterjee 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 Feb 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130350/9780241987759.mp3" length="2437277" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Mind, Happy Life: 10 Simple Ways to Feel Great Every Day Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/556162</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Happy Mind, Happy Life: 10 Simple Ways to Feel Great Every Day Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: February 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  *This audiobook contains an exclusive Q&amp;A with Rangan where he answers questions from fans* We often conflate happiness with success, but over the course of his career GP and bestselling author, Dr Rangan Chatterjee, has seen first-hand how this misunderstanding of happiness is actually damaging our health. Research has shown that poor mental health has a direct impact on our overall health and, in fact, 90% of GP visits are due to stress. In his latest book, Happy Mind, Happy Life, he shows how making small changes to our mindset is the secret to feeling both happier and healthier.  With 10 simple tools that have changed the lives of his patients, from eliminating choice to giving yourself away, the life-changing advice in this book is will help you reconnect with yourself, feel more fulfilled and discover what happiness is for you.  © Rangan Chatterjee 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/31cd24a1f17f3a74afe2801256ff6b4a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Answers Are Within You: 108 Keys to Unlock Your Mind, Body &amp; Soul by Amber Rae</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-answers-are-within-you-108-keys-to-unlock-your-mind-body-soul-by-amber-rae--65130399</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517865" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517865</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Answers Are Within You: 108 Keys to Unlock Your Mind, Body &amp; Soul Author: Amber Rae Narrator: Amber Rae Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook is read by the author. Find the answers you're looking for—no matter what the question… The Answers Are Within You is an invitation to explore your inner world freely and joyfully, guided by your own intuition. Author Amber Rae has been transforming the way millions of people relate to their emotions through her viral Instagram posts, her life-changing journaling challenges, and her beloved book Choose Wonder over Worry. Now she’s taking readers on a new journey to find the answers they’re seeking, whatever they may be. The Answers Are Within You is creative tool you can use in a variety of ways. Listen from beginning to end, hop to the topics and themes that resonate with you, or use it as an oracle by simply posing your question—What am I needing to hear? How do I move forward?—and then opening the audiobook and allowing what you hear to guide you to the answer already inside you. Brilliant, instantly understandable illustrations and thought-provoking questions will help you explore a host of topics—from reimagining success to setting heart-centered boundaries to honoring your intuition—giving you the clarity and courage to listen to and trust yourself.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Essentials]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517865</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130399/9781250837639.mp3" length="2437166" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Answers Are Within You: 108 Keys to Unlock Your Mind, Body &amp;amp; Soul Author: Amber Rae Narrator: Amber Rae Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517865" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517865</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Answers Are Within You: 108 Keys to Unlock Your Mind, Body &amp; Soul Author: Amber Rae Narrator: Amber Rae Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  This audiobook is read by the author. Find the answers you're looking for—no matter what the question… The Answers Are Within You is an invitation to explore your inner world freely and joyfully, guided by your own intuition. Author Amber Rae has been transforming the way millions of people relate to their emotions through her viral Instagram posts, her life-changing journaling challenges, and her beloved book Choose Wonder over Worry. Now she’s taking readers on a new journey to find the answers they’re seeking, whatever they may be. The Answers Are Within You is creative tool you can use in a variety of ways. Listen from beginning to end, hop to the topics and themes that resonate with you, or use it as an oracle by simply posing your question—What am I needing to hear? How do I move forward?—and then opening the audiobook and allowing what you hear to guide you to the answer already inside you. Brilliant, instantly understandable illustrations and thought-provoking questions will help you explore a host of topics—from reimagining success to setting heart-centered boundaries to honoring your intuition—giving you the clarity and courage to listen to and trust yourself.   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Essentials]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5a521b3ff7c56c054c087c06ac106022.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You Coach You: How to Overcome Challenges and Take Control of Your Career by Sarah Ellis, Helen Tupper</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-coach-you-how-to-overcome-challenges-and-take-control-of-your-career-by-sarah-ellis-helen-tupper--65130398</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526380" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526380</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Coach You: How to Overcome Challenges and Take Control of Your Career Author: Sarah Ellis, Helen Tupper Narrator: Sarah Ellis, Helen Tupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  'An insightful guide, filled with actionable advice to empower leaders hoping to improve their professional abilities and make meaningful change in their lives' Richard Branson   'What I love about this book is that it gives us the tools to guide ourselves and know that change and our true value is within us all' Mary Portas Our careers are full of potential and possibilities, uncertainty and change. There is no such thing as a straight line to success and there are times when we get stuck, face obstacles, feel frustrated or want to explore new opportunities. In these moments the best place to start is by coaching yourself. No one can solve your problems better than you can, and learning to coach yourself will accelerate your self-awareness and help you take control of your career. In You Coach You, you'll learn the mindset, skillset and toolkit you need to coach yourself. You'll discover practical support on some of the most common coaching challenges including: - Exploring your progression possibilities and making them happen - Building your resilience reserves and turning adversity into action - Moving beyond busy to time well spent and finding the right work-life fit for you - Building the beliefs that help you succeed and overcoming setbacks - Creating the connections you need for your career and fixing friction in difficult relationships - Developing a sense of direction and a purpose that is motivating and meaningful for you Packed with ideas for action and insightful tools, this practical book will help you to get unstuck, and increase your confidence in and control over your career. © Helen Tupper, Sarah Ellis 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526380</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Jan 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130398/9780241554852.mp3" length="2437213" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526380 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Coach You: How to Overcome Challenges and Take Control of Your Career Author: Sarah Ellis, Helen Tupper Narrator: Sarah Ellis, Helen Tupper Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526380" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526380</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Coach You: How to Overcome Challenges and Take Control of Your Career Author: Sarah Ellis, Helen Tupper Narrator: Sarah Ellis, Helen Tupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 13, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 18   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  'An insightful guide, filled with actionable advice to empower leaders hoping to improve their professional abilities and make meaningful change in their lives' Richard Branson   'What I love about this book is that it gives us the tools to guide ourselves and know that change and our true value is within us all' Mary Portas Our careers are full of potential and possibilities, uncertainty and change. There is no such thing as a straight line to success and there are times when we get stuck, face obstacles, feel frustrated or want to explore new opportunities. In these moments the best place to start is by coaching yourself. No one can solve your problems better than you can, and learning to coach yourself will accelerate your self-awareness and help you take control of your career. In You Coach You, you'll learn the mindset, skillset and toolkit you need to coach yourself. You'll discover practical support on some of the most common coaching challenges including: - Exploring your progression possibilities and making them happen - Building your resilience reserves and turning adversity into action - Moving beyond busy to time well spent and finding the right work-life fit for you - Building the beliefs that help you succeed and overcoming setbacks - Creating the connections you need for your career and fixing friction in difficult relationships - Developing a sense of direction and a purpose that is motivating and meaningful for you Packed with ideas for action and insightful tools, this practical book will help you to get unstuck, and increase your confidence in and control over your career. © Helen Tupper, Sarah Ellis 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8cf030b9832b2167a7c0dfef1ad28477.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Hard Work Pays Off: Transform Your Body and Mind with CrossFit’s Five-Time Fittest Man on Earth by Mat Fraser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/hard-work-pays-off-transform-your-body-and-mind-with-crossfit-s-five-time-fittest-man-on-earth-by-mat-fraser--65130374</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506892" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506892</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard Work Pays Off: Transform Your Body and Mind with CrossFit’s Five-Time Fittest Man on Earth Author: Mat Fraser Narrator: Chris Berger, Mat Fraser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: January  4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  *The Sunday Times Bestseller* Train with the Fittest Man on Earth - 5-time CrossFit Champion Mat Fraser. No matter your level of fitness, no matter if you've never attempted CrossFit before, this book is your total training manual. No one can say they're a better all-around athlete than Mat Fraser. Weightlifting, gymnastics, kettlebells, running, swimming, rowing, Strongman: he's relentlessly trained them all, so you don't have to. In this ground-breaking book, Fraser reveals the secrets of his success to help you transform your own body and mind. Structured into sections on strength, endurance, speed, coordination, mental and recovery, Mat shares workouts, techniques, recipes and advice. From push-ups to sprints, rope climbs to deadlifts, high-knee drills to swimming intervals, the book showcases CrossFit's uniquely wide-ranging and infinitely scalable approach to exercise. There is tailored advice for beginners, intermediates and advanced athletes. So listen to this book at the gym. Write down your personal records and the techniques you need to master. And most of all, do the workouts. Because Mat Fraser can promise you this: hard work pays off. © Mat Fraser 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506892</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130374/9781473597143.mp3" length="2437308" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506892 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard Work Pays Off: Transform Your Body and Mind with CrossFit’s Five-Time Fittest Man on Earth Author: Mat Fraser Narrator: Chris Berger, Mat Fraser...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506892" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506892</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard Work Pays Off: Transform Your Body and Mind with CrossFit’s Five-Time Fittest Man on Earth Author: Mat Fraser Narrator: Chris Berger, Mat Fraser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 26 minutes Release date: January  4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  *The Sunday Times Bestseller* Train with the Fittest Man on Earth - 5-time CrossFit Champion Mat Fraser. No matter your level of fitness, no matter if you've never attempted CrossFit before, this book is your total training manual. No one can say they're a better all-around athlete than Mat Fraser. Weightlifting, gymnastics, kettlebells, running, swimming, rowing, Strongman: he's relentlessly trained them all, so you don't have to. In this ground-breaking book, Fraser reveals the secrets of his success to help you transform your own body and mind. Structured into sections on strength, endurance, speed, coordination, mental and recovery, Mat shares workouts, techniques, recipes and advice. From push-ups to sprints, rope climbs to deadlifts, high-knee drills to swimming intervals, the book showcases CrossFit's uniquely wide-ranging and infinitely scalable approach to exercise. There is tailored advice for beginners, intermediates and advanced athletes. So listen to this book at the gym. Write down your personal records and the techniques you need to master. And most of all, do the workouts. Because Mat Fraser can promise you this: hard work pays off. © Mat Fraser 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c1a2dc385e6fa07c4d8c908ce8658303.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Not Drinking Tonight: A Guide to Creating a Sober Life You Love by Amanda E. White</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/not-drinking-tonight-a-guide-to-creating-a-sober-life-you-love-by-amanda-e-white--65130360</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511885" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511885</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not Drinking Tonight: A Guide to Creating a Sober Life You Love Author: Amanda E. White Narrator: Amanda E. White, Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: January  4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In this honest discussion of mental health, the founder of Therapy for Women explores our reasons for drinking alcohol—and the benefits of taking a break.  When “retired party girl” and popular therapist Amanda White admitted she was an alcoholic, it wasn’t because she’d done something outrageous while under the influence, like land herself in jail or get married in Vegas. It was because she realized three things: 1. Alcohol was making her life worse. 2. Moderation wasn’t helping. 3. She could not be a therapist if she continued to use alcohol to numb her life. Something needed to change—not just her relationship with alcohol, but her relationship with herself.   Choosing not to drink can be daunting. It’s everywhere in our culture, our socializing, and our destressing. And it can seem black or white: you drink, or you don’t (and if you don’t, people ask why). That’s where Not Drinking Tonight comes in. Judgement-free and relatable, Amanda helps you unpack your relationship with alcohol by showing you how to: - Find out why you drink. Whether it’s a glass of wine after work or a weekly bar crawl, your drinking habits can be the result of everything from biology to trauma. - Heal your relationship with alcohol. Understand how your relationships have been affecting your life, and learn how to set boundaries and create true self care. - Build the sober life you love. Learn what comes next—how to maintain your social life, navigate sex and relationships, and love yourself.    Not Drinking Tonight isn’t a program to stop drinking. It’s the first book to help you address the root issues that cause you to reach for a drink, and create a life you love—one that is not perfect, but is messy and real and one you are fully present for.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511885</guid><pubDate>Tue, 04 Jan 2022 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130360/9781549136344.mp3" length="1478368" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511885 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not Drinking Tonight: A Guide to Creating a Sober Life You Love Author: Amanda E. White Narrator: Amanda E. White, Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511885" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/511885</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not Drinking Tonight: A Guide to Creating a Sober Life You Love Author: Amanda E. White Narrator: Amanda E. White, Suehyla El-Attar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: January  4, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In this honest discussion of mental health, the founder of Therapy for Women explores our reasons for drinking alcohol—and the benefits of taking a break.  When “retired party girl” and popular therapist Amanda White admitted she was an alcoholic, it wasn’t because she’d done something outrageous while under the influence, like land herself in jail or get married in Vegas. It was because she realized three things: 1. Alcohol was making her life worse. 2. Moderation wasn’t helping. 3. She could not be a therapist if she continued to use alcohol to numb her life. Something needed to change—not just her relationship with alcohol, but her relationship with herself.   Choosing not to drink can be daunting. It’s everywhere in our culture, our socializing, and our destressing. And it can seem black or white: you drink, or you don’t (and if you don’t, people ask why). That’s where Not Drinking Tonight comes in. Judgement-free and relatable, Amanda helps you unpack your relationship with alcohol by showing you how to: - Find out why you drink. Whether it’s a glass of wine after work or a weekly bar crawl, your drinking habits can be the result of everything from biology to trauma. - Heal your relationship with alcohol. Understand how your relationships have been affecting your life, and learn how to set boundaries and create true self care. - Build the sober life you love. Learn what comes next—how to maintain your social life, navigate sex and relationships, and love yourself.    Not Drinking Tonight isn’t a program to stop drinking. It’s the first book to help you address the root issues that cause you to reach for a drink, and create a life you love—one that is not perfect, but is messy and real and one you are fully present for.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bcc18736f6031ef0cea7b180f700492d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Richest Man in Babylon by George S. Clason</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-richest-man-in-babylon-by-george-s-clason--65130365</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565942" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565942</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Richest Man in Babylon Author: George S. Clason Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  George S. Clason takes financial understanding back to its roots, where property and prosperity were first explored by the Babylonians.  Utilizing parables and metaphors set in ancient Babylon, Clason expounds on how to get out of debt, increase savings, build passive income, and more.  While the parables in this work take place centuries in the past, they follow the stories of people struggling with and overcoming very similar issues to those that plague today's population.  This classic work has influenced many of the most famous financial experts of this generation and it has been credited for the personal successes of some of the most wealthy people alive. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Paul Michael brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565942</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Dec 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130365/9781646890750.mp3" length="1478264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565942 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Richest Man in Babylon Author: George S. Clason Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565942" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/565942</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Richest Man in Babylon Author: George S. Clason Narrator: Paul Michael Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 57 minutes Release date: December 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  George S. Clason takes financial understanding back to its roots, where property and prosperity were first explored by the Babylonians.  Utilizing parables and metaphors set in ancient Babylon, Clason expounds on how to get out of debt, increase savings, build passive income, and more.  While the parables in this work take place centuries in the past, they follow the stories of people struggling with and overcoming very similar issues to those that plague today's population.  This classic work has influenced many of the most famous financial experts of this generation and it has been credited for the personal successes of some of the most wealthy people alive. This series, published by ONE audiobooks, seeks to produce Classic titles read by well known and loved audiobook narrators.  ONE takes great care to cast these titles with readers who will provide an unmatched listening experience for these important works. Paul Michael brings his passion to every performance and is considered to be one of the top audiobook narrators in the industry.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0d419cb046e571d56d04600ba6ac172c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Power Of Positive Thinking: Ten Traits for Maximum Results by Norman Vincent Peale</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-positive-thinking-ten-traits-for-maximum-results-by-norman-vincent-peale--65130377</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Of Positive Thinking: Ten Traits for Maximum Results Author: Norman Vincent Peale Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 27   Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  An international bestseller with over five million copies in print, The Power of Positive Thinking has helped men and women around the world to achieve fulfillment in their lives through Dr. Norman Vincent Peale’s powerful message of faith and inspiration. In this phenomenal bestseller, “written with the sole objective of helping the reader achieve a happy, satisfying, and worthwhile life,” Dr. Peale demonstrates the power of faith in action. With the practical techniques outlined in this book, you can energize your life—and give yourself the initiative needed to carry out your ambitions and hopes. You’ll learn how to:    · Believe in yourself and in everything you do  · Build new power and determination  · Develop the power to reach your goals  · Break the worry habit and achieve a relaxed life  · Improve your personal and professional relationships  · Assume control over your circumstances  · Be kind to yourself]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549905</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Dec 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130377/9781797135618.mp3" length="1478274" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549905 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Of Positive Thinking: Ten Traits for Maximum Results Author: Norman Vincent Peale Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/549905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power Of Positive Thinking: Ten Traits for Maximum Results Author: Norman Vincent Peale Narrator: John Bedford Lloyd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 23 minutes Release date: December 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 27   Ratings of Narrator: 3.83 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  An international bestseller with over five million copies in print, The Power of Positive Thinking has helped men and women around the world to achieve fulfillment in their lives through Dr. Norman Vincent Peale’s powerful message of faith and inspiration. In this phenomenal bestseller, “written with the sole objective of helping the reader achieve a happy, satisfying, and worthwhile life,” Dr. Peale demonstrates the power of faith in action. With the practical techniques outlined in this book, you can energize your life—and give yourself the initiative needed to carry out your ambitions and hopes. You’ll learn how to:    · Believe in yourself and in everything you do  · Build new power and determination  · Develop the power to reach your goals  · Break the worry habit and achieve a relaxed life  · Improve your personal and professional relationships  · Assume control over your circumstances  · Be kind to yourself]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/227c2700706aef252fb8ba093af86548.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Sis, Don't Settle: How to Stay Smart in Matters of the Heart by Faith Jenkins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/sis-don-t-settle-how-to-stay-smart-in-matters-of-the-heart-by-faith-jenkins--65130376</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506163" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506163</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sis, Don't Settle: How to Stay Smart in Matters of the Heart Author: Faith Jenkins Narrator: Faith Jenkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: November  9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 41   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 12 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  DATE SMARTER, MAKE BETTER DECISIONS IN LOVE, AND ACHIEVE THE RELATIONSHIP YOU DESERVE… IT ALL STARTS WITH NOT SETTLING!  By day, Faith Jenkins is the host of the nationally syndicated TV show Divorce Court; by night, she’s a happily married newlywed who navigated these dating streets for years before learning how to attract the love of her dreams.   When she turned 35 without a wedding ring in sight, like most women, she started getting tons of questions about not being married. But she made a decision: I. Will. Not. Settle.     As an attorney and arbitrator, Faith has presided over hundreds of cases, and has helped couples avoid and resolve a wealth of drama. And she’s seen it all! In Sis, Don’t Settle, she’s gathered an arsenal of love, wisdom and advice for women on how to play it smart.   Modern culture would have women believe they can’t have it all—and be smart, successful, strong women with authentic love to boot. Wrong.  Told in her signature style—sometimes salty and sometimes sweet—Faith provides real solutions that will teach you how to thrive in relationships while avoiding common missteps and pitfalls. She delivers it straight, with no chaser, to show us how to level up, and reminds you that how you live single will set the tone for your success in relationships. Smart, illuminating, and, often laugh-out-loud funny, Sis, Don’t Settle is the essential playbook that will help you build your confidence, generate better results in love, and land a high-value relationship once and for all. You’ll find tips on topics like:   - Strong Independent Women…and the Men Who Love Them - What’s Worse than a Bad Relationship? Overextending Your Stay in One - Becoming the Right Person to Attract the Right Person   - How to Release Trash Subconscious Beliefs that Keep You Settling - And much more!   Whether you’re single, divorced, or in a situationship, Sis, Don’t Settle reveals the direction and guidance you need to navigate love and take back your power.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506163</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Nov 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130376/9781549190643.mp3" length="1478334" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506163 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sis, Don't Settle: How to Stay Smart in Matters of the Heart Author: Faith Jenkins Narrator: Faith Jenkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506163" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/506163</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sis, Don't Settle: How to Stay Smart in Matters of the Heart Author: Faith Jenkins Narrator: Faith Jenkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: November  9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 41   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 12 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  DATE SMARTER, MAKE BETTER DECISIONS IN LOVE, AND ACHIEVE THE RELATIONSHIP YOU DESERVE… IT ALL STARTS WITH NOT SETTLING!  By day, Faith Jenkins is the host of the nationally syndicated TV show Divorce Court; by night, she’s a happily married newlywed who navigated these dating streets for years before learning how to attract the love of her dreams.   When she turned 35 without a wedding ring in sight, like most women, she started getting tons of questions about not being married. But she made a decision: I. Will. Not. Settle.     As an attorney and arbitrator, Faith has presided over hundreds of cases, and has helped couples avoid and resolve a wealth of drama. And she’s seen it all! In Sis, Don’t Settle, she’s gathered an arsenal of love, wisdom and advice for women on how to play it smart.   Modern culture would have women believe they can’t have it all—and be smart, successful, strong women with authentic love to boot. Wrong.  Told in her signature style—sometimes salty and sometimes sweet—Faith provides real solutions that will teach you how to thrive in relationships while avoiding common missteps and pitfalls. She delivers it straight, with no chaser, to show us how to level up, and reminds you that how you live single will set the tone for your success in relationships. Smart, illuminating, and, often laugh-out-loud funny, Sis, Don’t Settle is the essential playbook that will help you build your confidence, generate better results in love, and land a high-value relationship once and for all. You’ll find tips on topics like:   - Strong Independent Women…and the Men Who Love Them - What’s Worse than a Bad Relationship? Overextending Your Stay in One - Becoming the Right Person to Attract the Right Person   - How to Release Trash Subconscious Beliefs that Keep You Settling - And much more!   Whether you’re single, divorced, or in a situationship, Sis, Don’t Settle reveals the direction and guidance you need to navigate love and take back your power.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/492c4c43e668342b3c536c634c901049.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Gap and the Gain by Benjamin Hardy, Dan Sullivan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-gap-and-the-gain-by-benjamin-hardy-dan-sullivan--65130362</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554174" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554174</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gap and the Gain Author: Benjamin Hardy, Dan Sullivan Narrator: Benjamin Hardy, Dan Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 39   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  '[T]his one simple concept is a masterclass on positive psychology, healthy relationships, mental well-being, and high-performance. Everything that psychologists know about how to create a high-functioning and successful person can be achieved using The GAP and the GAIN.'- Dr. Benjamin HardyMost people, especially highly ambitious people, are unhappy because of how they measure their progress. We all have an 'ideal,' a moving target that is always out of reach. When we measure ourselves against that ideal, we're in 'the GAP.' However, when we measure ourselves against our previous selves, we're in 'the GAIN.'That is where the GAP and the GAIN concept comes in. It was developed by legendary entrepreneur coach Dan Sullivan and is based on his work with tens of thousands of successful entrepreneurs. When Dan's coaching clients periodically take stock of all that they've accomplished-both personally and professionally-they are often shocked at how much they have actually achieved. They weren't able to appreciate their progress because no matter how much they were getting done, they were usually measuring themselves against their ideals or goals.In this book you will learn that measuring your current self vs. your former self has enormous psychological benefits. And that's really the key to this deceptively simple yet multi-layered concept that will have you feeling good, feeling grateful, and feeling like you are making progress even when times are tough, which will in turn will bolster motivation, confidence, and future success.If you're finding that happiness eludes you no matter how much you've achieved, then learning this easy mindset shift will set you on a life-changing path to greater fulfillment and success.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554174</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130362/9781401965006.mp3" length="1478288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554174 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gap and the Gain Author: Benjamin Hardy, Dan Sullivan Narrator: Benjamin Hardy, Dan Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554174" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/554174</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gap and the Gain Author: Benjamin Hardy, Dan Sullivan Narrator: Benjamin Hardy, Dan Sullivan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 39   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 14 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  '[T]his one simple concept is a masterclass on positive psychology, healthy relationships, mental well-being, and high-performance. Everything that psychologists know about how to create a high-functioning and successful person can be achieved using The GAP and the GAIN.'- Dr. Benjamin HardyMost people, especially highly ambitious people, are unhappy because of how they measure their progress. We all have an 'ideal,' a moving target that is always out of reach. When we measure ourselves against that ideal, we're in 'the GAP.' However, when we measure ourselves against our previous selves, we're in 'the GAIN.'That is where the GAP and the GAIN concept comes in. It was developed by legendary entrepreneur coach Dan Sullivan and is based on his work with tens of thousands of successful entrepreneurs. When Dan's coaching clients periodically take stock of all that they've accomplished-both personally and professionally-they are often shocked at how much they have actually achieved. They weren't able to appreciate their progress because no matter how much they were getting done, they were usually measuring themselves against their ideals or goals.In this book you will learn that measuring your current self vs. your former self has enormous psychological benefits. And that's really the key to this deceptively simple yet multi-layered concept that will have you feeling good, feeling grateful, and feeling like you are making progress even when times are tough, which will in turn will bolster motivation, confidence, and future success.If you're finding that happiness eludes you no matter how much you've achieved, then learning this easy mindset shift will set you on a life-changing path to greater fulfillment and success.This audio product contains a PDF with supporting material, and the PDF is available to download]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a6e1c9297f6ecc9c45b732085ec97709.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Plan and Organize Your Life: Achieve Your Goals by Creating Intentional Habits and Routines for Success by Beatrice Naujalyte</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/plan-and-organize-your-life-achieve-your-goals-by-creating-intentional-habits-and-routines-for-success-by-beatrice-naujalyte--65130393</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530219" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530219</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plan and Organize Your Life: Achieve Your Goals by Creating Intentional Habits and Routines for Success Author: Beatrice Naujalyte Narrator: Gina Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 31   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  If You Want a True Lifestyle Change, Start With Your Habits Learn about how to get more out of life, design your days intentionally, and create meaningful work from podcast, YouTube, and Instagram star Beatrice Naujalyte. Start planning for success. Plan and Organize Your Life is a comprehensive and interactive 'planning bible,' packed with proven advice on how to get organized, how to embrace simple habits, and how to work your way towards true self-improvement and personal development. Organize Your Life. In Plan and Organize Your Life, author Beatrice Naujalyte introduces us to the four pillars of an intentional life: planning, organization, productivity, and routines. With these simple tools, you'll be able to master everything from effective note taking to minimalist workspace organization. Design a system that works for you. This book is the ultimate guide to developing a planning system to effectively execute your daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly goals. Whether you have professional, personal, or creative planning to do, this book helps you accomplish your smallest and biggest goals by creating new habits and setting realistic goals.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530219</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130393/9781666139105.mp3" length="14437210" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530219 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plan and Organize Your Life: Achieve Your Goals by Creating Intentional Habits and Routines for Success Author: Beatrice Naujalyte Narrator: Gina...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530219" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530219</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Plan and Organize Your Life: Achieve Your Goals by Creating Intentional Habits and Routines for Success Author: Beatrice Naujalyte Narrator: Gina Rogers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.19 of Total 31   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  If You Want a True Lifestyle Change, Start With Your Habits Learn about how to get more out of life, design your days intentionally, and create meaningful work from podcast, YouTube, and Instagram star Beatrice Naujalyte. Start planning for success. Plan and Organize Your Life is a comprehensive and interactive 'planning bible,' packed with proven advice on how to get organized, how to embrace simple habits, and how to work your way towards true self-improvement and personal development. Organize Your Life. In Plan and Organize Your Life, author Beatrice Naujalyte introduces us to the four pillars of an intentional life: planning, organization, productivity, and routines. With these simple tools, you'll be able to master everything from effective note taking to minimalist workspace organization. Design a system that works for you. This book is the ultimate guide to developing a planning system to effectively execute your daily, weekly, monthly, and yearly goals. Whether you have professional, personal, or creative planning to do, this book helps you accomplish your smallest and biggest goals by creating new habits and setting realistic goals.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fed2deae3ad98ae6c87c18d0fc3b971a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Four Thousand Weeks: Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. by Oliver Burkeman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/four-thousand-weeks-embrace-your-limits-change-your-life-make-your-four-thousand-weeks-count-by-oliver-burkeman--65130430</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Thousand Weeks: Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 47   Ratings of Narrator: 4.74 of Total 19 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. The instant Sunday Times bestseller A FINANCIAL TIMES, GUARDIAN AND OBSERVER BOOK OF THE YEAR ONE OF THE DAILY TELEGRAPH'S 75 BEST BOOKS OF 2021  What if you stopped trying to do everything, so that you could finally get round to what counts?  We're obsessed with our lengthening to-do lists, our overfilled inboxes, the struggle against distraction, and the sense that our attention spans are shrivelling. Still, we rarely make the connection between our daily struggles with time and the ultimate time management problem: the question of how best to use our ridiculously brief time on the planet, which amounts on average to about four thousand weeks.  Four Thousand Weeks is an uplifting, engrossing and deeply realistic exploration of the challenge. Rejecting the futile modern obsession with 'getting everything done,' it introduces readers to tools for constructing a meaningful life by embracing rather than denying their limitations.  Drawing on the insights of both ancient and contemporary philosophers, psychologists, and spiritual teachers, Oliver Burkeman sets out to realign our relationship with time - and in doing so, to liberate us from its tyranny.  Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. 'Life is finite. You don't have to fit everything in... Read this book and wake up to a new way of thinking and living' EMMA GANNON  'A much-needed reality check on our culture's crazy assumptions around work, productivity and living a meaningful life' MARK MANSON, bestselling author of THE SUBTLE ART OF NOT GIVING A F*CK  'Comforting, fascinating, engaging, inspiring and USEFUL, actually genuinely useful' MARIAN KEYES © Oliver Burkeman 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Aug 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130430/9781473564954.mp3" length="2437291" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Thousand Weeks: Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Thousand Weeks: Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.57 of Total 47   Ratings of Narrator: 4.74 of Total 19 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. The instant Sunday Times bestseller A FINANCIAL TIMES, GUARDIAN AND OBSERVER BOOK OF THE YEAR ONE OF THE DAILY TELEGRAPH'S 75 BEST BOOKS OF 2021  What if you stopped trying to do everything, so that you could finally get round to what counts?  We're obsessed with our lengthening to-do lists, our overfilled inboxes, the struggle against distraction, and the sense that our attention spans are shrivelling. Still, we rarely make the connection between our daily struggles with time and the ultimate time management problem: the question of how best to use our ridiculously brief time on the planet, which amounts on average to about four thousand weeks.  Four Thousand Weeks is an uplifting, engrossing and deeply realistic exploration of the challenge. Rejecting the futile modern obsession with 'getting everything done,' it introduces readers to tools for constructing a meaningful life by embracing rather than denying their limitations.  Drawing on the insights of both ancient and contemporary philosophers, psychologists, and spiritual teachers, Oliver Burkeman sets out to realign our relationship with time - and in doing so, to liberate us from its tyranny.  Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. 'Life is finite. You don't have to fit everything in... Read this book and wake up to a new way of thinking and living' EMMA GANNON  'A much-needed reality check on our culture's crazy assumptions around work, productivity and living a meaningful life' MARK MANSON, bestselling author of THE SUBTLE ART OF NOT GIVING A F*CK  'Comforting, fascinating, engaging, inspiring and USEFUL, actually genuinely useful' MARIAN KEYES © Oliver Burkeman 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/17f11e3da793607456528f770d75895d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Design A Healthy Home: 100 Ways To Transform Your Space For Physical And Mental Wellbeing by Oliver Heath</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/design-a-healthy-home-100-ways-to-transform-your-space-for-physical-and-mental-wellbeing-by-oliver-heath--65130386</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524606" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524606</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Design A Healthy Home: 100 Ways To Transform Your Space For Physical And Mental Wellbeing Author: Oliver Heath Narrator: Oliver Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 29, 2021 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Simple, practical advice on how to design your home for health and happiness. Create a healthy, happy home with 100 design ideas to support your physical and mental wellbeing. Using the latest evidence and research in wellbeing and Biophilic Design, learn how to transform every space in your home to create a restorative and nurturing environment. Discover the many benefits of connecting to nature, maximising natural light, improving air quality, and the right way to add colour, texture, and pattern to create spaces that improve relaxation, recuperation, social connections, and sleep. Together with the research team at Oliver Heath Design, including sustainability expert Victoria Jackson, psychologist Eden Goode, and designer Jo Baston, Oliver has devised each solution with easy implementation in mind. Whatever your budget and whether you rent or own your property you can use these stylish fun and affordable ideas to make your home a sanctuary. Author: Founder of Oliver Heath Design Ltd, an architectural and interior design practice focussed on delivering health and wellbeing in the built environment, Oliver Heath is a global expert in biophilic design. He has presented television shows such as BBC Changing Rooms and BBC DIY SOS, and frequently acts as a spokesperson for the UK's Department for Energy and Climate Change, the Energy Saving Trust (EST) and the Waste and Resources Action Programme (WRAP). Oliver also writes for the Guardian, Grand Designs magazine and House Beautiful.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524606</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Jul 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130386/9780241542996.mp3" length="2437136" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524606 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Design A Healthy Home: 100 Ways To Transform Your Space For Physical And Mental Wellbeing Author: Oliver Heath Narrator: Oliver Heath Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524606" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524606</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Design A Healthy Home: 100 Ways To Transform Your Space For Physical And Mental Wellbeing Author: Oliver Heath Narrator: Oliver Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 29, 2021 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Simple, practical advice on how to design your home for health and happiness. Create a healthy, happy home with 100 design ideas to support your physical and mental wellbeing. Using the latest evidence and research in wellbeing and Biophilic Design, learn how to transform every space in your home to create a restorative and nurturing environment. Discover the many benefits of connecting to nature, maximising natural light, improving air quality, and the right way to add colour, texture, and pattern to create spaces that improve relaxation, recuperation, social connections, and sleep. Together with the research team at Oliver Heath Design, including sustainability expert Victoria Jackson, psychologist Eden Goode, and designer Jo Baston, Oliver has devised each solution with easy implementation in mind. Whatever your budget and whether you rent or own your property you can use these stylish fun and affordable ideas to make your home a sanctuary. Author: Founder of Oliver Heath Design Ltd, an architectural and interior design practice focussed on delivering health and wellbeing in the built environment, Oliver Heath is a global expert in biophilic design. He has presented television shows such as BBC Changing Rooms and BBC DIY SOS, and frequently acts as a spokesperson for the UK's Department for Energy and Climate Change, the Energy Saving Trust (EST) and the Waste and Resources Action Programme (WRAP). Oliver also writes for the Guardian, Grand Designs magazine and House Beautiful.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ae16b001c1edff765c1debb6e28f1942.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Manual for Being Human: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER by Dr Sophie Mort</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-manual-for-being-human-the-sunday-times-bestseller-by-dr-sophie-mort--65130435</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455600" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455600</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Manual for Being Human: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Author: Dr Sophie Mort Narrator: Dr Sophie Mort Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: July  8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER 'Clear, accessible wise advice for modern minds.' Matt Haig 'Dr Soph is the therapist and best friend that the world deserves. The world of therapy and professional help is still so inaccessible to so many people and this book is a crucial and life changing one that should be placed in everyone’s mental health toolkit!' Scarlett Curtis  'A Manual for Being Human is the motherlode, enlightening on why you might feel and behave how you do.' The Times ‘A truly wonderful, warm and wise one-stop shop for any inquisitive human. Packed full of prompts, practical tips and pep talks that will guide you through any situation.’ Emma Gannon ‘There is a damn good reason why people are struggling. We are not raised to understand ourselves. In fact, we are raised misunderstanding ourselves and fearing the very thing that makes us, us.’ Dr Soph  Do you want to believe in yourself and your ability to be content with who you are? If the answer is yes, then A Manual for Being Human is the book you need to read.     Do you want to understand how your childhood affects who you are today? How it affects your relationship with yourself and others? How school, bullying, gender expectations and even the social media you consume each day affects your emotional wellbeing? Do you want to know what your emotions actually are, where they come from and how to manage them when they threaten to overwhelm you?   In this practical and insightful guide, Dr Soph will help you to understand why we all feel anxious, stressed, insecure and down from time to time. Her three-step methodology, developed through years of experience supporting people to make genuine change in their lives, will help you to identify problems arising from past experiences and current life events, look at the patterns, bad habits and negative cycles that may be keeping you stuck, and then draws on established, proven therapeutic techniques such as mindfulness, journaling, self-compassion, grounding and breathing and relaxation techniques to provide a toolkit of go--to techniques to use any time.   Reassuring, knowledgeable and kind, Dr Soph offers support to those feeling lost at sea in today’s troubling times and gives you the tools you need to help get the most out of life. 'Finally! A book which takes psychological wellbeing across the lifespan out of the therapy room and into the mainstream. Dr Soph’s warm, reassuring and frank style will have you understanding yourself, your actions and your relationships without a hefty therapy price tag.'   Dr Karen Gurney, author Mind the Gap]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455600</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Jul 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130435/9781398500624.mp3" length="1478254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455600 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Manual for Being Human: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Author: Dr Sophie Mort Narrator: Dr Sophie Mort Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455600" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455600</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Manual for Being Human: THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Author: Dr Sophie Mort Narrator: Dr Sophie Mort Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 24 minutes Release date: July  8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER 'Clear, accessible wise advice for modern minds.' Matt Haig 'Dr Soph is the therapist and best friend that the world deserves. The world of therapy and professional help is still so inaccessible to so many people and this book is a crucial and life changing one that should be placed in everyone’s mental health toolkit!' Scarlett Curtis  'A Manual for Being Human is the motherlode, enlightening on why you might feel and behave how you do.' The Times ‘A truly wonderful, warm and wise one-stop shop for any inquisitive human. Packed full of prompts, practical tips and pep talks that will guide you through any situation.’ Emma Gannon ‘There is a damn good reason why people are struggling. We are not raised to understand ourselves. In fact, we are raised misunderstanding ourselves and fearing the very thing that makes us, us.’ Dr Soph  Do you want to believe in yourself and your ability to be content with who you are? If the answer is yes, then A Manual for Being Human is the book you need to read.     Do you want to understand how your childhood affects who you are today? How it affects your relationship with yourself and others? How school, bullying, gender expectations and even the social media you consume each day affects your emotional wellbeing? Do you want to know what your emotions actually are, where they come from and how to manage them when they threaten to overwhelm you?   In this practical and insightful guide, Dr Soph will help you to understand why we all feel anxious, stressed, insecure and down from time to time. Her three-step methodology, developed through years of experience supporting people to make genuine change in their lives, will help you to identify problems arising from past experiences and current life events, look at the patterns, bad habits and negative cycles that may be keeping you stuck, and then draws on established, proven therapeutic techniques such as mindfulness, journaling, self-compassion, grounding and breathing and relaxation techniques to provide a toolkit of go--to techniques to use any time.   Reassuring, knowledgeable and kind, Dr Soph offers support to those feeling lost at sea in today’s troubling times and gives you the tools you need to help get the most out of life. 'Finally! A book which takes psychological wellbeing across the lifespan out of the therapy room and into the mainstream. Dr Soph’s warm, reassuring and frank style will have you understanding yourself, your actions and your relationships without a hefty therapy price tag.'   Dr Karen Gurney, author Mind the Gap]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f9468d15fe6eb9c4d4c6cd8aa7dffa26.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Make Brilliant Work: Lessons on Creativity, Innovation, and Success by Rod Judkins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/make-brilliant-work-lessons-on-creativity-innovation-and-success-by-rod-judkins--65130402</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Brilliant Work: Lessons on Creativity, Innovation, and Success Author: Rod Judkins Narrator: Simon Darwen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'Everyone would benefit from reading Judkins, if only because he is so entertaining . . . packed with counterintuitive insights and hard truths' - Psychology Today Make Brilliant Work is an inspiring guide to unlocking your creative potential, showing you the methods and techniques that will transform your efforts and help you produce your best ever creative work. You don’t have to be brilliant to produce brilliant work. Many of the characters you will meet in this book failed at school, lacked natural talent, were not especially gifted or were repeatedly sacked. But their methods produced brilliant work – and they will work for you, too. Make Brilliant Work is the essential book from Rod Judkins, author of the international bestseller The Art of Creative Thinking. Whether you are a business or an individual, you might find it hard to produce something significant and important. The real-life heroes in this book will show you how to make the transformation from ordinary to extraordinary. From Roald Dahl to Steven Spielberg, and star architect Zaha Hadid: the figures in Make Brilliant Work will show you how to think for yourself, take risks and persevere to create brilliant work. 'Whatever your creative hangup, Rod Judkins has steps you can take now . . . An admirably straightforward, no-nonsense guide to getting over yourself and getting to work' - Mason Currey, author of Daily Rituals: How Artists Work]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493262</guid><pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130402/9781529060171.mp3" length="2437184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493262 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Brilliant Work: Lessons on Creativity, Innovation, and Success Author: Rod Judkins Narrator: Simon Darwen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493262" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493262</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Make Brilliant Work: Lessons on Creativity, Innovation, and Success Author: Rod Judkins Narrator: Simon Darwen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'Everyone would benefit from reading Judkins, if only because he is so entertaining . . . packed with counterintuitive insights and hard truths' - Psychology Today Make Brilliant Work is an inspiring guide to unlocking your creative potential, showing you the methods and techniques that will transform your efforts and help you produce your best ever creative work. You don’t have to be brilliant to produce brilliant work. Many of the characters you will meet in this book failed at school, lacked natural talent, were not especially gifted or were repeatedly sacked. But their methods produced brilliant work – and they will work for you, too. Make Brilliant Work is the essential book from Rod Judkins, author of the international bestseller The Art of Creative Thinking. Whether you are a business or an individual, you might find it hard to produce something significant and important. The real-life heroes in this book will show you how to make the transformation from ordinary to extraordinary. From Roald Dahl to Steven Spielberg, and star architect Zaha Hadid: the figures in Make Brilliant Work will show you how to think for yourself, take risks and persevere to create brilliant work. 'Whatever your creative hangup, Rod Judkins has steps you can take now . . . An admirably straightforward, no-nonsense guide to getting over yourself and getting to work' - Mason Currey, author of Daily Rituals: How Artists Work]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3a0b993957e3025d40f9373f1416d42c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Seven Ways to Change the World: How To Fix The Most Pressing Problems We Face by Gordon Brown</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/seven-ways-to-change-the-world-how-to-fix-the-most-pressing-problems-we-face-by-gordon-brown--65130370</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Ways to Change the World: How To Fix The Most Pressing Problems We Face Author: Gordon Brown Narrator: Angus King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER  'His vision, ideas and passion shine through on every page' Ed Balls 'Compelling, challenging, inspiring and very timely' Piers Morgan 'Immensely powerful and persuasive...I found it exhilarating throughout' Joanna Lumley When the Covid-19 pandemic swept across the globe in 2020, it created an unprecedented impact, greater than the aftermath of 9/11 or the global financial crisis. But out of such disruption can come a new way of thinking, and in this superb new book former UK prime minister Gordon Brown offers his solutions to the challenges we face in 2021 and beyond.  In the book, he states that there are seven major global problems we must address: global health; climate change and environmental damage; nuclear proliferation; global financial instability; the humanitarian crisis and global poverty; the barriers to education and opportunity; and global inequality and its biggest manifestation, global tax havens. Each one presents an immense challenge that requires an urgent global response and solution. All should be on the world’s agenda today. None can be solved by one nation acting on its own, but all can be addressed if we work together as a global community.  However, Brown remains optimistic that, despite the many obstacles in our way, we will find a path to regeneration via a new era of global order. Yes, there is a crisis of globalisation, but we are beginning to see the means by which it might be resolved. Crises create opportunities and having two at once shouldn’t just focus the mind, it might even be seen as giving greater grounds for hope. In Seven Ways to Change the World, Brown provides an authoritative and inspirational pathway to a better future that is essential reading for policy makers and concerned citizens alike.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497951</guid><pubDate>Thu, 10 Jun 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130370/9781398505896.mp3" length="1478222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497951 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Ways to Change the World: How To Fix The Most Pressing Problems We Face Author: Gordon Brown Narrator: Angus King Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497951" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497951</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seven Ways to Change the World: How To Fix The Most Pressing Problems We Face Author: Gordon Brown Narrator: Angus King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 39 minutes Release date: June 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  THE SUNDAY TIMES TOP TEN BESTSELLER  'His vision, ideas and passion shine through on every page' Ed Balls 'Compelling, challenging, inspiring and very timely' Piers Morgan 'Immensely powerful and persuasive...I found it exhilarating throughout' Joanna Lumley When the Covid-19 pandemic swept across the globe in 2020, it created an unprecedented impact, greater than the aftermath of 9/11 or the global financial crisis. But out of such disruption can come a new way of thinking, and in this superb new book former UK prime minister Gordon Brown offers his solutions to the challenges we face in 2021 and beyond.  In the book, he states that there are seven major global problems we must address: global health; climate change and environmental damage; nuclear proliferation; global financial instability; the humanitarian crisis and global poverty; the barriers to education and opportunity; and global inequality and its biggest manifestation, global tax havens. Each one presents an immense challenge that requires an urgent global response and solution. All should be on the world’s agenda today. None can be solved by one nation acting on its own, but all can be addressed if we work together as a global community.  However, Brown remains optimistic that, despite the many obstacles in our way, we will find a path to regeneration via a new era of global order. Yes, there is a crisis of globalisation, but we are beginning to see the means by which it might be resolved. Crises create opportunities and having two at once shouldn’t just focus the mind, it might even be seen as giving greater grounds for hope. In Seven Ways to Change the World, Brown provides an authoritative and inspirational pathway to a better future that is essential reading for policy makers and concerned citizens alike.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bbacdf870c08d0df33823bc790e11d02.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fully Human: A New Way of Using Your Mind by Steve Biddulph</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fully-human-a-new-way-of-using-your-mind-by-steve-biddulph--65130366</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520333" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520333</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Human: A New Way of Using Your Mind Author: Steve Biddulph Narrator: Greg Stone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 27, 2021 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A mother of small children trusts her 'gut feelings' and it saves her life. A young dad is able to grieve for his lost baby – using a song. What if there were parts of our minds which we never use, but if awakened, could make us so much happier, connected and alive? What if awakening those parts could bring peace to the conflicts and struggles we all go through? From the cutting edge, where therapy meets neuroscience, Steve Biddulph  explores the new concept of 'supersense' – the feelings beneath our feelings – which can guide us to a more awake and free way of living every minute of our lives. And the Four-storey Mansion, a way of using your mind that can be taught to a five-year-old, but can also help the most damaged adult. In Fully Human, Steve Biddulph draws on deeply personal stories from his own life, as well of those of his clients, and from the frontiers of thinking about how the brain works with the body and the wisdom of the 'wild creature' inside all of us. At the peak of a lifetime's work, one of the world's best-known psychotherapists and educators shows how you can be more alive, more connected. More FULLY HUMAN. From the bestselling author of Raising Boys.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520333</guid><pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130366/9781529059663.mp3" length="2437160" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520333 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Human: A New Way of Using Your Mind Author: Steve Biddulph Narrator: Greg Stone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520333" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520333</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fully Human: A New Way of Using Your Mind Author: Steve Biddulph Narrator: Greg Stone Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 27, 2021 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A mother of small children trusts her 'gut feelings' and it saves her life. A young dad is able to grieve for his lost baby – using a song. What if there were parts of our minds which we never use, but if awakened, could make us so much happier, connected and alive? What if awakening those parts could bring peace to the conflicts and struggles we all go through? From the cutting edge, where therapy meets neuroscience, Steve Biddulph  explores the new concept of 'supersense' – the feelings beneath our feelings – which can guide us to a more awake and free way of living every minute of our lives. And the Four-storey Mansion, a way of using your mind that can be taught to a five-year-old, but can also help the most damaged adult. In Fully Human, Steve Biddulph draws on deeply personal stories from his own life, as well of those of his clients, and from the frontiers of thinking about how the brain works with the body and the wisdom of the 'wild creature' inside all of us. At the peak of a lifetime's work, one of the world's best-known psychotherapists and educators shows how you can be more alive, more connected. More FULLY HUMAN. From the bestselling author of Raising Boys.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/64ab6e2679b2bd95f015929ca3b2d142.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Winning: The Unforgiving Race to Greatness by Shari Wenk, Tim S. Grover</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/winning-the-unforgiving-race-to-greatness-by-shari-wenk-tim-s-grover--65130392</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482485" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482485</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning: The Unforgiving Race to Greatness Author: Shari Wenk, Tim S. Grover Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  ‘Tim Grover’s teachings completely changed how I approached my professional career, helping me navigate the constant ups and downs that sport at the highest level brings.’ Marcus Rashford, MBE  ​ From the elite performance coach for Michael Jordan, Kobe Bryant, Dwyane Wade and many others - and the author of the powerful bestseller Relentless - a no-holds-barred formula for winning that is ideal for business people, athletes and anybody wanting to achieve success.  In Relentless, Tim Grover showed that you need to be tough and ruthless - towards others and yourself - to achieve your goals. Now, in Winning he takes that skill repertoire to an even higher level, demonstrating why he is one of the world’s most sought-after mindset experts. Based on three decades of work with elite competitors like Michael Jordan, Kobe Bryant and Dwyane Wade, Winning challenges you to destroy every obstacle in your path, even if, at the moment of greatest triumph, it may be all taken away.  Whether you’re an athlete striving to win, an entrepreneur building a business, a CEO managing an empire, a salesperson looking to close a deal, or a high achiever determined to stand in the winner’s circle, Winning offers thirteen key principles for ramping up your performance to the maximum. If you’re addicted to the taste of success and crave more, then you’re ready for the results-driven performance formula found here. And if you’re already winning and want to learn how to execute excellence repeatedly - so you can own not just this moment, but the next, and the next - then Winning is for you.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482485</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 May 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130392/9781398501935.mp3" length="1478206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482485 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning: The Unforgiving Race to Greatness Author: Shari Wenk, Tim S. Grover Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482485" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482485</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Winning: The Unforgiving Race to Greatness Author: Shari Wenk, Tim S. Grover Narrator: Pete Simonelli Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  ‘Tim Grover’s teachings completely changed how I approached my professional career, helping me navigate the constant ups and downs that sport at the highest level brings.’ Marcus Rashford, MBE  ​ From the elite performance coach for Michael Jordan, Kobe Bryant, Dwyane Wade and many others - and the author of the powerful bestseller Relentless - a no-holds-barred formula for winning that is ideal for business people, athletes and anybody wanting to achieve success.  In Relentless, Tim Grover showed that you need to be tough and ruthless - towards others and yourself - to achieve your goals. Now, in Winning he takes that skill repertoire to an even higher level, demonstrating why he is one of the world’s most sought-after mindset experts. Based on three decades of work with elite competitors like Michael Jordan, Kobe Bryant and Dwyane Wade, Winning challenges you to destroy every obstacle in your path, even if, at the moment of greatest triumph, it may be all taken away.  Whether you’re an athlete striving to win, an entrepreneur building a business, a CEO managing an empire, a salesperson looking to close a deal, or a high achiever determined to stand in the winner’s circle, Winning offers thirteen key principles for ramping up your performance to the maximum. If you’re addicted to the taste of success and crave more, then you’re ready for the results-driven performance formula found here. And if you’re already winning and want to learn how to execute excellence repeatedly - so you can own not just this moment, but the next, and the next - then Winning is for you.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ee96474a68ec2e0019905fb89cdc981f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>What Would You Do If You Weren't Afraid?: Creating a Meaningful Life in Uncertain Times by Michal Oshman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-would-you-do-if-you-weren-t-afraid-creating-a-meaningful-life-in-uncertain-times-by-michal-oshman--65130389</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505000" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505000</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Would You Do If You Weren't Afraid?: Creating a Meaningful Life in Uncertain Times Author: Michal Oshman Narrator: Michal Oshman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Embark on a journey of self-discovery as you learn the secrets to living a fearless, meaningful life.Today, more than ever, we act out of fear. We fear change, rejection, failure, and suffering. But what if we could find a way to live that looks to the future instead of the past? What if we could replace our fear with purpose, and discover our potential for growth instead of focusing on our limits? Global mentor for leaders in some of the world's biggest tech companies, Michal Oshman has created a unique personal growth methodology that challenges you to explore what really matters and offers solutions to everyday struggles. Covering everything from relationships to parenting, developing your career to dealing with past traumas and controlling anxiety, these tools will empower you to embrace change and discover who you really are and what you were born to do with your life. This unique audiobook will help you to find your courage and move forward freely to embrace a life that is free from fear. Formerly Head of Company Culture at TikTok and International Leadership Development Executive at Facebook, Michal Oshman started her career as an officer in the army. Since then, she has trained and coached hundreds of tech leaders at TikTok, Facebook, eBay, and WPP inspiring others and helping organizations build healthy workplaces. She is a TEDx speaker and believes in 'replacing fear with purpose' - the title of her TEDx talk. Michal holds three university degrees and lives with her husband and four children in London, UK. © 2021 Michal Oshman © 2021 DK Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505000</guid><pubDate>Thu, 06 May 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130389/9780241515662.mp3" length="2437287" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505000 to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Would You Do If You Weren't Afraid?: Creating a Meaningful Life in Uncertain Times Author: Michal Oshman Narrator: Michal Oshman Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505000" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/505000</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Would You Do If You Weren't Afraid?: Creating a Meaningful Life in Uncertain Times Author: Michal Oshman Narrator: Michal Oshman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 51 minutes Release date: May  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Embark on a journey of self-discovery as you learn the secrets to living a fearless, meaningful life.Today, more than ever, we act out of fear. We fear change, rejection, failure, and suffering. But what if we could find a way to live that looks to the future instead of the past? What if we could replace our fear with purpose, and discover our potential for growth instead of focusing on our limits? Global mentor for leaders in some of the world's biggest tech companies, Michal Oshman has created a unique personal growth methodology that challenges you to explore what really matters and offers solutions to everyday struggles. Covering everything from relationships to parenting, developing your career to dealing with past traumas and controlling anxiety, these tools will empower you to embrace change and discover who you really are and what you were born to do with your life. This unique audiobook will help you to find your courage and move forward freely to embrace a life that is free from fear. Formerly Head of Company Culture at TikTok and International Leadership Development Executive at Facebook, Michal Oshman started her career as an officer in the army. Since then, she has trained and coached hundreds of tech leaders at TikTok, Facebook, eBay, and WPP inspiring others and helping organizations build healthy workplaces. She is a TEDx speaker and believes in 'replacing fear with purpose' - the title of her TEDx talk. Michal holds three university degrees and lives with her husband and four children in London, UK. © 2021 Michal Oshman © 2021 DK Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8b1fe379780920ae26e35aebe6a55fde.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>101 Ways to Be Less Stressed by Dr. Caroline Leaf</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/101-ways-to-be-less-stressed-by-dr-caroline-leaf--65130359</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514328" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514328</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Ways to Be Less Stressed Author: Dr. Caroline Leaf Narrator: Marge Sudheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 41 minutes Release date: April 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Although many of us prioritize our physical health through exercise and healthy eating, we often forget to spend time boosting our mind, mood, and mental health. Yet the mind is the source of all our thoughts, words, and actions; when our thinking is unhealthy, our lives will be unhealthy—even if we go to the gym seven times a week and eat kale every day. It is so important that we focus on mental self-care and reducing daily stress since mental toughness and resilience will get us through difficult times and help us achieve success in every area of our lives. Using the incredible power of our minds, we can persist and grow in response to life's challenges. Let bestselling author and neuroscientist Dr. Caroline Leaf help you change your life by changing your mind with 101 simple ways to reduce stress. With simple strategies for mental self-care, we can change the way we think and how we live our lives.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514328</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130359/9781666538199.mp3" length="1477641" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514328 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Ways to Be Less Stressed Author: Dr. Caroline Leaf Narrator: Marge Sudheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 41 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514328" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514328</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Ways to Be Less Stressed Author: Dr. Caroline Leaf Narrator: Marge Sudheimer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 41 minutes Release date: April 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Although many of us prioritize our physical health through exercise and healthy eating, we often forget to spend time boosting our mind, mood, and mental health. Yet the mind is the source of all our thoughts, words, and actions; when our thinking is unhealthy, our lives will be unhealthy—even if we go to the gym seven times a week and eat kale every day. It is so important that we focus on mental self-care and reducing daily stress since mental toughness and resilience will get us through difficult times and help us achieve success in every area of our lives. Using the incredible power of our minds, we can persist and grow in response to life's challenges. Let bestselling author and neuroscientist Dr. Caroline Leaf help you change your life by changing your mind with 101 simple ways to reduce stress. With simple strategies for mental self-care, we can change the way we think and how we live our lives.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/890b6b7426d74f9f0f1fa3f8e1164b21.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Unf*ck Your Anxiety: Using Science to Rewire Your Anxious Brain by Faith G. Harper</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/unf-ck-your-anxiety-using-science-to-rewire-your-anxious-brain-by-faith-g-harper--65130371</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537123</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unf*ck Your Anxiety: Using Science to Rewire Your Anxious Brain Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 72   Ratings of Narrator: 3.53 of Total 17 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Anxiety is a survival skill gone haywire. It happens when our brain is working so hard to protect us that it forgets to notice that the danger has passed. It feels like choking, stifling, smothering, tingling, panicking—our brains cut out and we start to make bad decisions—all normal anxiety reactions. Dr. Faith G. Harper, author of the bestselling Unfuck Your Brain and This is Your Brain on Depression packs a ton of knowledge and help into this practical manual. She helps us understand the history and science of anxiety, realize when it’s become a serious problem, know the difference between anxiety and other conditions, and cope with it in the moment as well as addressing it long term. This audiobook is a lifesaver for panic attacks, breaking out of flight-fight-freeze responses, similar and co-occurring conditions, and for chronic anxiety. Straightforward, funny, kind, and judgment free, it includes a wide range of tips, exercises, and medical interventions. It’s also good for people who aren’t burdened by daily anxiety but want to cope better with the tough life situations we all face. Listen to this audiobook and breathe!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537123</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130371/9781665110020.mp3" length="1478322" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537123 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unf*ck Your Anxiety: Using Science to Rewire Your Anxious Brain Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/537123</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unf*ck Your Anxiety: Using Science to Rewire Your Anxious Brain Author: Faith G. Harper Narrator: Erin Bennett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 44 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.13 of Total 72   Ratings of Narrator: 3.53 of Total 17 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Anxiety is a survival skill gone haywire. It happens when our brain is working so hard to protect us that it forgets to notice that the danger has passed. It feels like choking, stifling, smothering, tingling, panicking—our brains cut out and we start to make bad decisions—all normal anxiety reactions. Dr. Faith G. Harper, author of the bestselling Unfuck Your Brain and This is Your Brain on Depression packs a ton of knowledge and help into this practical manual. She helps us understand the history and science of anxiety, realize when it’s become a serious problem, know the difference between anxiety and other conditions, and cope with it in the moment as well as addressing it long term. This audiobook is a lifesaver for panic attacks, breaking out of flight-fight-freeze responses, similar and co-occurring conditions, and for chronic anxiety. Straightforward, funny, kind, and judgment free, it includes a wide range of tips, exercises, and medical interventions. It’s also good for people who aren’t burdened by daily anxiety but want to cope better with the tough life situations we all face. Listen to this audiobook and breathe!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2bf9ea99b119ce129af9c3949a3dd901.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Working Hard, Hardly Working: How to achieve more, stress less and feel fulfilled: THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER by Grace Beverley</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/working-hard-hardly-working-how-to-achieve-more-stress-less-and-feel-fulfilled-the-1-sunday-times-bestseller-by-grace-beverley--65130378</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499035" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499035</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Hard, Hardly Working: How to achieve more, stress less and feel fulfilled: THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Author: Grace Beverley Narrator: Grace Beverley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  We all know the pressure of feeling like we should be grinding 24/7 while simultaneously being told that we should 'just relax' and take care of ourselves, like we somehow have to decide between success and sanity. But in today's complex working world, where every hobby can be a hustle and social media is the lens through which we view not only others but also ourselves, this seemingly impossible choice couldn't be further from our reality.  In Working Hard, Hardly Working, entrepreneur and self-proclaimed 'lazy workaholic' Grace Beverley challenges this unrealistic and unnecessary split, and offers a fresh take on how to create your own balance, be more productive and feel fulfilled. Includes practical advice on: · The life-changing art of the to-do table: perfect your productivity method and do more of what you love · Making your routine work for you: optimise your habits and reap the benefits · Getting into and managing your flow: boost your creativity and enjoy your everyday · Engaging in effective self-care: how stepping back will help you move forwards Insightful, curious and refreshingly honest, Working Hard, Hardly Working will make you reflect on what you want from your life and work - and then help you chart your path to get there. © Grace Beverley 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499035</guid><pubDate>Thu, 15 Apr 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130378/9781473594982.mp3" length="2437197" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499035 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Hard, Hardly Working: How to achieve more, stress less and feel fulfilled: THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Author: Grace Beverley Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499035" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/499035</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Working Hard, Hardly Working: How to achieve more, stress less and feel fulfilled: THE #1 SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Author: Grace Beverley Narrator: Grace Beverley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: April 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.08 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 3.75 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  We all know the pressure of feeling like we should be grinding 24/7 while simultaneously being told that we should 'just relax' and take care of ourselves, like we somehow have to decide between success and sanity. But in today's complex working world, where every hobby can be a hustle and social media is the lens through which we view not only others but also ourselves, this seemingly impossible choice couldn't be further from our reality.  In Working Hard, Hardly Working, entrepreneur and self-proclaimed 'lazy workaholic' Grace Beverley challenges this unrealistic and unnecessary split, and offers a fresh take on how to create your own balance, be more productive and feel fulfilled. Includes practical advice on: · The life-changing art of the to-do table: perfect your productivity method and do more of what you love · Making your routine work for you: optimise your habits and reap the benefits · Getting into and managing your flow: boost your creativity and enjoy your everyday · Engaging in effective self-care: how stepping back will help you move forwards Insightful, curious and refreshingly honest, Working Hard, Hardly Working will make you reflect on what you want from your life and work - and then help you chart your path to get there. © Grace Beverley 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c485ca757a260e2630d007b96b31709f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Memory 101: Understanding the Practical Science of Memory by Dan Reisberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/memory-101-understanding-the-practical-science-of-memory-by-dan-reisberg--65130355</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515756" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515756</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory 101: Understanding the Practical Science of Memory Author: Dan Reisberg Narrator: Dan Reisberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join Daniel Reisberg, Patricia &amp; Clifford Lunneborg Professor of Psychology at Reed College, in an exploration of the slippery and surprising nature of memory.     You rely on your memory in virtually every aspect of your life. In this engrossing audio series, cognitive psychology professor Daniel Reisberg shares modern scientific research on the function and failures of memory. You’ll cover theoretical points, delving into the biology of memory and memory disorders, as well as gain practical information that can help you improve your memory.     In 15 eye-opening lectures, you’ll learn the answers to questions such as:  - What makes memory unreliable and malleable? - Can we “remember” things that never really happened? - Why do two people sometimes remember a shared experience differently? - Is memory a “use it or lose it” function? A consultant and expert witness on eyewitness testimony in judicial proceedings, Professor Reisberg shares his real-world experience of how incorrect or incomplete memories can lead to false convictions.     You’ll also learn how to optimize your own memory, as well as how to recognize and cope with potential signs of memory disorders. You’ll discuss timely concerns such as whether the digital age is having a detrimental effect on our collective memory. You’ll also explore the implications of memory in the COVID-19 era. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515756</guid><pubDate>Mon, 12 Apr 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130355/9781640732728.mp3" length="2437177" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515756 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory 101: Understanding the Practical Science of Memory Author: Dan Reisberg Narrator: Dan Reisberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515756" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515756</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Memory 101: Understanding the Practical Science of Memory Author: Dan Reisberg Narrator: Dan Reisberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.83 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join Daniel Reisberg, Patricia &amp; Clifford Lunneborg Professor of Psychology at Reed College, in an exploration of the slippery and surprising nature of memory.     You rely on your memory in virtually every aspect of your life. In this engrossing audio series, cognitive psychology professor Daniel Reisberg shares modern scientific research on the function and failures of memory. You’ll cover theoretical points, delving into the biology of memory and memory disorders, as well as gain practical information that can help you improve your memory.     In 15 eye-opening lectures, you’ll learn the answers to questions such as:  - What makes memory unreliable and malleable? - Can we “remember” things that never really happened? - Why do two people sometimes remember a shared experience differently? - Is memory a “use it or lose it” function? A consultant and expert witness on eyewitness testimony in judicial proceedings, Professor Reisberg shares his real-world experience of how incorrect or incomplete memories can lead to false convictions.     You’ll also learn how to optimize your own memory, as well as how to recognize and cope with potential signs of memory disorders. You’ll discuss timely concerns such as whether the digital age is having a detrimental effect on our collective memory. You’ll also explore the implications of memory in the COVID-19 era. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e1a04c5c606a88c9723c1ed2938edd34.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Soundtracks: The Surprising Solution to Overthinking by Jon Acuff</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/soundtracks-the-surprising-solution-to-overthinking-by-jon-acuff--65130372</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soundtracks: The Surprising Solution to Overthinking Author: Jon Acuff Narrator: Jon Acuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: April  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 431   Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 121 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Overthinking isn't a personality trait. It's the sneakiest form of fear.It steals time, creativity, and goals. It's the most expensive, least productive thing companies invest in without even knowing it. And it's an epidemic. In Soundtracks, New York Times bestselling author Jon Acuff offers a proven plan to change overthinking from a super problem into a superpower. If you want to tap into the surprising power of overthinking and give your dreams more time and creativity, learn how to DJ the soundtracks that define you.If you can worry, you can wonder. If you can doubt, you can dominate. If you can spin, you can soar.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Apr 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130372/9781705015674.mp3" length="2437215" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soundtracks: The Surprising Solution to Overthinking Author: Jon Acuff Narrator: Jon Acuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465530</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Soundtracks: The Surprising Solution to Overthinking Author: Jon Acuff Narrator: Jon Acuff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: April  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 431   Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 121 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Overthinking isn't a personality trait. It's the sneakiest form of fear.It steals time, creativity, and goals. It's the most expensive, least productive thing companies invest in without even knowing it. And it's an epidemic. In Soundtracks, New York Times bestselling author Jon Acuff offers a proven plan to change overthinking from a super problem into a superpower. If you want to tap into the surprising power of overthinking and give your dreams more time and creativity, learn how to DJ the soundtracks that define you.If you can worry, you can wonder. If you can doubt, you can dominate. If you can spin, you can soar.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/85e74c8cb12b1e9df38cdcf5e4e83352.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Train Your Brain Like an Olympian: Gold Medal Techniques to Unleash Your Potential at Work by Jean François Ménard</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/train-your-brain-like-an-olympian-gold-medal-techniques-to-unleash-your-potential-at-work-by-jean-francois-menard--65130401</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497855" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497855</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Train Your Brain Like an Olympian: Gold Medal Techniques to Unleash Your Potential at Work Author: Jean François Ménard Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: February  2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  You will learn how to: - Deal with stress - Face difficult moments with a constructive mindset - Remain confident even when feeling vulnerable - Be comfortable with the uncomfortable Elite athletes need to deal with multiple distractions, manage their stress levels, and have robust self-confidence to deliver podium-worthy performances. These days, it’s the same in the workplace. In today’s fast-paced, competitive work environments, employees and corporate leaders are asked to do more with less, take on bigger files, and work longer hours. The pressure to perform at your best and be on the mark is always present, and let’s face it, being consistently great is easier said than done. Whether your performance realm is the playing field, the office, or the classroom, mental toughness is no longer simply an asset. It’s an absolute necessity. Thriving at work and in life doesn’t happen by accident: there are teachable skills that can help you unleash your full potential. Mental performance coach Jean François Ménard will give you exclusive access to techniques and strategies that he uses to help Cirque du Soleil artists, Olympians, and pro athletes become the best in the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497855</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Feb 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130401/9781666547153.mp3" length="1477689" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497855 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Train Your Brain Like an Olympian: Gold Medal Techniques to Unleash Your Potential at Work Author: Jean François Ménard Narrator: Patrick Lawlor...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497855" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/497855</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Train Your Brain Like an Olympian: Gold Medal Techniques to Unleash Your Potential at Work Author: Jean François Ménard Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: February  2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  You will learn how to: - Deal with stress - Face difficult moments with a constructive mindset - Remain confident even when feeling vulnerable - Be comfortable with the uncomfortable Elite athletes need to deal with multiple distractions, manage their stress levels, and have robust self-confidence to deliver podium-worthy performances. These days, it’s the same in the workplace. In today’s fast-paced, competitive work environments, employees and corporate leaders are asked to do more with less, take on bigger files, and work longer hours. The pressure to perform at your best and be on the mark is always present, and let’s face it, being consistently great is easier said than done. Whether your performance realm is the playing field, the office, or the classroom, mental toughness is no longer simply an asset. It’s an absolute necessity. Thriving at work and in life doesn’t happen by accident: there are teachable skills that can help you unleash your full potential. Mental performance coach Jean François Ménard will give you exclusive access to techniques and strategies that he uses to help Cirque du Soleil artists, Olympians, and pro athletes become the best in the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c623da96ffea234709c717db1a91dadc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Chatter: The Voice in Our Head and How to Harness It by Ethan Kross</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/chatter-the-voice-in-our-head-and-how-to-harness-it-by-ethan-kross--65130426</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485461" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485461</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chatter: The Voice in Our Head and How to Harness It Author: Ethan Kross Narrator: Ethan Kross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'This book is going to fundamentally change some of the most important conversations in your life-the ones you have with yourself.' - Adam Grant, bestselling author of Give and Take Malcolm Gladwell, Susan Cain, Adam Grant, and Daniel H. Pink's Next Big Idea Club Winter 2021 Winning Selection One of the best new books of 2021 - BBC Science Focus Magazine, The Washington Post, CNN Underscored, USA Today, Shape, Behavioral Scientist, People, PopSugar * Kirkus Reviews, Publishers Weekly, and Shelf Awareness starred reviews * As featured in Apple's 'Best Audiobooks of 2021 so far'! Turn your inner voice from critic to coach We all have a voice in our head. We tune into its endless chatter to look for guidance, ideas and wisdom. Except sometimes, this voice leads us down a rabbit hole of negative self-talk and endless rumination. These silent conversations are so powerful they can sink our mood, trip us up and even impact our health. How can we take back control? This is the question award-winning psychologist Ethan Kross set out to answer twenty years ago when he began an audacious mission - to study the conversations we have with ourselves. In Chatter, Kross interweaves cutting-edge science with real-world case studies to explain how these inner conversations shape our work and relationships. Then he reveals the tools you need to harness your own voice so that you can be happier, healthier and more productive. Brilliantly argued and expertly researched, Chatter will explain how the conversations we have with ourselves shape our lives, and will give you the power to change them.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485461</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Jan 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130426/9781473590922.mp3" length="2437239" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485461 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chatter: The Voice in Our Head and How to Harness It Author: Ethan Kross Narrator: Ethan Kross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485461" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485461</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chatter: The Voice in Our Head and How to Harness It Author: Ethan Kross Narrator: Ethan Kross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. 'This book is going to fundamentally change some of the most important conversations in your life-the ones you have with yourself.' - Adam Grant, bestselling author of Give and Take Malcolm Gladwell, Susan Cain, Adam Grant, and Daniel H. Pink's Next Big Idea Club Winter 2021 Winning Selection One of the best new books of 2021 - BBC Science Focus Magazine, The Washington Post, CNN Underscored, USA Today, Shape, Behavioral Scientist, People, PopSugar * Kirkus Reviews, Publishers Weekly, and Shelf Awareness starred reviews * As featured in Apple's 'Best Audiobooks of 2021 so far'! Turn your inner voice from critic to coach We all have a voice in our head. We tune into its endless chatter to look for guidance, ideas and wisdom. Except sometimes, this voice leads us down a rabbit hole of negative self-talk and endless rumination. These silent conversations are so powerful they can sink our mood, trip us up and even impact our health. How can we take back control? This is the question award-winning psychologist Ethan Kross set out to answer twenty years ago when he began an audacious mission - to study the conversations we have with ourselves. In Chatter, Kross interweaves cutting-edge science with real-world case studies to explain how these inner conversations shape our work and relationships. Then he reveals the tools you need to harness your own voice so that you can be happier, healthier and more productive. Brilliantly argued and expertly researched, Chatter will explain how the conversations we have with ourselves shape our lives, and will give you the power to change them.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1843c8808689dd5c7601e71d70104e37.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Miracle Pill by Peter Walker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-miracle-pill-by-peter-walker--65130415</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465562" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465562</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Miracle Pill Author: Peter Walker Narrator: Peter Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'This book is pretty life-changing – encouraging, optimistic, rich with information. It got me off the sofa.' Jeremy Vine  'This is such a lovely, ambitious, fascinating book. Essential lockdown reading. It allows us to reimagine our world and our bodies: we can move more.' Dr Xand van Tulleken, TV presenter  'Truly uplifting' Chris Boardman   What is the 'miracle pill', the simple lifestyle change with such enormous health benefits that, if it was turned into a drug, would be the most valuable drug in the world? The answer is movement and the good news is that it's free, easy and available to everyone.   Four in ten British adults, and 80% of children, are so sedentary they don’t meet even the minimum recommended levels for movement. What’s going on?   The answer is simple: activity became exercise. What for centuries was universal and everyday has become the fetishised pursuit of a minority, whether the superhuman feats of elite athletes, or a chore slotted into busy schedules. Yes, most people know physical activity is good for us.  And yet 1.5 billion people around the world are so inactive they are at greater risk of everything from heart disease to diabetes, cancer, arthritis and depression, even dementia. Sedentary living now kills more people than obesity, despite receiving much less attention, and is causing a pandemic of chronic ill health many experts predict could soon bankrupt the NHS.    How did we get here? Daily, constant exertion was an integral part of humanity for millennia, but in just a few decades movement was virtually designed out of people’s lives through transformed workplaces, the dominance of the car, and a built environment which encourages people to be static.  In a world now also infiltrated by ubiquitous screens, app-summoned taxis and shopping delivered to your door, it can be shocking to realise exactly how sedentary many of us are. A recent study found almost half of middle-aged English people don’t walk continuously for ten minutes or more in an average month. At current trends, scientists forecast, the average US adult will expend little more energy in an average week than someone who spent all their time in bed.   This book is a chronicle of this very modern and largely unexplored catastrophe, and the story of the people trying to turn it around. Through interviews with experts in various fields - doctors, scientists, architects and politicians - Peter Walker explores how to bring more movement into the modern world and, most importantly, into your life. Forget the gym, introducing quick and easy lifestyle changes can slow down the ageing process and even reverse many illnesses and increase mental wellbeing.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465562</guid><pubDate>Thu, 21 Jan 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130415/9781398504004.mp3" length="1478230" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465562 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Miracle Pill Author: Peter Walker Narrator: Peter Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 21, 2021...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465562" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465562</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Miracle Pill Author: Peter Walker Narrator: Peter Walker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 58 minutes Release date: January 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'This book is pretty life-changing – encouraging, optimistic, rich with information. It got me off the sofa.' Jeremy Vine  'This is such a lovely, ambitious, fascinating book. Essential lockdown reading. It allows us to reimagine our world and our bodies: we can move more.' Dr Xand van Tulleken, TV presenter  'Truly uplifting' Chris Boardman   What is the 'miracle pill', the simple lifestyle change with such enormous health benefits that, if it was turned into a drug, would be the most valuable drug in the world? The answer is movement and the good news is that it's free, easy and available to everyone.   Four in ten British adults, and 80% of children, are so sedentary they don’t meet even the minimum recommended levels for movement. What’s going on?   The answer is simple: activity became exercise. What for centuries was universal and everyday has become the fetishised pursuit of a minority, whether the superhuman feats of elite athletes, or a chore slotted into busy schedules. Yes, most people know physical activity is good for us.  And yet 1.5 billion people around the world are so inactive they are at greater risk of everything from heart disease to diabetes, cancer, arthritis and depression, even dementia. Sedentary living now kills more people than obesity, despite receiving much less attention, and is causing a pandemic of chronic ill health many experts predict could soon bankrupt the NHS.    How did we get here? Daily, constant exertion was an integral part of humanity for millennia, but in just a few decades movement was virtually designed out of people’s lives through transformed workplaces, the dominance of the car, and a built environment which encourages people to be static.  In a world now also infiltrated by ubiquitous screens, app-summoned taxis and shopping delivered to your door, it can be shocking to realise exactly how sedentary many of us are. A recent study found almost half of middle-aged English people don’t walk continuously for ten minutes or more in an average month. At current trends, scientists forecast, the average US adult will expend little more energy in an average week than someone who spent all their time in bed.   This book is a chronicle of this very modern and largely unexplored catastrophe, and the story of the people trying to turn it around. Through interviews with experts in various fields - doctors, scientists, architects and politicians - Peter Walker explores how to bring more movement into the modern world and, most importantly, into your life. Forget the gym, introducing quick and easy lifestyle changes can slow down the ageing process and even reverse many illnesses and increase mental wellbeing.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7a74da53f7b3544578cdaf0881146c49.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Create Space: Declutter your home to clear your mind by Dilly Carter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/create-space-declutter-your-home-to-clear-your-mind-by-dilly-carter--65130403</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485936" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485936</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create Space: Declutter your home to clear your mind Author: Dilly Carter Narrator: Dilly Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Cut the clutter, live better with less, give yourself headspace, and enjoy life more. Create Space shows you how taking steps to clear and simplify your living space can also clear your mind, improve your relationships, and enhance your wellbeing. This room-by-room guide to organising and decluttering your home is packed with ideas, advice, tips and techniques that are practical and functional as well as beautiful. Turn chaos into calm with step-by-step methods that you can adapt and sustain for your own needs. When you stop allowing your life to revolve around things that don't matter, you instantly gain energy to focus on the things that do. Reclaim your space, your time, and your mind right now, to reorganise your living space into a place of sanctuary. Hailed by the BBC as 'London's Marie Kondo', Dilly Carter is the founder of Declutter Dollies, a complete organising and home styling service that promises to turn her clients' chaos into calm. A lifelong passion for fashion and an uncanny ability to bring order to a chaotic environment has seen her cleanse and curate the wardrobes of high profile celebrities, busy professionals and stressed-out mums alike. Known as @declutterdollies to her 30k+ Instagram followers around the world, Dilly now extends her helping hand on social media. Sharing organising hacks and tips Dilly proves that you can not only make your home beautiful, but truly make it work as a place of sanctuary. Dilly learned the value of decluttering when she began helping her mother, who suffers from bipolar disorder, organise her 'living chaos' at home. © 2021 Dilly Carter © 2021 DK Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485936</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130403/9780241515020.mp3" length="2437139" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485936 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create Space: Declutter your home to clear your mind Author: Dilly Carter Narrator: Dilly Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485936" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/485936</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create Space: Declutter your home to clear your mind Author: Dilly Carter Narrator: Dilly Carter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 19 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Cut the clutter, live better with less, give yourself headspace, and enjoy life more. Create Space shows you how taking steps to clear and simplify your living space can also clear your mind, improve your relationships, and enhance your wellbeing. This room-by-room guide to organising and decluttering your home is packed with ideas, advice, tips and techniques that are practical and functional as well as beautiful. Turn chaos into calm with step-by-step methods that you can adapt and sustain for your own needs. When you stop allowing your life to revolve around things that don't matter, you instantly gain energy to focus on the things that do. Reclaim your space, your time, and your mind right now, to reorganise your living space into a place of sanctuary. Hailed by the BBC as 'London's Marie Kondo', Dilly Carter is the founder of Declutter Dollies, a complete organising and home styling service that promises to turn her clients' chaos into calm. A lifelong passion for fashion and an uncanny ability to bring order to a chaotic environment has seen her cleanse and curate the wardrobes of high profile celebrities, busy professionals and stressed-out mums alike. Known as @declutterdollies to her 30k+ Instagram followers around the world, Dilly now extends her helping hand on social media. Sharing organising hacks and tips Dilly proves that you can not only make your home beautiful, but truly make it work as a place of sanctuary. Dilly learned the value of decluttering when she began helping her mother, who suffers from bipolar disorder, organise her 'living chaos' at home. © 2021 Dilly Carter © 2021 DK Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8db4921740044c49f28eb07aca13fe86.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Getting It Done When You're Depressed: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track by John Preston, Julie A. Fast</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-it-done-when-you-re-depressed-50-strategies-for-keeping-your-life-on-track-by-john-preston-julie-a-fast--65130395</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting It Done When You're Depressed: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track Author: John Preston, Julie A. Fast Narrator: Stephanie Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Don't let depression get in the way of the life you want to live! Many people suffer from depression on a daily basis. The hard part is learning to live with it. Getting up and getting moving can seem like an insurmountable chore. You know you need to be productive but your brain just won't cooperate. Getting It Done When You're Depressed offers 50 strategies to break the cycle of inactivity that so often accompanies depression. These strategies are practical and easily applicable for anyone trying to lead a lifetime of productivity, regardless of your mood. In this revised edition, you'll find these strategies and more: - Feel the depression--and do it anyway. - Generate creativity. - Allow time for positive results. - Know when your brain is lying to you. - Tips on differenciating depression from bipolar disorder. It's time to come out from under your depression brain fog, create a daily structure, and feel great about yourself and your abilities again! © 2021 Julie A. Fast; John D. Preston © 2021 DK Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Jan 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130395/9780241526989.mp3" length="2437284" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting It Done When You're Depressed: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track Author: John Preston, Julie A. Fast Narrator: Stephanie Cannon...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/493580</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Getting It Done When You're Depressed: 50 Strategies for Keeping Your Life on Track Author: John Preston, Julie A. Fast Narrator: Stephanie Cannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Don't let depression get in the way of the life you want to live! Many people suffer from depression on a daily basis. The hard part is learning to live with it. Getting up and getting moving can seem like an insurmountable chore. You know you need to be productive but your brain just won't cooperate. Getting It Done When You're Depressed offers 50 strategies to break the cycle of inactivity that so often accompanies depression. These strategies are practical and easily applicable for anyone trying to lead a lifetime of productivity, regardless of your mood. In this revised edition, you'll find these strategies and more: - Feel the depression--and do it anyway. - Generate creativity. - Allow time for positive results. - Know when your brain is lying to you. - Tips on differenciating depression from bipolar disorder. It's time to come out from under your depression brain fog, create a daily structure, and feel great about yourself and your abilities again! © 2021 Julie A. Fast; John D. Preston © 2021 DK Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c045128f70bdc813e3b2d3d216f83be1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Screen Time: How to make peace with your devices and find your techquilibrium by Becca Caddy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/screen-time-how-to-make-peace-with-your-devices-and-find-your-techquilibrium-by-becca-caddy--65130407</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482794" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482794</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Screen Time: How to make peace with your devices and find your techquilibrium Author: Becca Caddy Narrator: Julie Maisey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: January  7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Listen to Screen Time for practical ways to achieve a new, balanced approach to how you use your phone. No more mindless scrolling or wasted hours: learn how to create your own personalised set of rules that work for you.  Rather than going cold turkey or fighting against the finely calibrated, billion-dollar barrage of demands for our attention that ping up on our phones, we need to know how to strike a healthier balance with our devices. If we can understand the ways in which our phones affect every area of our lives, from our concentration to our body image, then we can start making the small shifts that will add up to ensure our technology is working for us, not the other way around. Forget aiming for inbox zero and screen-free days: instead, learn to reassess your relationship with your phone on your own terms, spotting what works for you and what doesn't.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482794</guid><pubDate>Thu, 07 Jan 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130407/9781788704106.mp3" length="2437145" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482794 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Screen Time: How to make peace with your devices and find your techquilibrium Author: Becca Caddy Narrator: Julie Maisey Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482794" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/482794</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Screen Time: How to make peace with your devices and find your techquilibrium Author: Becca Caddy Narrator: Julie Maisey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 46 minutes Release date: January  7, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Listen to Screen Time for practical ways to achieve a new, balanced approach to how you use your phone. No more mindless scrolling or wasted hours: learn how to create your own personalised set of rules that work for you.  Rather than going cold turkey or fighting against the finely calibrated, billion-dollar barrage of demands for our attention that ping up on our phones, we need to know how to strike a healthier balance with our devices. If we can understand the ways in which our phones affect every area of our lives, from our concentration to our body image, then we can start making the small shifts that will add up to ensure our technology is working for us, not the other way around. Forget aiming for inbox zero and screen-free days: instead, learn to reassess your relationship with your phone on your own terms, spotting what works for you and what doesn't.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1616ebba11f1a07761256d7eb88ac803.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Laziness Does Not Exist by Devon Price</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/laziness-does-not-exist-by-devon-price--65130383</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laziness Does Not Exist Author: Devon Price Narrator: Em Grosland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: January  5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 22   Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  From social psychologist Dr. Devon Price, a conversational, stirring call to “a better, more human way to live” (Cal Newport, New York Times bestselling author) that examines the “laziness lie”—which falsely tells us we are not working or learning hard enough. Extra-curricular activities. Honors classes. 60-hour work weeks. Side hustles.   Like many Americans, Dr. Devon Price believed that productivity was the best way to measure self-worth. Price was an overachiever from the start, graduating from both college and graduate school early, but that success came at a cost. After Price was diagnosed with a severe case of anemia and heart complications from overexertion, they were forced to examine the darker side of all this productivity.   Laziness Does Not Exist explores the psychological underpinnings of the “laziness lie,” including its origins from the Puritans and how it has continued to proliferate as digital work tools have blurred the boundaries between work and life. Using in-depth research, Price explains that people today do far more work than nearly any other humans in history yet most of us often still feel we are not doing enough.   Filled with practical and accessible advice for overcoming society’s pressure to do more, and featuring interviews with researchers, consultants, and experiences from real people drowning in too much work, Laziness Does Not Exist “is the book we all need right now” (Caroline Dooner, author of The F*ck It Diet).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Jan 2021 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130383/9781797120591.mp3" length="1478290" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laziness Does Not Exist Author: Devon Price Narrator: Em Grosland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: January  5,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laziness Does Not Exist Author: Devon Price Narrator: Em Grosland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: January  5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 22   Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  From social psychologist Dr. Devon Price, a conversational, stirring call to “a better, more human way to live” (Cal Newport, New York Times bestselling author) that examines the “laziness lie”—which falsely tells us we are not working or learning hard enough. Extra-curricular activities. Honors classes. 60-hour work weeks. Side hustles.   Like many Americans, Dr. Devon Price believed that productivity was the best way to measure self-worth. Price was an overachiever from the start, graduating from both college and graduate school early, but that success came at a cost. After Price was diagnosed with a severe case of anemia and heart complications from overexertion, they were forced to examine the darker side of all this productivity.   Laziness Does Not Exist explores the psychological underpinnings of the “laziness lie,” including its origins from the Puritans and how it has continued to proliferate as digital work tools have blurred the boundaries between work and life. Using in-depth research, Price explains that people today do far more work than nearly any other humans in history yet most of us often still feel we are not doing enough.   Filled with practical and accessible advice for overcoming society’s pressure to do more, and featuring interviews with researchers, consultants, and experiences from real people drowning in too much work, Laziness Does Not Exist “is the book we all need right now” (Caroline Dooner, author of The F*ck It Diet).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/701f4844effb7c9c76c5ede256e96438.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Embrace the Suck: The Navy SEAL Way to an Extraordinary Life by Brent Gleeson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/embrace-the-suck-the-navy-seal-way-to-an-extraordinary-life-by-brent-gleeson--65130405</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433558" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433558</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embrace the Suck: The Navy SEAL Way to an Extraordinary Life Author: Brent Gleeson Narrator: Brent Gleeson, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Get into the Navy SEAL mindset with this raw, brutally honest, in-your-face self-help guide that will teach you how to thrive on adversity. During the brutal crucible of Navy SEAL training, instructors often tell students to "embrace the suck." This phrase conveys the one lesson that is vital for any SEAL hopeful to learn: lean into the suffering and get comfortable being very uncomfortable. In this powerful, no-nonsense guide, Navy SEAL combat veteran turned leadership expert Brent Gleeson teaches you how to transform every area of your life—the Navy SEAL way. Can anyone develop this level of resilience? Gleeson breaks it down to a Challenge-Commitment-Control mindset. He reveals how resilient people view difficulties as a Challenge, where obstacles and failures are opportunities for growth. Next, they have a strong emotional Commitment to their goals and are not easily distracted or deterred. Finally, resilient people focus their energy on the things within their Control, rather than fixating on factors they can't impact. Embrace the Suck provides an actionable roadmap that empowers you to expand your comfort zone to live a more fulfilling, purpose-driven life. Through candid storytelling, behavioral science research, and plenty of self-deprecating humor, Gleeson shows you how to use pain as a pathway, reassess your values, remove temptation, build discipline, suffer with purpose, fail successfully, transform your mind, and achieve more of the goals you set]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433558</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Dec 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130405/9781549126826.mp3" length="1478222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433558 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embrace the Suck: The Navy SEAL Way to an Extraordinary Life Author: Brent Gleeson Narrator: Brent Gleeson, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433558" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/433558</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embrace the Suck: The Navy SEAL Way to an Extraordinary Life Author: Brent Gleeson Narrator: Brent Gleeson, Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Get into the Navy SEAL mindset with this raw, brutally honest, in-your-face self-help guide that will teach you how to thrive on adversity. During the brutal crucible of Navy SEAL training, instructors often tell students to "embrace the suck." This phrase conveys the one lesson that is vital for any SEAL hopeful to learn: lean into the suffering and get comfortable being very uncomfortable. In this powerful, no-nonsense guide, Navy SEAL combat veteran turned leadership expert Brent Gleeson teaches you how to transform every area of your life—the Navy SEAL way. Can anyone develop this level of resilience? Gleeson breaks it down to a Challenge-Commitment-Control mindset. He reveals how resilient people view difficulties as a Challenge, where obstacles and failures are opportunities for growth. Next, they have a strong emotional Commitment to their goals and are not easily distracted or deterred. Finally, resilient people focus their energy on the things within their Control, rather than fixating on factors they can't impact. Embrace the Suck provides an actionable roadmap that empowers you to expand your comfort zone to live a more fulfilling, purpose-driven life. Through candid storytelling, behavioral science research, and plenty of self-deprecating humor, Gleeson shows you how to use pain as a pathway, reassess your values, remove temptation, build discipline, suffer with purpose, fail successfully, transform your mind, and achieve more of the goals you set]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7125f235597d882085c49cb26e5686db.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Let Us Dream: The Path to a Better Future by Austen Ivereigh, Pope Francis</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-us-dream-the-path-to-a-better-future-by-austen-ivereigh-pope-francis--65130408</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456789" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456789</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Us Dream: The Path to a Better Future Author: Austen Ivereigh, Pope Francis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: December  1, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In this uplifting and practical book, written in collaboration with his biographer, Austen Ivereigh, the preeminent spiritual leader explains why we must—and how we can—make the world safer, fairer, and healthier for all people now.     In the COVID crisis, the beloved shepherd of over one billion Catholics saw the cruelty and inequity of our society exposed more vividly than ever before. He also saw, in the resilience, generosity, and creativity of so many people, the means to rescue our society, our economy, and our planet. In direct, powerful prose, Pope Francis urges us not to let the pain be in vain.      He begins Let Us Dream by exploring what this crisis can teach us about how to handle upheaval of any kind in our own lives and the world at large. With unprecedented candor, he reveals how three crises in his own life changed him dramatically for the better. By its very nature, he shows, crisis presents us with a choice: we make a grievous error if we try to return to some pre-crisis state. But if we have the courage to change, we can emerge from the crisis better than before.     Francis then offers a brilliant, scathing critique of the systems and ideologies that conspired to produce the current crisis, from a global economy obsessed with profit and heedless of the people and environment it harms, to politicians who foment their people’s fear and use it to increase their own power at their people’s expense. He reminds us that Christians’ first duty is to serve others, especially the poor and the marginalized, just as Jesus did.       Finally, the Pope offers an inspiring and actionable blueprint for building a better world for all humanity by putting the poor and the planet at the heart of new thinking. For this plan, he draws not only on sacred sources, but on the latest findings from renowned scientists, economists, activists, and other thinkers. Yet rather than simply offer prescriptions, he shows how ordinary people acting together despite their differences can discover unforeseen possibilities.     Along the way, he offers dozens of wise and surprising observations on the value of unconventional thinking, on why we must dramatically increase women’s leadership in the Church and throughout society, on what he learned while scouring the streets of Buenos Aires with garbage-pickers, and much more.    Let Us Dream is an epiphany, a call to arms, and a pleasure to read. It is Pope Francis at his most personal, profound and passionate. With this book and with open hearts, we can change the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456789</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130408/9781398502345.mp3" length="1478238" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456789 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Us Dream: The Path to a Better Future Author: Austen Ivereigh, Pope Francis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456789" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456789</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let Us Dream: The Path to a Better Future Author: Austen Ivereigh, Pope Francis Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: December  1, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In this uplifting and practical book, written in collaboration with his biographer, Austen Ivereigh, the preeminent spiritual leader explains why we must—and how we can—make the world safer, fairer, and healthier for all people now.     In the COVID crisis, the beloved shepherd of over one billion Catholics saw the cruelty and inequity of our society exposed more vividly than ever before. He also saw, in the resilience, generosity, and creativity of so many people, the means to rescue our society, our economy, and our planet. In direct, powerful prose, Pope Francis urges us not to let the pain be in vain.      He begins Let Us Dream by exploring what this crisis can teach us about how to handle upheaval of any kind in our own lives and the world at large. With unprecedented candor, he reveals how three crises in his own life changed him dramatically for the better. By its very nature, he shows, crisis presents us with a choice: we make a grievous error if we try to return to some pre-crisis state. But if we have the courage to change, we can emerge from the crisis better than before.     Francis then offers a brilliant, scathing critique of the systems and ideologies that conspired to produce the current crisis, from a global economy obsessed with profit and heedless of the people and environment it harms, to politicians who foment their people’s fear and use it to increase their own power at their people’s expense. He reminds us that Christians’ first duty is to serve others, especially the poor and the marginalized, just as Jesus did.       Finally, the Pope offers an inspiring and actionable blueprint for building a better world for all humanity by putting the poor and the planet at the heart of new thinking. For this plan, he draws not only on sacred sources, but on the latest findings from renowned scientists, economists, activists, and other thinkers. Yet rather than simply offer prescriptions, he shows how ordinary people acting together despite their differences can discover unforeseen possibilities.     Along the way, he offers dozens of wise and surprising observations on the value of unconventional thinking, on why we must dramatically increase women’s leadership in the Church and throughout society, on what he learned while scouring the streets of Buenos Aires with garbage-pickers, and much more.    Let Us Dream is an epiphany, a call to arms, and a pleasure to read. It is Pope Francis at his most personal, profound and passionate. With this book and with open hearts, we can change the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/85d24ffe6f6d51e1ad12f5f4d1a8ef21.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>ENRICH: Create Wealth in Time, Money, and Meaning by Todd Miller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/enrich-create-wealth-in-time-money-and-meaning-by-todd-miller--65130390</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486094" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486094</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ENRICH: Create Wealth in Time, Money, and Meaning Author: Todd Miller Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: November  3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  “21 Books To Read in 2021” – Forbes “8 Books to Help You Find Financial Bliss” – Entrepreneur Chances are, you’ve sacrificed for your career and fought a constant tug-of-war between personal, professional, and financial well-being. Professional success is important, but is it enough?   ENRICH teaches life skills to create Optionality, even in the most uncertain situations. The world has changed greatly, but the principles of life success haven’t.     Using a series of illuminating case studies and interviews, Todd Miller shows how he and other high achievers cracked the code to: Accelerate financial security in an era of job insecurity Reach big, bold life goals  Craft your ideal job Create time wealth  Avoid the default setting Navigate change, including job loss Connect how you spend your days to what’s most important  For most books on work/life integration, money is frequently the elephant in the room. ENRICH embraces this elephant. Through a practical, proven, six-step process, you’ll learn how to get financially fit fast, savor life’s deliciousness, and achieve career satisfaction.   ENRICH incorporates time-honored business processes with thorough, global, best practice research. Miller presents an extensive tool kit of sometimes unconventional—but always potent—work- and life-hacking strategies.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486094</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Nov 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130390/9781544515908.mp3" length="2437134" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486094 to listen full audiobooks. Title: ENRICH: Create Wealth in Time, Money, and Meaning Author: Todd Miller Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486094" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/486094</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ENRICH: Create Wealth in Time, Money, and Meaning Author: Todd Miller Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: November  3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  “21 Books To Read in 2021” – Forbes “8 Books to Help You Find Financial Bliss” – Entrepreneur Chances are, you’ve sacrificed for your career and fought a constant tug-of-war between personal, professional, and financial well-being. Professional success is important, but is it enough?   ENRICH teaches life skills to create Optionality, even in the most uncertain situations. The world has changed greatly, but the principles of life success haven’t.     Using a series of illuminating case studies and interviews, Todd Miller shows how he and other high achievers cracked the code to: Accelerate financial security in an era of job insecurity Reach big, bold life goals  Craft your ideal job Create time wealth  Avoid the default setting Navigate change, including job loss Connect how you spend your days to what’s most important  For most books on work/life integration, money is frequently the elephant in the room. ENRICH embraces this elephant. Through a practical, proven, six-step process, you’ll learn how to get financially fit fast, savor life’s deliciousness, and achieve career satisfaction.   ENRICH incorporates time-honored business processes with thorough, global, best practice research. Miller presents an extensive tool kit of sometimes unconventional—but always potent—work- and life-hacking strategies.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d9b84a1d1c911892d4bd1e24793667bf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Good Vibes, Good Life by Vex King</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/good-vibes-good-life-by-vex-king--65130361</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579026" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579026</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Vibes, Good Life Author: Vex King Narrator: Kaushal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: October  6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 222   Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 31 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  OVER 2 MILLION COPIES SOLD: Instagram guru Vex King “teaches us how self-love is the key to unlocking your inner greatness” (Marie Claire) and shares inspirational quotes and universal wisdom for manifesting positive vibes. Join the self-love revolution—and be the best version of you that YOU can be! Vex overcame adversity to become a source of hope for millions of young people, and now draws from his personal experience and his intuitive wisdom to inspire you to: ·      Practise self-care, overcome toxic energy, and prioritize your well-being ·      Cultivate positive lifestyle habits, including mindfulness and meditation ·      Change your beliefs to invite great opportunities into your life ·      Manifest your goals using tried-and-tested techniques ·      Overcome fear and flow with the Universe ·      Find your higher purpose and become a shining light for others This inspirational audiobook will show you that when you change the way you think, feel, speak, and act, you begin to change the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579026</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Oct 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130361/9781788174992.mp3" length="1477675" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579026 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Vibes, Good Life Author: Vex King Narrator: Kaushal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: October  6, 2020...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579026" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/579026</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Good Vibes, Good Life Author: Vex King Narrator: Kaushal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: October  6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 222   Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 31 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  OVER 2 MILLION COPIES SOLD: Instagram guru Vex King “teaches us how self-love is the key to unlocking your inner greatness” (Marie Claire) and shares inspirational quotes and universal wisdom for manifesting positive vibes. Join the self-love revolution—and be the best version of you that YOU can be! Vex overcame adversity to become a source of hope for millions of young people, and now draws from his personal experience and his intuitive wisdom to inspire you to: ·      Practise self-care, overcome toxic energy, and prioritize your well-being ·      Cultivate positive lifestyle habits, including mindfulness and meditation ·      Change your beliefs to invite great opportunities into your life ·      Manifest your goals using tried-and-tested techniques ·      Overcome fear and flow with the Universe ·      Find your higher purpose and become a shining light for others This inspirational audiobook will show you that when you change the way you think, feel, speak, and act, you begin to change the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/624ab4c0ed4615bf694bc2b3e2cbc686.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Gift: 12 Lessons to Save Your Life by Edith Eger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-gift-12-lessons-to-save-your-life-by-edith-eger--65130416</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412869" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412869</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift: 12 Lessons to Save Your Life Author: Edith Eger Narrator: Tovah Feldshuh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 23   Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. This practical and inspirational guide to healing from the bestselling author of The Choice shows us how to release your self-limiting beliefs and embrace your potential. The prison is in your mind. The key is in your pocket. In the end, it's not what happens to us that matters most - it's what we choose to do with it. We all face suffering - sadness, loss, despair, fear, anxiety, failure. But we also have a choice; to give in and give up in the face of trauma or difficulties, or to live every moment as a gift. Celebrated therapist and Holocaust survivor, Dr Edith Eger, provides a hands-on guide that gently encourages us to change the imprisoning thoughts and destructive behaviours that may be holding us back. Accompanied by stories from Eger's own life and the lives of her patients her empowering lessons help you to see your darkest moments as your greatest teachers and find freedom through the strength that lies within. 'I will be forever changed by Dr Eger's story' Oprah © Edith Eger 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412869</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Sep 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130416/9781473579354.mp3" length="2437174" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift: 12 Lessons to Save Your Life Author: Edith Eger Narrator: Tovah Feldshuh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412869" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/412869</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gift: 12 Lessons to Save Your Life Author: Edith Eger Narrator: Tovah Feldshuh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.3 of Total 23   Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. This practical and inspirational guide to healing from the bestselling author of The Choice shows us how to release your self-limiting beliefs and embrace your potential. The prison is in your mind. The key is in your pocket. In the end, it's not what happens to us that matters most - it's what we choose to do with it. We all face suffering - sadness, loss, despair, fear, anxiety, failure. But we also have a choice; to give in and give up in the face of trauma or difficulties, or to live every moment as a gift. Celebrated therapist and Holocaust survivor, Dr Edith Eger, provides a hands-on guide that gently encourages us to change the imprisoning thoughts and destructive behaviours that may be holding us back. Accompanied by stories from Eger's own life and the lives of her patients her empowering lessons help you to see your darkest moments as your greatest teachers and find freedom through the strength that lies within. 'I will be forever changed by Dr Eger's story' Oprah © Edith Eger 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/11cc2cc0f4146478e0b84179915093ae.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Lead Like a Woman: Gain Confidence, Navigate Obstacles, Empower Others by Deborah Smith Pegues</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/lead-like-a-woman-gain-confidence-navigate-obstacles-empower-others-by-deborah-smith-pegues--65130432</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead Like a Woman: Gain Confidence, Navigate Obstacles, Empower Others Author: Deborah Smith Pegues Narrator: Deborah Smith Pegues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Speak up. Don’t take it so personally. Just make a decision already.     Every day, whether they’re competing in the business world or serving in a nonprofit, women hear that they’re not enough. They’re too emotional to lead, and the way they act, speak, and even think is detrimental to success.  But in Lead Like a Woman, former Fortune 500 executive Deborah Smith Pegues shows that your uniquely female qualities can position you for success—if you know how to use them. She’ll teach you to embrace 12 traits that can help you excel as a leader, and she’ll also help you eliminate 12 tendencies that could be hindering your progress.  You will discover how to… - develop confidence while sharpening your professional and relational skills - let go of unproductive thoughts and habits that sabotage your success - create a transformative, participative, and inclusive organization  Whether at work or in your community, Lead Like a Woman will empower you to walk boldly down your path of leadership and find fulfillment in the journey.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130432/9781646892037.mp3" length="2437159" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead Like a Woman: Gain Confidence, Navigate Obstacles, Empower Others Author: Deborah Smith Pegues Narrator: Deborah Smith Pegues Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450615</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead Like a Woman: Gain Confidence, Navigate Obstacles, Empower Others Author: Deborah Smith Pegues Narrator: Deborah Smith Pegues Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Speak up. Don’t take it so personally. Just make a decision already.     Every day, whether they’re competing in the business world or serving in a nonprofit, women hear that they’re not enough. They’re too emotional to lead, and the way they act, speak, and even think is detrimental to success.  But in Lead Like a Woman, former Fortune 500 executive Deborah Smith Pegues shows that your uniquely female qualities can position you for success—if you know how to use them. She’ll teach you to embrace 12 traits that can help you excel as a leader, and she’ll also help you eliminate 12 tendencies that could be hindering your progress.  You will discover how to… - develop confidence while sharpening your professional and relational skills - let go of unproductive thoughts and habits that sabotage your success - create a transformative, participative, and inclusive organization  Whether at work or in your community, Lead Like a Woman will empower you to walk boldly down your path of leadership and find fulfillment in the journey.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f88ab2631ea5ece6e23aff5624509c22.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Emotionally Destructive Relationship: Seeing It, Stopping It, Surviving It by Leslie Vernick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-emotionally-destructive-relationship-seeing-it-stopping-it-surviving-it-by-leslie-vernick--65130400</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emotionally Destructive Relationship: Seeing It, Stopping It, Surviving It Author: Leslie Vernick Narrator: Leslie Vernick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Leslie Vernick, counselor and social worker, has witnessed the devastating effects of emotional abuse. Many, including many in the church, have not addressed this form of destruction in families and relationships because it is difficult to talk about. With godly guidance and practical experience, Vernick offers an empathetic approach to recognizing an emotionally destructive relationship and addresses the symptoms and the damage with biblical tools. Readers will understand how to: - Reveal behaviors that are meant to control, punish, and hurt - Confront and speak truth when the timing is right - Determine when to keep trying, when to get out - Get safe and stay safe - Build an identity in Christ This practical and thorough resource will help countless individuals, families, and churches view abuse from God's perspective and understand how vital it is for victims to embrace His freedom from the physical, emotional, spiritual, and generational effects of emotionally destructive relationships.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177</guid><pubDate>Tue, 11 Aug 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130400/9780736983112.mp3" length="2437156" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emotionally Destructive Relationship: Seeing It, Stopping It, Surviving It Author: Leslie Vernick Narrator: Leslie Vernick Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emotionally Destructive Relationship: Seeing It, Stopping It, Surviving It Author: Leslie Vernick Narrator: Leslie Vernick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Leslie Vernick, counselor and social worker, has witnessed the devastating effects of emotional abuse. Many, including many in the church, have not addressed this form of destruction in families and relationships because it is difficult to talk about. With godly guidance and practical experience, Vernick offers an empathetic approach to recognizing an emotionally destructive relationship and addresses the symptoms and the damage with biblical tools. Readers will understand how to: - Reveal behaviors that are meant to control, punish, and hurt - Confront and speak truth when the timing is right - Determine when to keep trying, when to get out - Get safe and stay safe - Build an identity in Christ This practical and thorough resource will help countless individuals, families, and churches view abuse from God's perspective and understand how vital it is for victims to embrace His freedom from the physical, emotional, spiritual, and generational effects of emotionally destructive relationships.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/52439500af74927b2afac0e2ed50abf2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Born Fighter: SHORTLISTED FOR THE WILLIAM HILL SPORTS BOOK OF THE YEAR PRIZE by Sarah Shephard, Ruqsana Begum</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/born-fighter-shortlisted-for-the-william-hill-sports-book-of-the-year-prize-by-sarah-shephard-ruqsana-begum--65130457</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410045" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410045</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born Fighter: SHORTLISTED FOR THE WILLIAM HILL SPORTS BOOK OF THE YEAR PRIZE Author: Sarah Shephard, Ruqsana Begum Narrator: Avita Jay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: July  9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  **WINNER TELEGRAPH SPORTS BOOK AWARDS AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF THE YEAR 2021**  **SHORTLISTED FOR THE WILLIAM HILL SPORTS BOOK OF THE YEAR PRIZE 2020**  'I was captivated by this book from start to finish, I couldn't put it down. A very real and relatable story that will have you weeping, smiling and cheering along'  Christine Ohuruogo Ruqsana Begum's account of how she rose to become a Muay Thai world champion is only a small part of why her story is such an inspirational one for anyone who has ever followed their dream.   Ever since she went to school in Bethnal Green, part of a large local Bangladeshi community, Ruqsana Begum stood apart from her friends because she was so keen on sport. At home, she wore the clothes her mother wanted her to wear and behaved like a dutiful Muslim daughter, but at heart she wanted something different. And when she went to college and saw an advert for a Muay Thai club, she knew what that would be. But she also knew that her parents would never allow her to fight - even if they could have afforded the costs. So she fought in secret, and soon discovered that she was a natural. But when her parents arranged her marriage, her new world collapsed and she found herself unable to cope, until she broke free again, and worked her way to the top. Ruqsana's story is a tale of empowerment that will inspire anyone who has ever had to battle against the odds and against all the opposition to achieve their goal.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410045</guid><pubDate>Thu, 09 Jul 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130457/9781471194009.mp3" length="1478232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410045 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born Fighter: SHORTLISTED FOR THE WILLIAM HILL SPORTS BOOK OF THE YEAR PRIZE Author: Sarah Shephard, Ruqsana Begum Narrator: Avita Jay Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410045" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410045</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Born Fighter: SHORTLISTED FOR THE WILLIAM HILL SPORTS BOOK OF THE YEAR PRIZE Author: Sarah Shephard, Ruqsana Begum Narrator: Avita Jay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: July  9, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  **WINNER TELEGRAPH SPORTS BOOK AWARDS AUTOBIOGRAPHY OF THE YEAR 2021**  **SHORTLISTED FOR THE WILLIAM HILL SPORTS BOOK OF THE YEAR PRIZE 2020**  'I was captivated by this book from start to finish, I couldn't put it down. A very real and relatable story that will have you weeping, smiling and cheering along'  Christine Ohuruogo Ruqsana Begum's account of how she rose to become a Muay Thai world champion is only a small part of why her story is such an inspirational one for anyone who has ever followed their dream.   Ever since she went to school in Bethnal Green, part of a large local Bangladeshi community, Ruqsana Begum stood apart from her friends because she was so keen on sport. At home, she wore the clothes her mother wanted her to wear and behaved like a dutiful Muslim daughter, but at heart she wanted something different. And when she went to college and saw an advert for a Muay Thai club, she knew what that would be. But she also knew that her parents would never allow her to fight - even if they could have afforded the costs. So she fought in secret, and soon discovered that she was a natural. But when her parents arranged her marriage, her new world collapsed and she found herself unable to cope, until she broke free again, and worked her way to the top. Ruqsana's story is a tale of empowerment that will inspire anyone who has ever had to battle against the odds and against all the opposition to achieve their goal.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/feda36605382a4534fae7356a399f504.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Leading in the Digital World: How to Foster Creativity, Collaboration, and Inclusivity by Amit S. Mukherjee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/leading-in-the-digital-world-how-to-foster-creativity-collaboration-and-inclusivity-by-amit-s-mukherjee--65130461</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading in the Digital World: How to Foster Creativity, Collaboration, and Inclusivity Author: Amit S. Mukherjee Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Certain ideas about business leadership are held to be timeless, and certain characteristics of leaders—often including a square jaw, a deep voice, and extroversion—are said to be universal. In Leading in the Digital World, Amit Mukherjee argues that since digital technologies are changing everything else, how could they not change leadership ideologies and styles? As more people worldwide participate equally in business, those assumptions of a leader's ideal profile have become irrelevant. Drawing on a global survey of 700 mid-tier to senior executives and interviews with C-level executives from around the world, Mukherjee explains how digital technologies are already reshaping organizations and work and what this means for leaders. For example, globally dispersed businesses can't reserve key leadership roles for people from exclusive groups; leadership must become inclusive, or fail. Leaders must learn to collaborate in a multipolar world of networked organizations, working with co-located and non-co-located colleagues. Leaders must lead for creativity rather than productivity. Focusing on practice, Mukherjee outlines goals and strategies, warns against unthinking assumptions, and explains how leaders can identify the mindsets, behaviors, and actions they need to pursue.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430149</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130461/9781696601344.mp3" length="14437265" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430149 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading in the Digital World: How to Foster Creativity, Collaboration, and Inclusivity Author: Amit S. Mukherjee Narrator: Steve Menasche Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/430149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading in the Digital World: How to Foster Creativity, Collaboration, and Inclusivity Author: Amit S. Mukherjee Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 4 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Certain ideas about business leadership are held to be timeless, and certain characteristics of leaders—often including a square jaw, a deep voice, and extroversion—are said to be universal. In Leading in the Digital World, Amit Mukherjee argues that since digital technologies are changing everything else, how could they not change leadership ideologies and styles? As more people worldwide participate equally in business, those assumptions of a leader's ideal profile have become irrelevant. Drawing on a global survey of 700 mid-tier to senior executives and interviews with C-level executives from around the world, Mukherjee explains how digital technologies are already reshaping organizations and work and what this means for leaders. For example, globally dispersed businesses can't reserve key leadership roles for people from exclusive groups; leadership must become inclusive, or fail. Leaders must learn to collaborate in a multipolar world of networked organizations, working with co-located and non-co-located colleagues. Leaders must lead for creativity rather than productivity. Focusing on practice, Mukherjee outlines goals and strategies, warns against unthinking assumptions, and explains how leaders can identify the mindsets, behaviors, and actions they need to pursue.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b4f4116bd5b082dd024f5bbe37ab09a3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Anxiety Getaway: How to Outsmart Your Brain’s False Fear Messages and Claim Your Calm Using CBT Techniques by Craig April</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-anxiety-getaway-how-to-outsmart-your-brain-s-false-fear-messages-and-claim-your-calm-using-cbt-techniques-by-craig-april--65130427</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458656" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458656</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Getaway: How to Outsmart Your Brain’s False Fear Messages and Claim Your Calm Using CBT Techniques Author: Craig April Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Overcome anxiety by facing fear Proven tips and tools. There are a lot of resources out there for managing anxiety. However, many of them are based on opinion rather than science. Dr. Craig April, founder of the April Center for Anxiety Attack Management, relies on the latter. By employing cognitive behavioral therapy, a research-proven method for anxiety treatment, readers can find the breakthrough they desire. No-nonsense approach. Assuming the role of victim when it comes to anxiety can make us feel trapped and convince us that we have no control in getting better. However, Dr. April shares that, in most of its forms, anxiety is not a mental illness. For this reason, he takes a stripped-down approach to tackling anxiety that looks at the root: false fear messages. Fear is part of the human condition. Fear is a factor in all lives, whether we feel it plays a significant role in controlling us or not. However, it is also something that can be faced. By recognizing anxiety as a result of false fear messages, we become better equipped to manage it. An expert on cognitive behavioral therapy focused on anxiety relief, Dr. April is equipped with over twenty years of experience and seeks to help readers face their fears and overcome anxiety. Read The Anxiety Getaway and discover: Methods that have been demonstrated to be effective at the April Center for Anxiety Attack ManagementTips and practical tools for facing fearA non-victim approach to help you take back control and reclaim your life]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458656</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130427/9781094139227.mp3" length="1478240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Getaway: How to Outsmart Your Brain’s False Fear Messages and Claim Your Calm Using CBT Techniques Author: Craig April Narrator: Marguerite...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458656" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458656</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Anxiety Getaway: How to Outsmart Your Brain’s False Fear Messages and Claim Your Calm Using CBT Techniques Author: Craig April Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Overcome anxiety by facing fear Proven tips and tools. There are a lot of resources out there for managing anxiety. However, many of them are based on opinion rather than science. Dr. Craig April, founder of the April Center for Anxiety Attack Management, relies on the latter. By employing cognitive behavioral therapy, a research-proven method for anxiety treatment, readers can find the breakthrough they desire. No-nonsense approach. Assuming the role of victim when it comes to anxiety can make us feel trapped and convince us that we have no control in getting better. However, Dr. April shares that, in most of its forms, anxiety is not a mental illness. For this reason, he takes a stripped-down approach to tackling anxiety that looks at the root: false fear messages. Fear is part of the human condition. Fear is a factor in all lives, whether we feel it plays a significant role in controlling us or not. However, it is also something that can be faced. By recognizing anxiety as a result of false fear messages, we become better equipped to manage it. An expert on cognitive behavioral therapy focused on anxiety relief, Dr. April is equipped with over twenty years of experience and seeks to help readers face their fears and overcome anxiety. Read The Anxiety Getaway and discover: Methods that have been demonstrated to be effective at the April Center for Anxiety Attack ManagementTips and practical tools for facing fearA non-victim approach to help you take back control and reclaim your life]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8e72006bf47819d08341333521acebd5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Improving Relations with your Partner by Andrew Richardson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/improving-relations-with-your-partner-by-andrew-richardson--65130441</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439710" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439710</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improving Relations with your Partner Author: Andrew Richardson Narrator: Andrew Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Find a way to initiate a small change and so  set up a different momentum that leads to a large change.  From there, an improvement in your relationship is not just possible but highly probable.   In this download you will learn of the two main pathways to improve your relationship with your partner.   They are linked but are best traversed separately and in the suggested order.  You will naturally come to realise where your efforts need to be focused.  You will rediscover what you already know – that a relationship is an organic, growing, and living entity ... and also that in the last resort, you only have responsibility for and control over your behaviour, thinking, and emotions. This E Motion audio-download is based on the Human Givens approach to emotional healing and mental health – the newest and most radical school of psychology of the last 40 years. This rapidly expanding approach is UK based and dates just from the mid 1990s. - Andrew Richardson is a director of the London Human Givens Centre and a qualified Human Givens practitioner. This E Motion-audio download is based on the Human Givens approach to emotional healing and mental health  the newest and most radical school of psychology of the last 40 years. This rapidly expanding approach is UK based and dates from the mid 1990s. The E Motion audio-series can complement your Human Givens therapy, but it can also be used as part of a standalone self-help program.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439710</guid><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130441/9788711675199.mp3" length="1477579" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439710 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improving Relations with your Partner Author: Andrew Richardson Narrator: Andrew Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439710" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439710</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Improving Relations with your Partner Author: Andrew Richardson Narrator: Andrew Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 47 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Find a way to initiate a small change and so  set up a different momentum that leads to a large change.  From there, an improvement in your relationship is not just possible but highly probable.   In this download you will learn of the two main pathways to improve your relationship with your partner.   They are linked but are best traversed separately and in the suggested order.  You will naturally come to realise where your efforts need to be focused.  You will rediscover what you already know – that a relationship is an organic, growing, and living entity ... and also that in the last resort, you only have responsibility for and control over your behaviour, thinking, and emotions. This E Motion audio-download is based on the Human Givens approach to emotional healing and mental health – the newest and most radical school of psychology of the last 40 years. This rapidly expanding approach is UK based and dates just from the mid 1990s. - Andrew Richardson is a director of the London Human Givens Centre and a qualified Human Givens practitioner. This E Motion-audio download is based on the Human Givens approach to emotional healing and mental health  the newest and most radical school of psychology of the last 40 years. This rapidly expanding approach is UK based and dates from the mid 1990s. The E Motion audio-series can complement your Human Givens therapy, but it can also be used as part of a standalone self-help program.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/801b5ad248cf85abf5e3394c8aa6a1ec.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Stress Free Living 1 by Brahma Khumaris</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/stress-free-living-1-by-brahma-khumaris--65130440</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439691" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439691</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Free Living 1 Series: #1 of Stress Free Living Author: Brahma Khumaris Narrator: Brahma Khumaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Discover practical ways to turn stress into success. Mike George, an experienced and entertaining speaker on the subject of stress management, offers important insights into the nature and causes of stress. He shows us how to turn stress into success with a series of practical suggestions for stress management and prevention in any situation. - The Brahma Kumaris World Spiritual University is an international organisation working at all levels of society for positive change. Established in 1937 it now carries out a wide range of educational programmes for the development of human and spiritual values throughout its 4000 branches in over 86 countries. The University is a Non-Governmental Organisation in general consultative status with the Economic and Social Council of the United Nations and in consultative status with UNICEF. It is also the recipient of seven UN Peace Messenger awards. Local centres provide courses and lectures in meditation and positive values, enabling individuals to recognise their true potential and make the most of their lives. The University offers all its services free of charge.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439691</guid><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130440/9788711675373.mp3" length="2437155" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439691 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Free Living 1 Series: #1 of Stress Free Living Author: Brahma Khumaris Narrator: Brahma Khumaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439691" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439691</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Free Living 1 Series: #1 of Stress Free Living Author: Brahma Khumaris Narrator: Brahma Khumaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Discover practical ways to turn stress into success. Mike George, an experienced and entertaining speaker on the subject of stress management, offers important insights into the nature and causes of stress. He shows us how to turn stress into success with a series of practical suggestions for stress management and prevention in any situation. - The Brahma Kumaris World Spiritual University is an international organisation working at all levels of society for positive change. Established in 1937 it now carries out a wide range of educational programmes for the development of human and spiritual values throughout its 4000 branches in over 86 countries. The University is a Non-Governmental Organisation in general consultative status with the Economic and Social Council of the United Nations and in consultative status with UNICEF. It is also the recipient of seven UN Peace Messenger awards. Local centres provide courses and lectures in meditation and positive values, enabling individuals to recognise their true potential and make the most of their lives. The University offers all its services free of charge.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/110c97e8fafe5e51172655acf3f9afa5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Meditation for Busy People – Part One by Brahma Khumaris</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/meditation-for-busy-people-part-one-by-brahma-khumaris--65130421</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439687" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439687</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation for Busy People – Part One Author: Brahma Khumaris Narrator: Brahma Khumaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 4 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Learn how meditation and a busy lifestyle go together. Presented by Sister Jayanti and Mike George, this set of CDs and workbook is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of meditation. The combination of Sister Jayanti’s natural wisdom and Mike George’s flair for knitting together business and spirituality results in a dynamic tool that shows how meditation is rapidly becoming an important management and leadership skill. - The Brahma Kumaris World Spiritual University is an international organisation working at all levels of society for positive change. Established in 1937 it now carries out a wide range of educational programmes for the development of human and spiritual values throughout its 4000 branches in over 86 countries. The University is a Non-Governmental Organisation in general consultative status with the Economic and Social Council of the United Nations and in consultative status with UNICEF. It is also the recipient of seven UN Peace Messenger awards. Local centres provide courses and lectures in meditation and positive values, enabling individuals to recognise their true potential and make the most of their lives. The University offers all its services free of charge.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439687</guid><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130421/9788711675601.mp3" length="2437179" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439687 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation for Busy People – Part One Author: Brahma Khumaris Narrator: Brahma Khumaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 4 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439687" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439687</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation for Busy People – Part One Author: Brahma Khumaris Narrator: Brahma Khumaris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 4 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Learn how meditation and a busy lifestyle go together. Presented by Sister Jayanti and Mike George, this set of CDs and workbook is a comprehensive guide to the theory and practice of meditation. The combination of Sister Jayanti’s natural wisdom and Mike George’s flair for knitting together business and spirituality results in a dynamic tool that shows how meditation is rapidly becoming an important management and leadership skill. - The Brahma Kumaris World Spiritual University is an international organisation working at all levels of society for positive change. Established in 1937 it now carries out a wide range of educational programmes for the development of human and spiritual values throughout its 4000 branches in over 86 countries. The University is a Non-Governmental Organisation in general consultative status with the Economic and Social Council of the United Nations and in consultative status with UNICEF. It is also the recipient of seven UN Peace Messenger awards. Local centres provide courses and lectures in meditation and positive values, enabling individuals to recognise their true potential and make the most of their lives. The University offers all its services free of charge.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/011239cafffd1ca24d1b9dee89bdf849.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Overcoming Depression by Andrew Richardson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/overcoming-depression-by-andrew-richardson--65130412</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439701" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439701</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Depression Author: Andrew Richardson Narrator: Andrew Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Overcoming depression: it can be done. Bad sleep and dysfunctional dreaming are at the heart of how the brain manufactures depressed feelings. In this download you will learn about the three factors that create and maintain virtually all depressions. You will be able to identify the importance of each of these as contributors to your depression. And you will find advice, tools and direct experiences to heal yourself and provide the confidence to insure you will never again experience a serious depression. Andrew Richardson is a director of the London Human Givens Centre and a qualified Human Givens practitioner. E Motion downloads are based on the Human Givens approach to mental healing and health  the newest and most radical school of psychology of the last 40 years. This rapidly expanding approach is UK based and dates from the mid 1990s. The E Motion audio-series can complement your Human Givens therapy, but it can also be used as part of a standalone selfhelp programme. - Andrew Richardson is a director of the London Human Givens Centre and a qualified Human Givens practitioner. This E Motion-audio download is based on the Human Givens approach to emotional healing and mental health  the newest and most radical school of psychology of the last 40 years. This rapidly expanding approach is UK based and dates from the mid 1990s. The E Motion audio-series can complement your Human Givens therapy, but it can also be used as part of a standalone self-help program.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439701</guid><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130412/9788711675151.mp3" length="1477547" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439701 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Depression Author: Andrew Richardson Narrator: Andrew Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: June...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439701" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439701</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Overcoming Depression Author: Andrew Richardson Narrator: Andrew Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: June 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Overcoming depression: it can be done. Bad sleep and dysfunctional dreaming are at the heart of how the brain manufactures depressed feelings. In this download you will learn about the three factors that create and maintain virtually all depressions. You will be able to identify the importance of each of these as contributors to your depression. And you will find advice, tools and direct experiences to heal yourself and provide the confidence to insure you will never again experience a serious depression. Andrew Richardson is a director of the London Human Givens Centre and a qualified Human Givens practitioner. E Motion downloads are based on the Human Givens approach to mental healing and health  the newest and most radical school of psychology of the last 40 years. This rapidly expanding approach is UK based and dates from the mid 1990s. The E Motion audio-series can complement your Human Givens therapy, but it can also be used as part of a standalone selfhelp programme. - Andrew Richardson is a director of the London Human Givens Centre and a qualified Human Givens practitioner. This E Motion-audio download is based on the Human Givens approach to emotional healing and mental health  the newest and most radical school of psychology of the last 40 years. This rapidly expanding approach is UK based and dates from the mid 1990s. The E Motion audio-series can complement your Human Givens therapy, but it can also be used as part of a standalone self-help program.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7615a7bcb537d0c4d9ff72f5be8f768d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Woman's Secret to a Balanced Life: Finding God's Refreshing Priorities for You by Sharon Jaynes, Lysa Terkeurst</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-woman-s-secret-to-a-balanced-life-finding-god-s-refreshing-priorities-for-you-by-sharon-jaynes-lysa-terkeurst--65130439</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439628" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439628</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman's Secret to a Balanced Life: Finding God's Refreshing Priorities for You Author: Sharon Jaynes, Lysa Terkeurst Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer, Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: June  7, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  From the leadership of Proverbs 31 Ministries comes this essential book for every Christian woman who wants a more balanced life. Using the principles of the Proverbs 31 woman, the authors invite the reader to learn seven vital ways she can prioritize her life: - Revere Jesus Christ as Lord. - Love, honor, and respect her husband. - Nurture her children - Create a loving environment for family and friends. - Faithfully oversee time and money. - Mentor others. Develop Godly friendships. - Extend herself to meet community needs. Previously published by Moody Publishers as Seven Life Principles for Every Woman. Revised with added study guide.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439628</guid><pubDate>Sun, 07 Jun 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130439/9781646890606.mp3" length="2437191" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439628 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman's Secret to a Balanced Life: Finding God's Refreshing Priorities for You Author: Sharon Jaynes, Lysa Terkeurst Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439628" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439628</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman's Secret to a Balanced Life: Finding God's Refreshing Priorities for You Author: Sharon Jaynes, Lysa Terkeurst Narrator: Carla Mercer-Meyer, Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: June  7, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  From the leadership of Proverbs 31 Ministries comes this essential book for every Christian woman who wants a more balanced life. Using the principles of the Proverbs 31 woman, the authors invite the reader to learn seven vital ways she can prioritize her life: - Revere Jesus Christ as Lord. - Love, honor, and respect her husband. - Nurture her children - Create a loving environment for family and friends. - Faithfully oversee time and money. - Mentor others. Develop Godly friendships. - Extend herself to meet community needs. Previously published by Moody Publishers as Seven Life Principles for Every Woman. Revised with added study guide.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ea86720f692f0d7397d24b71f505799c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Psychology 101: How to Understand Yourself and Others by Nathan Dewall</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/psychology-101-how-to-understand-yourself-and-others-by-nathan-dewall--65130375</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology 101: How to Understand Yourself and Others Author: Nathan Dewall Narrator: Nathan Dewall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: June  2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 245   Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 19 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join the co-author of the world's bestselling psychology textbook in exploring the secrets of human psychology. Understanding our thoughts and emotions is essential to living our best lives. From infancy through old age, psychology affects our relationships, achievements, and sense of overall well-being. In this compelling audio course, Professor Nathan DeWall equips you with powerful tools that can help you achieve self-knowledge. Psychology is a science and uses the same methods as other sciences. But there is a big difference: many psychological topics are difficult to evaluate and measure. Some of our most valuable qualities--self-esteem, memory, emotion, thinking, personality--seem ineffable. Through Prof. DeWall, you will get a backstage pass to many of the mind's mysteries, including why some people are prone to depression, why some therapies work while others donÕt, and why some romantic relationships succeed while others flop. By understanding psychology as a science, you will have a better understanding of yourself and the world around you. In this engaging 24-lecture course, Prof. DeWall takes you on a wild ride through the mind. Incorporating vivid case studies and psychological research, the lectures challenge you to reconsider what you think you know about the mind and offer practical tools to improve your daily life. Listen today for an in-depth look at the human mind and its profound mysteries. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130375/9781632518583.mp3" length="2437146" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology 101: How to Understand Yourself and Others Author: Nathan Dewall Narrator: Nathan Dewall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447390</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology 101: How to Understand Yourself and Others Author: Nathan Dewall Narrator: Nathan Dewall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: June  2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 245   Ratings of Narrator: 4.79 of Total 19 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join the co-author of the world's bestselling psychology textbook in exploring the secrets of human psychology. Understanding our thoughts and emotions is essential to living our best lives. From infancy through old age, psychology affects our relationships, achievements, and sense of overall well-being. In this compelling audio course, Professor Nathan DeWall equips you with powerful tools that can help you achieve self-knowledge. Psychology is a science and uses the same methods as other sciences. But there is a big difference: many psychological topics are difficult to evaluate and measure. Some of our most valuable qualities--self-esteem, memory, emotion, thinking, personality--seem ineffable. Through Prof. DeWall, you will get a backstage pass to many of the mind's mysteries, including why some people are prone to depression, why some therapies work while others donÕt, and why some romantic relationships succeed while others flop. By understanding psychology as a science, you will have a better understanding of yourself and the world around you. In this engaging 24-lecture course, Prof. DeWall takes you on a wild ride through the mind. Incorporating vivid case studies and psychological research, the lectures challenge you to reconsider what you think you know about the mind and offer practical tools to improve your daily life. Listen today for an in-depth look at the human mind and its profound mysteries. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7f375a86b2e4865b32154583bb2b5138.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Nutrition 101: Understanding the Science and Practice of Eating Well by Jamie Pope</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/nutrition-101-understanding-the-science-and-practice-of-eating-well-by-jamie-pope--65130381</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440548" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440548</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nutrition 101: Understanding the Science and Practice of Eating Well Author: Jamie Pope Narrator: Jamie Pope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: June  1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 105   Ratings of Narrator: 3.81 of Total 16 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join the award-winning professor who literally wrote the textbook on nutrition. In this course, Jamie Pope-a New York Times bestselling author, leading nutritionist, registered dietitian, and professor at Vanderbilt-answers your questions and clears up misconceptions. Food fuels and nourishes your body, providing the nutrients needed for survival and preventing lifestyle-related diseases. You make over 200 decisions about food a day: What you choose to eat, how much you eat, what you add to foods, where and when you eat, and more. But making the right decisions can be difficult. Modeled after her popular nutrition course, Prof. Pope's lecture series introduces listeners to the foundations of nutrition. You'll learn to separate the wheat from the chaff among nutrition claims and find answers to a cornucopia of questions. What is a healthy diet? Can you trust claims on food labels? How do your nutrition needs change as you age? Should you take supplements, eat more plant foods, or adopt a low-carb diet? Following the best scientific evidence and dietary guidance, this course will help you understand the essential concepts and vocabulary of nutrition. You'll gain tools and strategies to sift through the information and claims that bombard you when you surf the internet, walk down a supermarket aisle, or even gather with family and friends.  In 16 easily digestible lectures, you will become a more informed consumer, more discerning cook, and better judge of what you see in the media and on food product labels. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440548</guid><pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130381/9781632519276.mp3" length="2437155" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440548 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nutrition 101: Understanding the Science and Practice of Eating Well Author: Jamie Pope Narrator: Jamie Pope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440548" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440548</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nutrition 101: Understanding the Science and Practice of Eating Well Author: Jamie Pope Narrator: Jamie Pope Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: June  1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.89 of Total 105   Ratings of Narrator: 3.81 of Total 16 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join the award-winning professor who literally wrote the textbook on nutrition. In this course, Jamie Pope-a New York Times bestselling author, leading nutritionist, registered dietitian, and professor at Vanderbilt-answers your questions and clears up misconceptions. Food fuels and nourishes your body, providing the nutrients needed for survival and preventing lifestyle-related diseases. You make over 200 decisions about food a day: What you choose to eat, how much you eat, what you add to foods, where and when you eat, and more. But making the right decisions can be difficult. Modeled after her popular nutrition course, Prof. Pope's lecture series introduces listeners to the foundations of nutrition. You'll learn to separate the wheat from the chaff among nutrition claims and find answers to a cornucopia of questions. What is a healthy diet? Can you trust claims on food labels? How do your nutrition needs change as you age? Should you take supplements, eat more plant foods, or adopt a low-carb diet? Following the best scientific evidence and dietary guidance, this course will help you understand the essential concepts and vocabulary of nutrition. You'll gain tools and strategies to sift through the information and claims that bombard you when you surf the internet, walk down a supermarket aisle, or even gather with family and friends.  In 16 easily digestible lectures, you will become a more informed consumer, more discerning cook, and better judge of what you see in the media and on food product labels. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9fbe797a4651e3d5de947961813b159c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: 30th Anniversary Edition by Stephen R. Covey</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-7-habits-of-highly-effective-people-30th-anniversary-edition-by-stephen-r-covey--65130451</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427003" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427003</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: 30th Anniversary Edition Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Stephen R. Covey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 1311   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 54 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  *New York Times bestseller—over 40 million copies sold*  *The #1 Most Influential Business Book of the Twentieth Century*   One of the most inspiring and impactful books ever written, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People has captivated readers for nearly three decades. It has transformed the lives of presidents and CEOs, educators and parents—millions of people of all ages and occupations. Now, this 30th anniversary edition of the timeless classic commemorates the wisdom of the 7 Habits with modern additions from Sean Covey.  The 7 Habits have become famous and are integrated into everyday thinking by millions and millions of people. Why? Because they work!   With Sean Covey’s added takeaways on how the habits can be used in our modern age, the wisdom of the 7 Habits will be refreshed for a new generation of leaders.   They include:  Habit 1: Be Proactive  Habit 2: Begin with the End in Mind  Habit 3: Put First Things First  Habit 4: Think Win/Win  Habit 5: Seek First to Understand, Then to Be Understood  Habit 6: Synergize  Habit 7: Sharpen the Saw   This beloved classic presents a principle-centered approach for solving both personal and professional problems. With penetrating insights and practical anecdotes, Stephen R. Covey reveals a step-by-step pathway for living with fairness, integrity, honesty, and human dignity—principles that give us the security to adapt to change and the wisdom and power to take advantage of the opportunities that change creates.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427003</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130451/9781797115078.mp3" length="1478356" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427003 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: 30th Anniversary Edition Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Stephen R. Covey Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427003" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427003</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: 30th Anniversary Edition Author: Stephen R. Covey Narrator: Stephen R. Covey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 7 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.52 of Total 1311   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 54 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  *New York Times bestseller—over 40 million copies sold*  *The #1 Most Influential Business Book of the Twentieth Century*   One of the most inspiring and impactful books ever written, The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People has captivated readers for nearly three decades. It has transformed the lives of presidents and CEOs, educators and parents—millions of people of all ages and occupations. Now, this 30th anniversary edition of the timeless classic commemorates the wisdom of the 7 Habits with modern additions from Sean Covey.  The 7 Habits have become famous and are integrated into everyday thinking by millions and millions of people. Why? Because they work!   With Sean Covey’s added takeaways on how the habits can be used in our modern age, the wisdom of the 7 Habits will be refreshed for a new generation of leaders.   They include:  Habit 1: Be Proactive  Habit 2: Begin with the End in Mind  Habit 3: Put First Things First  Habit 4: Think Win/Win  Habit 5: Seek First to Understand, Then to Be Understood  Habit 6: Synergize  Habit 7: Sharpen the Saw   This beloved classic presents a principle-centered approach for solving both personal and professional problems. With penetrating insights and practical anecdotes, Stephen R. Covey reveals a step-by-step pathway for living with fairness, integrity, honesty, and human dignity—principles that give us the security to adapt to change and the wisdom and power to take advantage of the opportunities that change creates.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6e95ace22d4aa492f9ac5b9aef5decaa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Power of Not Thinking: Why We Should Stop Thinking and Start Trusting Our Bodies by Simon Roberts</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-not-thinking-why-we-should-stop-thinking-and-start-trusting-our-bodies-by-simon-roberts--65130410</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Not Thinking: Why We Should Stop Thinking and Start Trusting Our Bodies Author: Simon Roberts Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  SHORTLISTED FOR BEST SPECIALIST BUSINESS BOOK AT THE BUSINESS BOOK AWARDS 2021 Have you ever relied on your hand to remember your pin rather than your memory? Or acted out a golf stroke before going for it? Or listened to your gut on a big decision? In this insightful new book, leading business anthropologist Simon Roberts breaks down the revolutionary idea of embodied knowledge: the information that is unconsciously picked up by our body for use in every area of our lives. Drawing on his own experience working with some of the world's leading industry experts and looking at a range of real-life examples and cutting-edge science, Roberts explains the various ways in which our body acquires, retains and employs information and why we should learn to trust the instincts that inform the most crucial decisions and actions in our lives. The Power of Not Thinking shows why humans are capable of far more than we are currently led to believe. We just have to stop thinking and start trusting our bodies.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 May 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130410/9781788703239.mp3" length="2437245" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Not Thinking: Why We Should Stop Thinking and Start Trusting Our Bodies Author: Simon Roberts Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/417280</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Not Thinking: Why We Should Stop Thinking and Start Trusting Our Bodies Author: Simon Roberts Narrator: Jonathan Keeble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: May 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  SHORTLISTED FOR BEST SPECIALIST BUSINESS BOOK AT THE BUSINESS BOOK AWARDS 2021 Have you ever relied on your hand to remember your pin rather than your memory? Or acted out a golf stroke before going for it? Or listened to your gut on a big decision? In this insightful new book, leading business anthropologist Simon Roberts breaks down the revolutionary idea of embodied knowledge: the information that is unconsciously picked up by our body for use in every area of our lives. Drawing on his own experience working with some of the world's leading industry experts and looking at a range of real-life examples and cutting-edge science, Roberts explains the various ways in which our body acquires, retains and employs information and why we should learn to trust the instincts that inform the most crucial decisions and actions in our lives. The Power of Not Thinking shows why humans are capable of far more than we are currently led to believe. We just have to stop thinking and start trusting our bodies.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/164d662e4215301f464abfd81e7d5b2c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Celestials by Marie-Angele Corynne Ormsby</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-celestials-by-marie-angele-corynne-ormsby--65130425</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434860" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434860</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Celestials Author: Marie-Angele Corynne Ormsby Narrator: Rachael Tidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'The Celestials stirs and inspires the soul with words written from the heart. It is a book to be shared with others; to share knowledge and information that might prove beneficial and also because the author genuinely believes in the powerful and creative force of the human spirit. Knowledge and awareness she says is not solitary by nature. From the Angelic Realm and channelling the words of her guide White Feather, Marie-Angele Corynne, has written this guide to help the reader better understand their life and its complexities, to look inside and to connect with the spirit for the answers. It is hoped that the Universal messages contained within the pages act as a beacon of hope, whilst also sharing joy and warmth as we, the human family walk the journey together. The Celestials has a Universal message of peace and love to be shared with others ... it encourages people to go beyond their comfort zone and to experience other challenges in life and to understand their own creative power.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434860</guid><pubDate>Sun, 26 Apr 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130425/9780646507187.mp3" length="2437198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434860 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Celestials Author: Marie-Angele Corynne Ormsby Narrator: Rachael Tidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: April...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434860" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/434860</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Celestials Author: Marie-Angele Corynne Ormsby Narrator: Rachael Tidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.78 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'The Celestials stirs and inspires the soul with words written from the heart. It is a book to be shared with others; to share knowledge and information that might prove beneficial and also because the author genuinely believes in the powerful and creative force of the human spirit. Knowledge and awareness she says is not solitary by nature. From the Angelic Realm and channelling the words of her guide White Feather, Marie-Angele Corynne, has written this guide to help the reader better understand their life and its complexities, to look inside and to connect with the spirit for the answers. It is hoped that the Universal messages contained within the pages act as a beacon of hope, whilst also sharing joy and warmth as we, the human family walk the journey together. The Celestials has a Universal message of peace and love to be shared with others ... it encourages people to go beyond their comfort zone and to experience other challenges in life and to understand their own creative power.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9c4292e84f251e777c8e171c758758a0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why We Swim by Bonnie Tsui</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-we-swim-by-bonnie-tsui--65130456</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427461" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427461</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Swim Author: Bonnie Tsui Narrator: Angie Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Humans, unlike other animals that are drawn to water, are not natural-born swimmers. We must be taught. Our evolutionary ancestors learned for survival; now in the twenty-first century, we swim in freezing Arctic waters and piranha-infested rivers to test our limits. Swimming is an introspective and silent sport in a chaotic and noisy age; it’s therapeutic for both the mind and body; and it’s an adventurous way to get from point A to point B. It’s also one route to that elusive, ecstatic state of flow. These reasons, among many others, make swimming one of the most popular activities in the world. Why We Swim is propelled by stories of Olympic champions, a Baghdad swim club that meets in Saddam Hussein’s palace pool, modern-day Japanese samurai swimmers, and even an Icelandic fisherman who improbably survives a wintry six-hour swim after a shipwreck. New York Times contributor Bonnie Tsui, a swimmer herself, dives into the deep, from the San Francisco Bay to the South China Sea, investigating what it is about water—despite its dangers—that seduces us, tempting us to come back to it again and again.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427461</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Apr 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130456/9781666550962.mp3" length="1477487" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427461 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Swim Author: Bonnie Tsui Narrator: Angie Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427461" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/427461</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why We Swim Author: Bonnie Tsui Narrator: Angie Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.63 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 5 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Humans, unlike other animals that are drawn to water, are not natural-born swimmers. We must be taught. Our evolutionary ancestors learned for survival; now in the twenty-first century, we swim in freezing Arctic waters and piranha-infested rivers to test our limits. Swimming is an introspective and silent sport in a chaotic and noisy age; it’s therapeutic for both the mind and body; and it’s an adventurous way to get from point A to point B. It’s also one route to that elusive, ecstatic state of flow. These reasons, among many others, make swimming one of the most popular activities in the world. Why We Swim is propelled by stories of Olympic champions, a Baghdad swim club that meets in Saddam Hussein’s palace pool, modern-day Japanese samurai swimmers, and even an Icelandic fisherman who improbably survives a wintry six-hour swim after a shipwreck. New York Times contributor Bonnie Tsui, a swimmer herself, dives into the deep, from the San Francisco Bay to the South China Sea, investigating what it is about water—despite its dangers—that seduces us, tempting us to come back to it again and again.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ee2347396046584172cdba10225ac7bf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Hidden Lives of Dreams: What They Can Tell Us and How They Can Change Our World by Melinda Powell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-hidden-lives-of-dreams-what-they-can-tell-us-and-how-they-can-change-our-world-by-melinda-powell--65130467</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Lives of Dreams: What They Can Tell Us and How They Can Change Our World Author: Melinda Powell Narrator: Jennifer Woodward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 20   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  On average, we spend around six years of our lives dreaming. Yet, astonishingly, few of us understand the purpose of dreams and even fewer recognise what our dreaming mind can tell us about ourselves and our world. Melinda Powell, psychotherapist and co-founder of the Dream Research Institute UK, reveals how better understanding our dreams can improve our waking lives. As well as examining the importance of sleep and dreams, The Hidden Lives of Dreams explores the role of light, colour, landscapes, space, healing presence and lucidity in dreams, dispels common misconceptions and addresses our fears of nightmares. Powell shows how to tap into our dreams as a source of guidance and inspiration to enhance our wellbeing and to discover a healthier, more balanced approach to life. 'Exploring the depths of dreaming with an experienced guide like Melinda Powell will bring you closer to your heart, your purpose and your truest self. Highly recommended.' Robert Waggoner]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130467/9781788702409.mp3" length="2437161" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Lives of Dreams: What They Can Tell Us and How They Can Change Our World Author: Melinda Powell Narrator: Jennifer Woodward Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/415124</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hidden Lives of Dreams: What They Can Tell Us and How They Can Change Our World Author: Melinda Powell Narrator: Jennifer Woodward Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 19, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 20   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  On average, we spend around six years of our lives dreaming. Yet, astonishingly, few of us understand the purpose of dreams and even fewer recognise what our dreaming mind can tell us about ourselves and our world. Melinda Powell, psychotherapist and co-founder of the Dream Research Institute UK, reveals how better understanding our dreams can improve our waking lives. As well as examining the importance of sleep and dreams, The Hidden Lives of Dreams explores the role of light, colour, landscapes, space, healing presence and lucidity in dreams, dispels common misconceptions and addresses our fears of nightmares. Powell shows how to tap into our dreams as a source of guidance and inspiration to enhance our wellbeing and to discover a healthier, more balanced approach to life. 'Exploring the depths of dreaming with an experienced guide like Melinda Powell will bring you closer to your heart, your purpose and your truest self. Highly recommended.' Robert Waggoner]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a387d2beaddbfbfa8bafcb94f2dced70.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Letters from a Better Me: How Becoming an Empowered Woman Transforms the World by Rachael Wolff</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/letters-from-a-better-me-how-becoming-an-empowered-woman-transforms-the-world-by-rachael-wolff--65130417</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436053" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436053</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letters from a Better Me: How Becoming an Empowered Woman Transforms the World Author: Rachael Wolff Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Letters from a Better Me is a transformational guide to igniting the powerful woman inside us that we’ve suppressed for too long. Discover how holding onto anger, fear, hate, and separation traps us in an ongoing cycle of destruction. Now is our time to become the best versions of ourselves and have a lasting effect on the world. The journey starts with taking a trip into our own darkness. We take off our blinders and see how these attacks on our womanhood affect us on deep levels. Once we are aware, we accept what is and heal from the past. Instead of allowing negativity to drive our lives, we let loving energy take the wheel. Finally, we shift into action and become the positive change we want to see, instead of festering in the anger, rage, and fear of where we have already been. #Metoo, Rise Up, and Times Up ignited a flame of positive change we can’t let go out. Let’s honor the brave women who stood to show the world that mistreating women is NOT acceptable. See how letter writing as a Better Me becomes a contract to transform into the best version of yourself. The letters shift negative self-talk and blame into true empowerment. We will release the negative emotional attachments that keep us from experiencing authentic love, which is the essential energy for lasting change. It’s time to show the world what we stand for! Free the empowered woman within you!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436053</guid><pubDate>Sat, 15 Feb 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130417/9781094066585.mp3" length="1478240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436053 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letters from a Better Me: How Becoming an Empowered Woman Transforms the World Author: Rachael Wolff Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436053" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/436053</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Letters from a Better Me: How Becoming an Empowered Woman Transforms the World Author: Rachael Wolff Narrator: Kate Mulligan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: February 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Letters from a Better Me is a transformational guide to igniting the powerful woman inside us that we’ve suppressed for too long. Discover how holding onto anger, fear, hate, and separation traps us in an ongoing cycle of destruction. Now is our time to become the best versions of ourselves and have a lasting effect on the world. The journey starts with taking a trip into our own darkness. We take off our blinders and see how these attacks on our womanhood affect us on deep levels. Once we are aware, we accept what is and heal from the past. Instead of allowing negativity to drive our lives, we let loving energy take the wheel. Finally, we shift into action and become the positive change we want to see, instead of festering in the anger, rage, and fear of where we have already been. #Metoo, Rise Up, and Times Up ignited a flame of positive change we can’t let go out. Let’s honor the brave women who stood to show the world that mistreating women is NOT acceptable. See how letter writing as a Better Me becomes a contract to transform into the best version of yourself. The letters shift negative self-talk and blame into true empowerment. We will release the negative emotional attachments that keep us from experiencing authentic love, which is the essential energy for lasting change. It’s time to show the world what we stand for! Free the empowered woman within you!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/93b54065e8d8087ae52f63f4b229ffaf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Complete Idiot's Guide to Meditation: How to Heal Through the Mind/Body Connection by Joan Budilovsky, Domyo Sater Burk, Eve Adamson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-complete-idiot-s-guide-to-meditation-how-to-heal-through-the-mind-body-connection-by-joan-budilovsky-domyo-sater-burk-eve-adamson--65130460</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414208" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414208</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Idiot's Guide to Meditation: How to Heal Through the Mind/Body Connection Author: Joan Budilovsky, Domyo Sater Burk, Eve Adamson Narrator: Olivia Dowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In today's hectic times, it's more important than ever to learn to slow down, relax and be calm.  Whether part of religious habit or just part of a daily routine, meditation can help slow today's frenzied pace and improve feelings of good health, peace and control. In The Complete Idiot's Guide to Meditation, Joan Budilovsky and Eve Adamson explain how easy it is to enjoy the benefits of meditation including:  - Simple stress-reduction techniques that make learning to meditate easier - Incorporating meditation into day-to-day situations - Common misconceptions about meditating - Special techniques from Zen to mindfulness meditation and more © 2003 Joan Budilovsky; Eve Adamson © 2020 DK Audio]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414208</guid><pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130460/9780241459874.mp3" length="2437292" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414208 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Idiot's Guide to Meditation: How to Heal Through the Mind/Body Connection Author: Joan Budilovsky, Domyo Sater Burk, Eve Adamson Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414208" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414208</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Complete Idiot's Guide to Meditation: How to Heal Through the Mind/Body Connection Author: Joan Budilovsky, Domyo Sater Burk, Eve Adamson Narrator: Olivia Dowd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In today's hectic times, it's more important than ever to learn to slow down, relax and be calm.  Whether part of religious habit or just part of a daily routine, meditation can help slow today's frenzied pace and improve feelings of good health, peace and control. In The Complete Idiot's Guide to Meditation, Joan Budilovsky and Eve Adamson explain how easy it is to enjoy the benefits of meditation including:  - Simple stress-reduction techniques that make learning to meditate easier - Incorporating meditation into day-to-day situations - Common misconceptions about meditating - Special techniques from Zen to mindfulness meditation and more © 2003 Joan Budilovsky; Eve Adamson © 2020 DK Audio]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4532b204c30346f2e233aa52a5747a4e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Teaching Yoga Beyond the Poses: A Practical Workbook for Integrating Themes, Ideas, and Inspiration into Your Class by Alexandra Desiato, Sa</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/teaching-yoga-beyond-the-poses-a-practical-workbook-for-integrating-themes-ideas-and-inspiration-into-your-class-by-alexandra-desiato-sa--65130458</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414858" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414858</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teaching Yoga Beyond the Poses: A Practical Workbook for Integrating Themes, Ideas, and Inspiration into Your Class Author: Alexandra Desiato, Sage Rountree Narrator: Sage Rountree, Angie Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Experienced yoga instructors Sage Rountree and Alexandra DeSiato give yoga teachers the tools to find their voice and tap into innate wisdom. The authors offer ready-made, detailed themes to use in classes and provide flexible templates for building a toolkit of themes for future use. Teaching Yoga Beyond the Poses offers guidance for both new and experienced teachers starting with a section on voice, authenticity, emulation, phrasing, practice, repetition, and finding inspiration. It continues with a second section that contains fifty-four complete themes that instructors can easily use in their own classes. With a unique angle and practical feel, this book will appeal to yoga teachers, teacher trainers, and at-home practitioners who want to move to the next level.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414858</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130458/9781666558142.mp3" length="1477855" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414858 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teaching Yoga Beyond the Poses: A Practical Workbook for Integrating Themes, Ideas, and Inspiration into Your Class Author: Alexandra Desiato, Sage...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414858" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414858</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teaching Yoga Beyond the Poses: A Practical Workbook for Integrating Themes, Ideas, and Inspiration into Your Class Author: Alexandra Desiato, Sage Rountree Narrator: Sage Rountree, Angie Kane Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Experienced yoga instructors Sage Rountree and Alexandra DeSiato give yoga teachers the tools to find their voice and tap into innate wisdom. The authors offer ready-made, detailed themes to use in classes and provide flexible templates for building a toolkit of themes for future use. Teaching Yoga Beyond the Poses offers guidance for both new and experienced teachers starting with a section on voice, authenticity, emulation, phrasing, practice, repetition, and finding inspiration. It continues with a second section that contains fifty-four complete themes that instructors can easily use in their own classes. With a unique angle and practical feel, this book will appeal to yoga teachers, teacher trainers, and at-home practitioners who want to move to the next level.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4d8144b66715492c8463d4f48f39e192.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Living Life Better: Using Modern Science to Cultivate Ancient Virtues by Everett Worthington</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/living-life-better-using-modern-science-to-cultivate-ancient-virtues-by-everett-worthington--65130394</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495693" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495693</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Life Better: Using Modern Science to Cultivate Ancient Virtues Author: Everett Worthington Narrator: Everett Worthington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: January  5, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join Everett Worthington, world-leading social scientist and acclaimed clinical counselor, to learn how to live according to your values through the power of social psychology.  Cultivate humility, compassion, and gratitude in your daily life.     For centuries, religion and philosophy have recommended ways to live life more virtuously, and people have honed practices based on that sage advice from religions and philosophers. In the past twenty years, positive psychology has emerged as a transformational new approach focused on happiness, character strength, and virtue.   In this inspiring 15-lecture audio course, celebrated psychologist and author Everett Worthington (professor emeritus, Virginia Commonwealth University) draws from literature on spiritual formation, the philosophy of virtue, and positive psychology to help you develop your character. You'll apply tools of empirical research and psychological theory to the understanding and practice of virtuous living.   Advice on living virtuously has historically placed personal willpower in the driver's seat. Positive psychology, in contrast, recognizes that our lives are inextricably connected to the lives of those around us, so personal betterment cannot be achieved in isolation.   As you explore the six key principles of virtuous living with Prof. Worthington, you'll employ scientific approaches that will help you design your own virtue system. You'll see that positive psychology brings tools of current culture and science to bear in a systematic way that condenses and tests time-honored truths and identifies time-bound practices. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495693</guid><pubDate>Sun, 05 Jan 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130394/9781632519184.mp3" length="2437156" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495693 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Life Better: Using Modern Science to Cultivate Ancient Virtues Author: Everett Worthington Narrator: Everett Worthington Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495693" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495693</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Living Life Better: Using Modern Science to Cultivate Ancient Virtues Author: Everett Worthington Narrator: Everett Worthington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: January  5, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join Everett Worthington, world-leading social scientist and acclaimed clinical counselor, to learn how to live according to your values through the power of social psychology.  Cultivate humility, compassion, and gratitude in your daily life.     For centuries, religion and philosophy have recommended ways to live life more virtuously, and people have honed practices based on that sage advice from religions and philosophers. In the past twenty years, positive psychology has emerged as a transformational new approach focused on happiness, character strength, and virtue.   In this inspiring 15-lecture audio course, celebrated psychologist and author Everett Worthington (professor emeritus, Virginia Commonwealth University) draws from literature on spiritual formation, the philosophy of virtue, and positive psychology to help you develop your character. You'll apply tools of empirical research and psychological theory to the understanding and practice of virtuous living.   Advice on living virtuously has historically placed personal willpower in the driver's seat. Positive psychology, in contrast, recognizes that our lives are inextricably connected to the lives of those around us, so personal betterment cannot be achieved in isolation.   As you explore the six key principles of virtuous living with Prof. Worthington, you'll employ scientific approaches that will help you design your own virtue system. You'll see that positive psychology brings tools of current culture and science to bear in a systematic way that condenses and tests time-honored truths and identifies time-bound practices. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f7baa69a88dbdbd7261c52dfc9f128e9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Happiness Cure: How to Flourish in Your Family, Community &amp; Personal Life by Temple Smith</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-happiness-cure-how-to-flourish-in-your-family-community-personal-life-by-temple-smith--65130379</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Cure: How to Flourish in Your Family, Community &amp; Personal Life Author: Temple Smith Narrator: Temple Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: January  5, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  What does it mean to be happy? Does happiness go hand in hand with financial success, unconditional love, or thoughtful life planning? Join award-winning sociology professor Temple Smith in this expansive exploration of happiness in America. For most of us happiness is a primary life goal, yet it frequently eludes us. In this timely audio course, award-winning sociology professor Temple Smith examines the many elements that contribute to a happy life. Over the course of 12 compelling audio lectures, you'll learn how various life factors-among them genetics, relationships, diet, location, and profession-affect your happiness. Along the way, you'll gain the tools to write your own definition of happiness and develop a plan for achieving it.   Rather than offering a prescriptive set of recommendations, Prof. Smith consults both the works of great thinkers across fields and the survey responses of everyday Americans in her examination of sociological and interdisciplinary perspectives of happiness. As you soak in these definitions as well as those of contemporary Americans just like you and me, you'll hone your own conception of what it means to be happy.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495695</guid><pubDate>Sun, 05 Jan 2020 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130379/9781632519146.mp3" length="2437142" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495695 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Cure: How to Flourish in Your Family, Community &amp;amp; Personal Life Author: Temple Smith Narrator: Temple Smith Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495695" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/495695</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Happiness Cure: How to Flourish in Your Family, Community &amp; Personal Life Author: Temple Smith Narrator: Temple Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: January  5, 2020 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  What does it mean to be happy? Does happiness go hand in hand with financial success, unconditional love, or thoughtful life planning? Join award-winning sociology professor Temple Smith in this expansive exploration of happiness in America. For most of us happiness is a primary life goal, yet it frequently eludes us. In this timely audio course, award-winning sociology professor Temple Smith examines the many elements that contribute to a happy life. Over the course of 12 compelling audio lectures, you'll learn how various life factors-among them genetics, relationships, diet, location, and profession-affect your happiness. Along the way, you'll gain the tools to write your own definition of happiness and develop a plan for achieving it.   Rather than offering a prescriptive set of recommendations, Prof. Smith consults both the works of great thinkers across fields and the survey responses of everyday Americans in her examination of sociological and interdisciplinary perspectives of happiness. As you soak in these definitions as well as those of contemporary Americans just like you and me, you'll hone your own conception of what it means to be happy.  This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/dbb47f2fd09ddf6ea30ad617789cf037.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Switch: Activate your metabolism for a healthier life by James W. Clement</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-switch-activate-your-metabolism-for-a-healthier-life-by-james-w-clement--65130413</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Switch: Activate your metabolism for a healthier life Author: James W. Clement Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Enter autophagy, an ancient mechanism built into our cells that eliminates toxic materials, initiates fat-burning, and protects cells against stress. Best-known for being triggered by intermittent fasting, the complex process not only slows down the ageing process, but optimises biological function as a whole, staving off all manner of disease - from diabetes to dementia - and affording us the healthy lifespan we never thought possible.  So how can we activate autophagy? It’s as simple as flipping a switch. The Switch unpacks the revolutionary research on the body's natural process for maintaining health and youthfulness, as well as the “dial” that controls it. Backed by a synthesis of the data, and with a foreword by renowned Harvard geneticists Drs. George Church and David Sinclair, The Switch not only decodes the science of autophagy, but also teaches readers how to control it and benefit from its profound impact.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Dec 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130413/9781471191107.mp3" length="1478232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Switch: Activate your metabolism for a healthier life Author: James W. Clement Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391205</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Switch: Activate your metabolism for a healthier life Author: James W. Clement Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: December 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Enter autophagy, an ancient mechanism built into our cells that eliminates toxic materials, initiates fat-burning, and protects cells against stress. Best-known for being triggered by intermittent fasting, the complex process not only slows down the ageing process, but optimises biological function as a whole, staving off all manner of disease - from diabetes to dementia - and affording us the healthy lifespan we never thought possible.  So how can we activate autophagy? It’s as simple as flipping a switch. The Switch unpacks the revolutionary research on the body's natural process for maintaining health and youthfulness, as well as the “dial” that controls it. Backed by a synthesis of the data, and with a foreword by renowned Harvard geneticists Drs. George Church and David Sinclair, The Switch not only decodes the science of autophagy, but also teaches readers how to control it and benefit from its profound impact.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4319fd4b7c1a8ef1c78e073aa1600834.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Self-Care Solution: A Year of Becoming Happier, Healthier, and Fitter--One Month at a Time by Jennifer Ashton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-self-care-solution-a-year-of-becoming-happier-healthier-and-fitter-one-month-at-a-time-by-jennifer-ashton--65130449</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380307" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380307</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Care Solution: A Year of Becoming Happier, Healthier, and Fitter--One Month at a Time Author: Jennifer Ashton Narrator: Jennifer Ashton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  ABC’s chief medical correspondent helps you ring in the New Year right with a resolution that’s actually doable: a year-long plan to improve your emotional and physical health—from giving up alcohol to doing a digital detox, but each for only one month. Dr. Jennifer Ashton is at the top of her field as an ob-gyn and news correspondent. But even at the top there’s still room to improve, and with The Self-Care Solution, she upends her life one month at a time, using her own experiences to help you improve your health and enhance your life. Dr. Ashton becomes both researcher and subject as she focuses on twelve separate challenges. Beginning with a new area of focus each month, she guides you through the struggles she faces, the benefits she experiences, and the science behind why each month’s challenge—giving up alcohol, doing more push-ups, adopting an earlier bedtime, limiting technology—can lead to better health. Month by month, Dr. Ashton tackles a different area of wellness with the hope that the lessons she learns and the improved health she experiences will motivate her (and you) to make each change permanent. Throughout, she offers easy-to-comprehend health information about the particular challenge to help you understand its benefits and to stick with it. Whether it’s adding cardio or learning how to meditate, Dr. Ashton makes these daily lifestyle choices and changes feel possible—and shows how beneficial a mindful lifestyle can be. Inspiring, practical, and informative, The Self-Care Solution teaches you how to recalibrate your life to enjoy a better, healthier year, one month at a time. Featuring guidance from top experts, entertaining case studies, easy-to-follow advice and tips, and Dr. Ashton’s observations and insights, this audiobook can help you achieve a better life balance and a more active and healthy lifestyle.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380307</guid><pubDate>Mon, 30 Dec 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130449/9780062960313.mp3" length="2437180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380307 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Care Solution: A Year of Becoming Happier, Healthier, and Fitter--One Month at a Time Author: Jennifer Ashton Narrator: Jennifer Ashton...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380307" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380307</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Self-Care Solution: A Year of Becoming Happier, Healthier, and Fitter--One Month at a Time Author: Jennifer Ashton Narrator: Jennifer Ashton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 35 minutes Release date: December 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  ABC’s chief medical correspondent helps you ring in the New Year right with a resolution that’s actually doable: a year-long plan to improve your emotional and physical health—from giving up alcohol to doing a digital detox, but each for only one month. Dr. Jennifer Ashton is at the top of her field as an ob-gyn and news correspondent. But even at the top there’s still room to improve, and with The Self-Care Solution, she upends her life one month at a time, using her own experiences to help you improve your health and enhance your life. Dr. Ashton becomes both researcher and subject as she focuses on twelve separate challenges. Beginning with a new area of focus each month, she guides you through the struggles she faces, the benefits she experiences, and the science behind why each month’s challenge—giving up alcohol, doing more push-ups, adopting an earlier bedtime, limiting technology—can lead to better health. Month by month, Dr. Ashton tackles a different area of wellness with the hope that the lessons she learns and the improved health she experiences will motivate her (and you) to make each change permanent. Throughout, she offers easy-to-comprehend health information about the particular challenge to help you understand its benefits and to stick with it. Whether it’s adding cardio or learning how to meditate, Dr. Ashton makes these daily lifestyle choices and changes feel possible—and shows how beneficial a mindful lifestyle can be. Inspiring, practical, and informative, The Self-Care Solution teaches you how to recalibrate your life to enjoy a better, healthier year, one month at a time. Featuring guidance from top experts, entertaining case studies, easy-to-follow advice and tips, and Dr. Ashton’s observations and insights, this audiobook can help you achieve a better life balance and a more active and healthy lifestyle.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f7ef433af78481f8f521e78efbd24cbe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Be a Mindful Drinker: Cut Down, Stop for a Bit, or Quit by Dru Jaeger, Jussi Tolvi, Laura Willoughby</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-a-mindful-drinker-cut-down-stop-for-a-bit-or-quit-by-dru-jaeger-jussi-tolvi-laura-willoughby--65130391</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408367" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408367</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Mindful Drinker: Cut Down, Stop for a Bit, or Quit Author: Dru Jaeger, Jussi Tolvi, Laura Willoughby Narrator: Anja Madhvani, Dru Jaeger, Jussi Tolvi, Laura Willoughby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Listen to How to Be a Mindful Drinker: a practical support plan to help you take control of your alcohol intake, with tools to track progress, deal with triggers, social stresses, and stay on track for the long term. Fed up with weekend hangovers? Motivated by budgetary or health concerns? Or just want to feel your best every day of the week? Without preaching or waffling, How to Be a Mindful Drinker will help you to understand your drinking behaviour and plan your self-moderation goals. Drawing on highly successful behaviour-change tools and techniques, How to Be a Mindful Drinker is designed to guide you toward moderate drinking habits, so that you can live the life you want and put alcohol in its place. Alongside expert advice and guidance, action plans, diagrams of strategies, and motivational quotes from real Club Soda members, the book also includes support strategies for social situations that you can carry into the future. Take control and discover how to change your drinking for good - not just during Dry January or Sober for October. Club Soda is a rapidly growing community creating a world where no-one has to feel out of place if they're not drinking. Founded by Laura Willoughby, Jussi Tolvi, and Dru Jaeger, it offers online courses and real-world events, including regular Mindful Drinking Festivals. If you want to change your drinking, you are welcome in Club Soda. Narrated by Laura, Jussi, Dru and Anja of Club Soda, along with stories from some of the Club Soda members, and packed with exclusive audio bonus material, enjoy listening to How to Be a Mindful Drinker.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408367</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Dec 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130391/9780241453711.mp3" length="2437384" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408367 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Mindful Drinker: Cut Down, Stop for a Bit, or Quit Author: Dru Jaeger, Jussi Tolvi, Laura Willoughby Narrator: Anja Madhvani, Dru Jaeger,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408367" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/408367</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Mindful Drinker: Cut Down, Stop for a Bit, or Quit Author: Dru Jaeger, Jussi Tolvi, Laura Willoughby Narrator: Anja Madhvani, Dru Jaeger, Jussi Tolvi, Laura Willoughby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 11 minutes Release date: December 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Listen to How to Be a Mindful Drinker: a practical support plan to help you take control of your alcohol intake, with tools to track progress, deal with triggers, social stresses, and stay on track for the long term. Fed up with weekend hangovers? Motivated by budgetary or health concerns? Or just want to feel your best every day of the week? Without preaching or waffling, How to Be a Mindful Drinker will help you to understand your drinking behaviour and plan your self-moderation goals. Drawing on highly successful behaviour-change tools and techniques, How to Be a Mindful Drinker is designed to guide you toward moderate drinking habits, so that you can live the life you want and put alcohol in its place. Alongside expert advice and guidance, action plans, diagrams of strategies, and motivational quotes from real Club Soda members, the book also includes support strategies for social situations that you can carry into the future. Take control and discover how to change your drinking for good - not just during Dry January or Sober for October. Club Soda is a rapidly growing community creating a world where no-one has to feel out of place if they're not drinking. Founded by Laura Willoughby, Jussi Tolvi, and Dru Jaeger, it offers online courses and real-world events, including regular Mindful Drinking Festivals. If you want to change your drinking, you are welcome in Club Soda. Narrated by Laura, Jussi, Dru and Anja of Club Soda, along with stories from some of the Club Soda members, and packed with exclusive audio bonus material, enjoy listening to How to Be a Mindful Drinker.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/779e1a85c6fdbfc568f66c2094cf8740.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse: Lose Up to 15 Pounds in 7 Days and Turn Your Body into a Fat-Burning Machine by JJ Smith</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/7-day-apple-cider-vinegar-cleanse-lose-up-to-15-pounds-in-7-days-and-turn-your-body-into-a-fat-burning-machine-by-jj-smith--65130423</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse: Lose Up to 15 Pounds in 7 Days and Turn Your Body into a Fat-Burning Machine Author: JJ Smith Narrator: JJ Smith, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  JJ Smith, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, provides an all-new and accessible detox system that rids the body of unwanted fat and bacteria for renewed energy and lasting weight loss.  In the tradition of certified weight loss expert and nutritionist JJ Smith’s 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, Think Yourself Thin, and Green Smoothies for Life, comes the 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse. This revolutionary cleanse includes meals and drinks that help support the body’s natural detoxification process and promote a healthy environment for good bacteria in the body. All of the new and delicious 25 recipes for breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snacks will effectively help rid of your body of toxins and unwanted fat in just 7 days, jumpstarting your journey to permanent weight loss.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Dec 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130423/9781508298410.mp3" length="1478268" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse: Lose Up to 15 Pounds in 7 Days and Turn Your Body into a Fat-Burning Machine Author: JJ Smith Narrator: JJ Smith,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374541</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse: Lose Up to 15 Pounds in 7 Days and Turn Your Body into a Fat-Burning Machine Author: JJ Smith Narrator: JJ Smith, Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  JJ Smith, author of the #1 New York Times bestseller 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, provides an all-new and accessible detox system that rids the body of unwanted fat and bacteria for renewed energy and lasting weight loss.  In the tradition of certified weight loss expert and nutritionist JJ Smith’s 10-Day Green Smoothie Cleanse, Think Yourself Thin, and Green Smoothies for Life, comes the 7-Day Apple Cider Vinegar Cleanse. This revolutionary cleanse includes meals and drinks that help support the body’s natural detoxification process and promote a healthy environment for good bacteria in the body. All of the new and delicious 25 recipes for breakfast, lunch, dinner, and snacks will effectively help rid of your body of toxins and unwanted fat in just 7 days, jumpstarting your journey to permanent weight loss.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4078858191bd2fb37f03d048d7b94f0b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Kid Food: The Challenge of Feeding Children in a Highly Processed World by Bettina Elias Siegel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/kid-food-the-challenge-of-feeding-children-in-a-highly-processed-world-by-bettina-elias-siegel--65130397</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398870" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398870</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kid Food: The Challenge of Feeding Children in a Highly Processed World Author: Bettina Elias Siegel Narrator: Vanessa Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Most parents start out wanting to raise healthy eaters. Then the world intervenes.   In Kid Food, nationally recognized writer and food advocate Bettina Elias Siegel explores one of the fundamental challenges of modern parenting: trying to raise healthy eaters in a society intent on pushing children in the opposite direction. Siegel dives deep into the many influences that make feeding children healthfully so difficult—from the prevailing belief that kids will only eat highly processed 'kid food' to the near-constant barrage of 'special treats.'   Written in the same engaging, relatable voice that has made Siegel's website The Lunch Tray a trusted resource for almost a decade, Kid Food combines original reporting with the hard-won experiences of a mom to give parents a deeper understanding of the most common obstacles to feeding children well. With expert advice, time-tested advocacy tips, and a trove of useful resources, Kid Food gives parents both the knowledge and the tools to navigate their children's unhealthy food landscape—and change it for the better.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398870</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Dec 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130397/9781684575602.mp3" length="14437207" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398870 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kid Food: The Challenge of Feeding Children in a Highly Processed World Author: Bettina Elias Siegel Narrator: Vanessa Daniels Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398870" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/398870</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Kid Food: The Challenge of Feeding Children in a Highly Processed World Author: Bettina Elias Siegel Narrator: Vanessa Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: December 19, 2019 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Most parents start out wanting to raise healthy eaters. Then the world intervenes.   In Kid Food, nationally recognized writer and food advocate Bettina Elias Siegel explores one of the fundamental challenges of modern parenting: trying to raise healthy eaters in a society intent on pushing children in the opposite direction. Siegel dives deep into the many influences that make feeding children healthfully so difficult—from the prevailing belief that kids will only eat highly processed 'kid food' to the near-constant barrage of 'special treats.'   Written in the same engaging, relatable voice that has made Siegel's website The Lunch Tray a trusted resource for almost a decade, Kid Food combines original reporting with the hard-won experiences of a mom to give parents a deeper understanding of the most common obstacles to feeding children well. With expert advice, time-tested advocacy tips, and a trove of useful resources, Kid Food gives parents both the knowledge and the tools to navigate their children's unhealthy food landscape—and change it for the better.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e070e2ad93650551bf6e942a297a6809.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Feel Better In 5: Your Daily Plan to Feel Great for Life by Rangan Chatterjee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/feel-better-in-5-your-daily-plan-to-feel-great-for-life-by-rangan-chatterjee--65130471</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feel Better In 5: Your Daily Plan to Feel Great for Life Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Read by Dr Rangan Chatterjee.  THE #1 BESTSELLER  'One of the most influential doctors in the country' Chris Evans    It only takes 5 minutes to start changing your life. For good.  Feel Better in 5 is the first daily 5-minute plan that is easy to maintain, easy-to-follow and requires only the smallest amount of willpower.   Top tips include:   · A strength workout that you can do anywhere  · Gut-boosting snacks you can eat on the go   · Yoga moves to relax and stay supple   · Breathing exercises to calm the mind   Drawing on Dr Rangan Chatterjee's twenty years of experience and real-life case studies from his GP practice, Feel Better in 5 is your daily plan for a happier, healthier you at no extra cost. This audio edition contains extracts from Dr. Rangan Chatterjee's podcast 'Feel Better, Live More', along with an exclusive audio-only interview with BJ Fogg, author of Tiny Habits. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our Desktop Site. © Rangan Chatterjee 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069</guid><pubDate>Wed, 18 Dec 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130471/9780241987735.mp3" length="2437158" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feel Better In 5: Your Daily Plan to Feel Great for Life Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392069</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feel Better In 5: Your Daily Plan to Feel Great for Life Author: Rangan Chatterjee Narrator: Rangan Chatterjee Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.92 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Read by Dr Rangan Chatterjee.  THE #1 BESTSELLER  'One of the most influential doctors in the country' Chris Evans    It only takes 5 minutes to start changing your life. For good.  Feel Better in 5 is the first daily 5-minute plan that is easy to maintain, easy-to-follow and requires only the smallest amount of willpower.   Top tips include:   · A strength workout that you can do anywhere  · Gut-boosting snacks you can eat on the go   · Yoga moves to relax and stay supple   · Breathing exercises to calm the mind   Drawing on Dr Rangan Chatterjee's twenty years of experience and real-life case studies from his GP practice, Feel Better in 5 is your daily plan for a happier, healthier you at no extra cost. This audio edition contains extracts from Dr. Rangan Chatterjee's podcast 'Feel Better, Live More', along with an exclusive audio-only interview with BJ Fogg, author of Tiny Habits. PLEASE NOTE: When you purchase this title, the accompanying reference material will be available in your Library section along with the audio on our Desktop Site. © Rangan Chatterjee 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a86e592377e994bae384ef745c105f27.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Rewind Your Body Clock: The Complete Natural Guide to a Happier, Healthier, Younger You by Jayney Goddard</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/rewind-your-body-clock-the-complete-natural-guide-to-a-happier-healthier-younger-you-by-jayney-goddard--65130419</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390087" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390087</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewind Your Body Clock: The Complete Natural Guide to a Happier, Healthier, Younger You Author: Jayney Goddard Narrator: Jayney Goddard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  The Complete Natural Guide to a Happier, Healthier, Younger You Did you know that it's possible to feel not just happier and healthier as we grow older, but also fitter, smarter, stronger, less stressed and even sexier if we really start to look after ourselves?  This book will put you firmly back in control of how you age, giving invaluable insight into the power of everything from nutrition, herbs, breathing and exercise, to skincare, hair care, hormonal balance, positive relationships and the power of nature and restful sleep. Tailored practical guidance includes natural 'rewind' techniques based on solid scientific research; a focus on how to develop a positive 'rewind' mindset; a guided 21-Day Rewind Plan and biological age tests for you to assess your progress.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390087</guid><pubDate>Thu, 21 Nov 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130419/9781528881319.mp3" length="1478240" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390087 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewind Your Body Clock: The Complete Natural Guide to a Happier, Healthier, Younger You Author: Jayney Goddard Narrator: Jayney Goddard Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390087" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390087</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rewind Your Body Clock: The Complete Natural Guide to a Happier, Healthier, Younger You Author: Jayney Goddard Narrator: Jayney Goddard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 12 minutes Release date: November 21, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  The Complete Natural Guide to a Happier, Healthier, Younger You Did you know that it's possible to feel not just happier and healthier as we grow older, but also fitter, smarter, stronger, less stressed and even sexier if we really start to look after ourselves?  This book will put you firmly back in control of how you age, giving invaluable insight into the power of everything from nutrition, herbs, breathing and exercise, to skincare, hair care, hormonal balance, positive relationships and the power of nature and restful sleep. Tailored practical guidance includes natural 'rewind' techniques based on solid scientific research; a focus on how to develop a positive 'rewind' mindset; a guided 21-Day Rewind Plan and biological age tests for you to assess your progress.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9079193b8ec1d60923b0ac9d1e478d97.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Go Fund Yourself: What Money Means in the 21st Century, How to be Good at it and Live Your Best Life by Alice Tapper</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/go-fund-yourself-what-money-means-in-the-21st-century-how-to-be-good-at-it-and-live-your-best-life-by-alice-tapper--65130468</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389812" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389812</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Go Fund Yourself: What Money Means in the 21st Century, How to be Good at it and Live Your Best Life Author: Alice Tapper Narrator: Alice Tapper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Go Fund Yourself isn't about cutting back on coffee or walking to work and it definitely isn't about becoming a bazillionaire overnight (sorry). I don't believe in telling you what you should and shouldn't spend your money on and sadly, get rich quick schemes are a load of BS. Instead, it combines time-tested, expert advice with fresh insights into how money works today and how you can earn, spend and invest your way towards living your best life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389812</guid><pubDate>Thu, 31 Oct 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130468/9781789549379.mp3" length="1478232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389812 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Go Fund Yourself: What Money Means in the 21st Century, How to be Good at it and Live Your Best Life Author: Alice Tapper Narrator: Alice Tapper...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389812" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389812</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Go Fund Yourself: What Money Means in the 21st Century, How to be Good at it and Live Your Best Life Author: Alice Tapper Narrator: Alice Tapper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 31, 2019 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Go Fund Yourself isn't about cutting back on coffee or walking to work and it definitely isn't about becoming a bazillionaire overnight (sorry). I don't believe in telling you what you should and shouldn't spend your money on and sadly, get rich quick schemes are a load of BS. Instead, it combines time-tested, expert advice with fresh insights into how money works today and how you can earn, spend and invest your way towards living your best life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1a87f328efdbe1c82725ea211e93779c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Yes, No &amp; Maybe: Living with the God of Immeasurably More by Wendy Pope</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/yes-no-maybe-living-with-the-god-of-immeasurably-more-by-wendy-pope--65130409</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426314" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426314</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes, No &amp; Maybe: Living with the God of Immeasurably More Author: Wendy Pope Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Family. Home. Work. Church. It’s good, but is it as good as it gets?    Find more at the intersection of God’s Word and our obedience to it.     For many women, life can be full with family needs, home duties, work obligations, and church service. Does it feel like you’re doing everything you should be doing, yet something’s still missing? Does it feel like there should be more?     In Yes, No, &amp; Maybe, Proverbs 31 speaker and author Wendy Pope shares how women can find the God of “immeasurably more” at the intersection of the Bible and their obedience to it. Through reading this book, women will  - Hear truths from God about what’s missing in their lives, even if they are tough messages -  Learn how to trust God to reveal what’s missing in their lives - Develop the discipline to be close to God and hear His guidance     As a Bible study teacher, Wendy will walk women through her own journey and the power that she found through truly studying the Bible. She teaches readers how to say “yes” to God and “no” to self and to embrace the freedom of “maybe” that comes as a result of honing and filtering the commitments and priorities of life. This book is for any woman interested in  - Finding a meaningful way to study the Bible -  Letting the Holy Spirit work in their lives -  Learning to polish parts of themselves to better reflect God]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426314</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130409/9781646890002.mp3" length="2437146" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes, No &amp;amp; Maybe: Living with the God of Immeasurably More Author: Wendy Pope Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426314" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/426314</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Yes, No &amp; Maybe: Living with the God of Immeasurably More Author: Wendy Pope Narrator: Sarah Zimmerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Family. Home. Work. Church. It’s good, but is it as good as it gets?    Find more at the intersection of God’s Word and our obedience to it.     For many women, life can be full with family needs, home duties, work obligations, and church service. Does it feel like you’re doing everything you should be doing, yet something’s still missing? Does it feel like there should be more?     In Yes, No, &amp; Maybe, Proverbs 31 speaker and author Wendy Pope shares how women can find the God of “immeasurably more” at the intersection of the Bible and their obedience to it. Through reading this book, women will  - Hear truths from God about what’s missing in their lives, even if they are tough messages -  Learn how to trust God to reveal what’s missing in their lives - Develop the discipline to be close to God and hear His guidance     As a Bible study teacher, Wendy will walk women through her own journey and the power that she found through truly studying the Bible. She teaches readers how to say “yes” to God and “no” to self and to embrace the freedom of “maybe” that comes as a result of honing and filtering the commitments and priorities of life. This book is for any woman interested in  - Finding a meaningful way to study the Bible -  Letting the Holy Spirit work in their lives -  Learning to polish parts of themselves to better reflect God]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4440418255dbb7840c1aa377cf6b52fe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Healthy as F*ck: The Habits You Need to Get Lean, Stay Healthy, and Kick Ass at Life by Oonagh Duncan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/healthy-as-f-ck-the-habits-you-need-to-get-lean-stay-healthy-and-kick-ass-at-life-by-oonagh-duncan--65130444</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414184" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414184</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healthy as F*ck: The Habits You Need to Get Lean, Stay Healthy, and Kick Ass at Life Author: Oonagh Duncan Narrator: Oonagh Duncan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 15   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A no-excuses kick-in-the-ass to wellness, from an award-winning trainer and fitness expert Join the movement. Ditch the diet. Who is ready to stop thinking about weight loss? To free their brain from thoughts about ketones, calories, and fasting? Who wants life to be more effortless, energetic, and empowered? Welcome to a refreshing and gloriously unapologetic conversation about health, fitness, and habits. Award-winning trainer Oonagh Duncan cuts through the wellness clutter to drop some truth bombs: it might not be six-pack abs you’re looking for—it might be happiness, confidence, and acceptance. But if losing your belly is what you want, don’t let anyone—including yourself—stop you from going after it. And she’ll show you how to make it happen. There’s only one major difference between those rare people who have managed to lose weight and the rest of us: their habits. When you acknowledge that following a diet is not getting you anywhere and you make a few small changes to your everyday routine, you’ll find yourself happier and healthy as f*ck.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414184</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Sep 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130444/9781094084244.mp3" length="1478137" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414184 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healthy as F*ck: The Habits You Need to Get Lean, Stay Healthy, and Kick Ass at Life Author: Oonagh Duncan Narrator: Oonagh Duncan Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414184" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/414184</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Healthy as F*ck: The Habits You Need to Get Lean, Stay Healthy, and Kick Ass at Life Author: Oonagh Duncan Narrator: Oonagh Duncan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 15   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A no-excuses kick-in-the-ass to wellness, from an award-winning trainer and fitness expert Join the movement. Ditch the diet. Who is ready to stop thinking about weight loss? To free their brain from thoughts about ketones, calories, and fasting? Who wants life to be more effortless, energetic, and empowered? Welcome to a refreshing and gloriously unapologetic conversation about health, fitness, and habits. Award-winning trainer Oonagh Duncan cuts through the wellness clutter to drop some truth bombs: it might not be six-pack abs you’re looking for—it might be happiness, confidence, and acceptance. But if losing your belly is what you want, don’t let anyone—including yourself—stop you from going after it. And she’ll show you how to make it happen. There’s only one major difference between those rare people who have managed to lose weight and the rest of us: their habits. When you acknowledge that following a diet is not getting you anywhere and you make a few small changes to your everyday routine, you’ll find yourself happier and healthy as f*ck.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1ebce99456de7dc27775db8fca11932f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Wisdom: How to Discover Your Path in Work and Life by Barry Schwartz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/wisdom-how-to-discover-your-path-in-work-and-life-by-barry-schwartz--65130455</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wisdom: How to Discover Your Path in Work and Life Author: Barry Schwartz Narrator: Barry Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: September  9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Barry Schwartz is back! The best-selling author of The Paradox of Choice and Why We Work, this eminent psychologist and leadership guru returns to help you tackle the biggest decisions of your life. His life-changing course weaves vivid case examples, research-based psychological insights, and deep wisdom. You'll find vital takeaways you can use every day.  In 2004, Schwartz started a movement to help people and organizations flourish by making smarter choices. Since then, millions have experienced the power of his ideas, including more than 25 million who watched his TED Talks.  Not just another business book, this is a thoughtful audio course delivered by Professor Schwartz himself. With his signature wit, he distills decades of research and dozens of real-world cases into clear frameworks and practical, science-based answers.  You'll investigate fundamental questions: How can we find the best career path for ourselves? Why do so many smart leaders fail to create flourishing workplaces? What is wisdom, and how does help make happiness possible?  Through this masterful course, you will discover that practical wisdom is the key to happiness. Dr. Schwartz goes one step further, suggesting what is true of work is also true of love. Gain the wisdom you need to become a better worker, manager, friend, romantic partner, and parent today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435935</guid><pubDate>Mon, 09 Sep 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130455/9781632517975.mp3" length="2437198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435935 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wisdom: How to Discover Your Path in Work and Life Author: Barry Schwartz Narrator: Barry Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435935" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435935</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wisdom: How to Discover Your Path in Work and Life Author: Barry Schwartz Narrator: Barry Schwartz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: September  9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Barry Schwartz is back! The best-selling author of The Paradox of Choice and Why We Work, this eminent psychologist and leadership guru returns to help you tackle the biggest decisions of your life. His life-changing course weaves vivid case examples, research-based psychological insights, and deep wisdom. You'll find vital takeaways you can use every day.  In 2004, Schwartz started a movement to help people and organizations flourish by making smarter choices. Since then, millions have experienced the power of his ideas, including more than 25 million who watched his TED Talks.  Not just another business book, this is a thoughtful audio course delivered by Professor Schwartz himself. With his signature wit, he distills decades of research and dozens of real-world cases into clear frameworks and practical, science-based answers.  You'll investigate fundamental questions: How can we find the best career path for ourselves? Why do so many smart leaders fail to create flourishing workplaces? What is wisdom, and how does help make happiness possible?  Through this masterful course, you will discover that practical wisdom is the key to happiness. Dr. Schwartz goes one step further, suggesting what is true of work is also true of love. Gain the wisdom you need to become a better worker, manager, friend, romantic partner, and parent today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/de8d43a0320bb4369afacf831fc2a90b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Relationship Science 101: How to Build, Enrich and Sustain Your Close Relationships by Nathan Dewall</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/relationship-science-101-how-to-build-enrich-and-sustain-your-close-relationships-by-nathan-dewall--65130442</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435936" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435936</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relationship Science 101: How to Build, Enrich and Sustain Your Close Relationships Author: Nathan Dewall Narrator: Nathan Dewall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join one of the world's leading psychologists in exploring the scientific basis for sustaining great relationships.  You couldn't ask for a better professor. Prof. DeWall and coauthor, David Myers, publish the world's best-selling psychology textbooks, reaching millions worldwide. Combining captivating case studies, cutting-edge scientific research, and practical advice, Prof. DeWall gives you the knowledge and tools to be successful in love and relational life. He will help you understand not only why humans desire close relationships but also why some close relationships flourish while others fail. The course will bust relationship myths ("never have an argument") and replace them with practical advice guided by scientific evidence ("use strategies to argue effectively"). First, you will learn about how humans evolved to have a fundamental motivation for positive and lasting relationships. The second section emphasizes the hidden benefits of close relationships. You will learn how relationships literally get under the skin-affecting your hormones, brain functioning, immune system, and gene expression. The third and final section explores the recent and growing phenomenon of online relationships. Prof. DeWall winds down by addressing the power of social networks in shaping your health and behavior. The lessons you'll take away from this course are precious. Learn how you can begin building more connected relationships, companies, and societies today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435936</guid><pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130442/9781632517944.mp3" length="2437189" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435936 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relationship Science 101: How to Build, Enrich and Sustain Your Close Relationships Author: Nathan Dewall Narrator: Nathan Dewall Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435936" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435936</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Relationship Science 101: How to Build, Enrich and Sustain Your Close Relationships Author: Nathan Dewall Narrator: Nathan Dewall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: August 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Join one of the world's leading psychologists in exploring the scientific basis for sustaining great relationships.  You couldn't ask for a better professor. Prof. DeWall and coauthor, David Myers, publish the world's best-selling psychology textbooks, reaching millions worldwide. Combining captivating case studies, cutting-edge scientific research, and practical advice, Prof. DeWall gives you the knowledge and tools to be successful in love and relational life. He will help you understand not only why humans desire close relationships but also why some close relationships flourish while others fail. The course will bust relationship myths ("never have an argument") and replace them with practical advice guided by scientific evidence ("use strategies to argue effectively"). First, you will learn about how humans evolved to have a fundamental motivation for positive and lasting relationships. The second section emphasizes the hidden benefits of close relationships. You will learn how relationships literally get under the skin-affecting your hormones, brain functioning, immune system, and gene expression. The third and final section explores the recent and growing phenomenon of online relationships. Prof. DeWall winds down by addressing the power of social networks in shaping your health and behavior. The lessons you'll take away from this course are precious. Learn how you can begin building more connected relationships, companies, and societies today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ee8b8a8ed4cc29b373d5bbbf06557e8b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Emotional Wisdom: How to Read, Understand, and Process Emotions by Randy Cornelius</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/emotional-wisdom-how-to-read-understand-and-process-emotions-by-randy-cornelius--65130422</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435927" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435927</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Wisdom: How to Read, Understand, and Process Emotions Author: Randy Cornelius Narrator: Randy Cornelius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: August  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  What are emotions? Why do they have such a powerful influence on your relationships, well-being, and work-life balance? How can recent scientific discoveries about emotions help you become a better person? With a long evolutionary history, emotions are crucial to our survival. They are central to how we experience the world, establishing a background and foreground to our lives. Emotional wisdom can help us achieve greater health, happiness, success, and connection to those around us. In this engaging 15-lecture audio course, you can explore the fascinating science of emotions with Vassar College's Randolph (Randy) Cornelius. The author of The Science of Emotion: Research and Tradition in the Psychology of Emotion, Prof. Cornelius is an expert on the history of emotion research, conceptions of emotions in popular culture, and close relationships. The insights you'll gain from this course will enrich your emotional intelligence.   Each lecture begins with a true story involving emotions, many drawn from Prof. Cornelius's personal experience. A semi-professional musician, surfer, and collage artist, Prof. Cornelius is a singularly inspiring guide to the series. Zooming out from the individual to the global scale, he offers hope that we can use what we know about emotions to cope positively with large-scale events in the world. Learn how to be your best self today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435927</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130422/9781632517906.mp3" length="2437193" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435927 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Wisdom: How to Read, Understand, and Process Emotions Author: Randy Cornelius Narrator: Randy Cornelius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435927" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435927</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Wisdom: How to Read, Understand, and Process Emotions Author: Randy Cornelius Narrator: Randy Cornelius Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 0 minutes Release date: August  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  What are emotions? Why do they have such a powerful influence on your relationships, well-being, and work-life balance? How can recent scientific discoveries about emotions help you become a better person? With a long evolutionary history, emotions are crucial to our survival. They are central to how we experience the world, establishing a background and foreground to our lives. Emotional wisdom can help us achieve greater health, happiness, success, and connection to those around us. In this engaging 15-lecture audio course, you can explore the fascinating science of emotions with Vassar College's Randolph (Randy) Cornelius. The author of The Science of Emotion: Research and Tradition in the Psychology of Emotion, Prof. Cornelius is an expert on the history of emotion research, conceptions of emotions in popular culture, and close relationships. The insights you'll gain from this course will enrich your emotional intelligence.   Each lecture begins with a true story involving emotions, many drawn from Prof. Cornelius's personal experience. A semi-professional musician, surfer, and collage artist, Prof. Cornelius is a singularly inspiring guide to the series. Zooming out from the individual to the global scale, he offers hope that we can use what we know about emotions to cope positively with large-scale events in the world. Learn how to be your best self today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/762bebd99c33c7d0c797c86407af1ab8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Break Point: SAS: Who Dares Wins Host's Incredible True Story by Ollie Ollerton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/break-point-sas-who-dares-wins-host-s-incredible-true-story-by-ollie-ollerton--65130420</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380836" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380836</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Break Point: SAS: Who Dares Wins Host's Incredible True Story Author: Ollie Ollerton Narrator: Ollie Ollerton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: May  2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 38   Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Ex-Special Forces' soldier and host of SAS: Who Dares Wins, Ollie Ollerton narrates his incredible story for the first time. Where is your break point? Is it here? Facing the gruelling SAS selection process on one leg, with a busted ankle and the finish line nowhere in sight? Or here? Under heavy fire from armed kidnappers while protecting journalists en route to Baghdad. Or, is it here? At the bottom of a bottle, with a family in pieces, unable to adapt to a civilian lifestyle, yearning for a warzone. We all have break points to face - at the gym, in the office, in our personal lives  - those moments of self-doubt where we have to dig deep, and find something within to grab hold of and push us through.  Ex-Special Forces soldier Ollie Ollerton has faced his own break points and now he tells us the lessons he has learnt along the way. From survivor of a freak childhood attack to elite fighter, Ollie's incredible story features, high-speed shoot-outs, counter-terrorism and humanitarian heroics.  Special Forces soldiers are not supermen. Bullets don't bounce off them. They don't hit the target with every shot. They have the same vulnerabilities and doubts as the rest of us. But ordinary people can achieve the extraordinary, under the greatest pressure, in the most challenging situations.  Ollie's life has taught him that everyone has the capacity for incredible achievement, because it's only when it's crunch time, when you're down to your last bullet - when you're at break point - that you find out who you really are. Includes an exclusive Q&amp;A and an extract from Ollie's new book Battle Ready. OLLIE OLLERTON CO-HOSTS SAS: WHO DARES WINS ALONGSIDE ANT MIDDLETON, JASON FOX and MARK BILLINGHAM.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380836</guid><pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130420/9781788702164.mp3" length="2437219" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380836 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Break Point: SAS: Who Dares Wins Host's Incredible True Story Author: Ollie Ollerton Narrator: Ollie Ollerton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380836" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380836</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Break Point: SAS: Who Dares Wins Host's Incredible True Story Author: Ollie Ollerton Narrator: Ollie Ollerton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: May  2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 38   Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  THE SUNDAY TIMES BESTSELLER Ex-Special Forces' soldier and host of SAS: Who Dares Wins, Ollie Ollerton narrates his incredible story for the first time. Where is your break point? Is it here? Facing the gruelling SAS selection process on one leg, with a busted ankle and the finish line nowhere in sight? Or here? Under heavy fire from armed kidnappers while protecting journalists en route to Baghdad. Or, is it here? At the bottom of a bottle, with a family in pieces, unable to adapt to a civilian lifestyle, yearning for a warzone. We all have break points to face - at the gym, in the office, in our personal lives  - those moments of self-doubt where we have to dig deep, and find something within to grab hold of and push us through.  Ex-Special Forces soldier Ollie Ollerton has faced his own break points and now he tells us the lessons he has learnt along the way. From survivor of a freak childhood attack to elite fighter, Ollie's incredible story features, high-speed shoot-outs, counter-terrorism and humanitarian heroics.  Special Forces soldiers are not supermen. Bullets don't bounce off them. They don't hit the target with every shot. They have the same vulnerabilities and doubts as the rest of us. But ordinary people can achieve the extraordinary, under the greatest pressure, in the most challenging situations.  Ollie's life has taught him that everyone has the capacity for incredible achievement, because it's only when it's crunch time, when you're down to your last bullet - when you're at break point - that you find out who you really are. Includes an exclusive Q&amp;A and an extract from Ollie's new book Battle Ready. OLLIE OLLERTON CO-HOSTS SAS: WHO DARES WINS ALONGSIDE ANT MIDDLETON, JASON FOX and MARK BILLINGHAM.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/134cdfe0856035b128c9bdbd83a6382a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Breathe to Succeed: Increase Workplace Productivity, Creativity, and Clarity through the Power of Mindfulness by Sandy Abrams</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/breathe-to-succeed-increase-workplace-productivity-creativity-and-clarity-through-the-power-of-mindfulness-by-sandy-abrams--65130472</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breathe to Succeed: Increase Workplace Productivity, Creativity, and Clarity through the Power of Mindfulness Author: Sandy Abrams Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: May  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 28   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Technology has revolutionized the business sector. Whether you're an entrepreneur, employee, CEO, or executive, you're likely feeling the effects of less humanity and more technology. Our minds are distracted, our attention spans are shortened, we want everything on demand, in boxes are never empty, our energy is frequently negative, we're addicted to social media, and we're sleep deprived. This cannot be the new normal. Breath is the antidote! Breathe to Succeed shares the transformative power of breath in business. Even just three deep breaths at key moments can be nothing short of miraculous. With Abrams's fast, simple, and effective breathing techniques, you'll become more mindful and engaged and experience better moods, a calmer perspective, and positive energy that will translate to next-level productivity, creativity, and clarity. Breathe to Succeed will teach you how to:  - Utilize a variety of simple breath techniques to access your optimal energy and manage your emotions in the moment.  - Become self-aware of your negative thought patterns/behavior and rewire your brain with positive new habits. - Activate the power of your mind to breathe through challenges, make better decisions, and reach goals effortlessly.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486</guid><pubDate>Wed, 01 May 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130472/9781721373741.mp3" length="2437151" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breathe to Succeed: Increase Workplace Productivity, Creativity, and Clarity through the Power of Mindfulness Author: Sandy Abrams Narrator: Tanya Eby...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369486</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breathe to Succeed: Increase Workplace Productivity, Creativity, and Clarity through the Power of Mindfulness Author: Sandy Abrams Narrator: Tanya Eby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: May  1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.96 of Total 28   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Technology has revolutionized the business sector. Whether you're an entrepreneur, employee, CEO, or executive, you're likely feeling the effects of less humanity and more technology. Our minds are distracted, our attention spans are shortened, we want everything on demand, in boxes are never empty, our energy is frequently negative, we're addicted to social media, and we're sleep deprived. This cannot be the new normal. Breath is the antidote! Breathe to Succeed shares the transformative power of breath in business. Even just three deep breaths at key moments can be nothing short of miraculous. With Abrams's fast, simple, and effective breathing techniques, you'll become more mindful and engaged and experience better moods, a calmer perspective, and positive energy that will translate to next-level productivity, creativity, and clarity. Breathe to Succeed will teach you how to:  - Utilize a variety of simple breath techniques to access your optimal energy and manage your emotions in the moment.  - Become self-aware of your negative thought patterns/behavior and rewire your brain with positive new habits. - Activate the power of your mind to breathe through challenges, make better decisions, and reach goals effortlessly.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7226971e424887fefbc2d64de89f0e06.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Serenity Toolkit: How to Harness the Benefits of Mindfulness, Yoga, and Meditation by Mala Cunningham</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/serenity-toolkit-how-to-harness-the-benefits-of-mindfulness-yoga-and-meditation-by-mala-cunningham--65130424</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435980" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435980</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Serenity Toolkit: How to Harness the Benefits of Mindfulness, Yoga, and Meditation Author: Mala Cunningham Narrator: M. Mala Cunningham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Bring serenity into your busy life with scientifically proven healing practices.  In our hectic world, we need tools to help us weather life’s storms. Yoga, mindfulness, and meditation are some of the most powerful tools you can wield—and their benefits are backed by neuroscience. Using new technology in brain imaging, researchers have confirmed the ability of these practices to improve your neurobiology and overall wellness. Through this innovative 12-lecture audio course, you will find inner calm and gain a scientific understanding of your brain. Your guide, Dr. M. Mala Cunningham, is a licensed counselor and clinical professor at the University of Virginia. A leading expert in mind-body medicine, she draws on cutting-edge neuroscience research, as well as more than 35 years of experience teaching yoga. Dr. Cunningham begins with the foundational concepts of yoga and mindfulness theory. You will then explore the mechanisms and effects of stress and examine your emotional blueprint. After looking into how to activate happy hormones and practice meaningful self-assessment, you’ll dive deeper into the intersection of neuroscience, yoga, and mindfulness. You’ll also consider communication patterns, intuition, and formulas for healing. Each lecture contains strategies and activities for stress reduction, emotional resilience, and self-care. You are sure to return to these healing exercises and guided meditations again and again, leading you to deeper levels of peace and happiness. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435980</guid><pubDate>Mon, 15 Apr 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130424/9781632517753.mp3" length="2437212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435980 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Serenity Toolkit: How to Harness the Benefits of Mindfulness, Yoga, and Meditation Author: Mala Cunningham Narrator: M. Mala Cunningham Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435980" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/435980</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Serenity Toolkit: How to Harness the Benefits of Mindfulness, Yoga, and Meditation Author: Mala Cunningham Narrator: M. Mala Cunningham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 45 minutes Release date: April 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Bring serenity into your busy life with scientifically proven healing practices.  In our hectic world, we need tools to help us weather life’s storms. Yoga, mindfulness, and meditation are some of the most powerful tools you can wield—and their benefits are backed by neuroscience. Using new technology in brain imaging, researchers have confirmed the ability of these practices to improve your neurobiology and overall wellness. Through this innovative 12-lecture audio course, you will find inner calm and gain a scientific understanding of your brain. Your guide, Dr. M. Mala Cunningham, is a licensed counselor and clinical professor at the University of Virginia. A leading expert in mind-body medicine, she draws on cutting-edge neuroscience research, as well as more than 35 years of experience teaching yoga. Dr. Cunningham begins with the foundational concepts of yoga and mindfulness theory. You will then explore the mechanisms and effects of stress and examine your emotional blueprint. After looking into how to activate happy hormones and practice meaningful self-assessment, you’ll dive deeper into the intersection of neuroscience, yoga, and mindfulness. You’ll also consider communication patterns, intuition, and formulas for healing. Each lecture contains strategies and activities for stress reduction, emotional resilience, and self-care. You are sure to return to these healing exercises and guided meditations again and again, leading you to deeper levels of peace and happiness. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/22a1292b9305bc18370e26cc1742876d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Brain Power 101: How to Boost Your Memory and Stay Brain Healthy at Any Age by Richard Isaacson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/brain-power-101-how-to-boost-your-memory-and-stay-brain-healthy-at-any-age-by-richard-isaacson--65130429</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431276" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431276</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Power 101: How to Boost Your Memory and Stay Brain Healthy at Any Age Author: Richard Isaacson Narrator: Richard Isaacson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: April  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 55   Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 19 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  How can you keep your brain sharp at any age? How can you live not just longer, but better?     The world’s leading expert on Alzheimer’s prevention shows you how to protect, engage, and exercise your brain over time. An award-winning professor of neurology at Weill Cornell Medical College and a leading expert on brain health, Dr. Richard Isaacson has dedicated himself to advancing brain science and helping people optimize their brain health.     Now, in this 12-lecture audio series, Dr. Isaacson disseminates his findings to thoughtful people like you who care about enhancing their quality of life. A calm, clear, and lighthearted speaker, he highlights the importance of incremental, actionable steps for optimizing brain health.      You will reap a host of priceless benefits from this series if you follow Dr. Isaacson’s advice. He shows how to optimize your nutrition and dietary patterns, cognitive engagement, physical activity, sleep habits, and stress management. Throughout, Dr. Isaacson elucidates the ways that doctors are attempting to understand and reverse the decline of brain functions with age. You’ll come away with a transformative understanding of your “healthspan,” an essential component of a fulfilling lifespan.     Using science, you can take proactive steps today to keep your brain healthy and sharp.    This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431276</guid><pubDate>Fri, 05 Apr 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130429/9781632517739.mp3" length="2437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431276 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Power 101: How to Boost Your Memory and Stay Brain Healthy at Any Age Author: Richard Isaacson Narrator: Richard Isaacson Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431276" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431276</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Power 101: How to Boost Your Memory and Stay Brain Healthy at Any Age Author: Richard Isaacson Narrator: Richard Isaacson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 25 minutes Release date: April  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.51 of Total 55   Ratings of Narrator: 4.53 of Total 19 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  How can you keep your brain sharp at any age? How can you live not just longer, but better?     The world’s leading expert on Alzheimer’s prevention shows you how to protect, engage, and exercise your brain over time. An award-winning professor of neurology at Weill Cornell Medical College and a leading expert on brain health, Dr. Richard Isaacson has dedicated himself to advancing brain science and helping people optimize their brain health.     Now, in this 12-lecture audio series, Dr. Isaacson disseminates his findings to thoughtful people like you who care about enhancing their quality of life. A calm, clear, and lighthearted speaker, he highlights the importance of incremental, actionable steps for optimizing brain health.      You will reap a host of priceless benefits from this series if you follow Dr. Isaacson’s advice. He shows how to optimize your nutrition and dietary patterns, cognitive engagement, physical activity, sleep habits, and stress management. Throughout, Dr. Isaacson elucidates the ways that doctors are attempting to understand and reverse the decline of brain functions with age. You’ll come away with a transformative understanding of your “healthspan,” an essential component of a fulfilling lifespan.     Using science, you can take proactive steps today to keep your brain healthy and sharp.    This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/40812fd6af4534d1c9342eabea5f59a2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Leaders Decide: A Timeless Guide to Making Tough Choices by Greg Bustin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-leaders-decide-a-timeless-guide-to-making-tough-choices-by-greg-bustin--65130459</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376182" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376182</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Leaders Decide: A Timeless Guide to Making Tough Choices Author: Greg Bustin Narrator: Jamie Hanes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: April  2, 2019 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Whether you're running a small team or an international enterprise, all leaders know the feeling of facing a tough choice. It's impossible to see into the future to predict how our decisions play out, but we can look to the momentous decisions of the past for insights on how profound choices are made. Each decision made by influential figures, from Alfred Nobel and Marie Curie to Martin Luther King, Jr., and The Beatles, has shaped our world?and now they can help you make the decisions that will determine the direction of your organization. Guiding you through fifty-two dramatic historical events and decisions that changed the course of our world, How Leaders Decide challenges decision-makers with provocative ideas and leadership lessons that will propel your business forward. Greg Bustin's well-researched and inspiring stories of high-stakes turning points in history and the leaders that made the final call will help you make sure your next decision is the one that changes everything.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376182</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Apr 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130459/9781666572810.mp3" length="1477665" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376182 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Leaders Decide: A Timeless Guide to Making Tough Choices Author: Greg Bustin Narrator: Jamie Hanes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376182" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376182</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Leaders Decide: A Timeless Guide to Making Tough Choices Author: Greg Bustin Narrator: Jamie Hanes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: April  2, 2019 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Whether you're running a small team or an international enterprise, all leaders know the feeling of facing a tough choice. It's impossible to see into the future to predict how our decisions play out, but we can look to the momentous decisions of the past for insights on how profound choices are made. Each decision made by influential figures, from Alfred Nobel and Marie Curie to Martin Luther King, Jr., and The Beatles, has shaped our world?and now they can help you make the decisions that will determine the direction of your organization. Guiding you through fifty-two dramatic historical events and decisions that changed the course of our world, How Leaders Decide challenges decision-makers with provocative ideas and leadership lessons that will propel your business forward. Greg Bustin's well-researched and inspiring stories of high-stakes turning points in history and the leaders that made the final call will help you make sure your next decision is the one that changes everything.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c36f08902049586698d29997c70b7417.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Yin-Yang Diet: For Balanced Nutrition, Health and Harmony by Ken Babal</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-yin-yang-diet-for-balanced-nutrition-health-and-harmony-by-ken-babal--65130475</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361385" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361385</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yin-Yang Diet: For Balanced Nutrition, Health and Harmony Author: Ken Babal Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  The Yin-Yang Diet is a modern, scientific approach to balanced nutrition based on the ancient Asian concept of Yin and Yang. Yin and Yang describe how opposites or contrary forces are interconnected, interdependent and complimentary. The book explains the Yin or Yang nature of foods and nutrients and how they affect our constantly changing body chemistry. A diet that is too extreme in either Yin or Yang invites disease. A diet that is balanced in Yin and Yang creates metabolic health and harmony. On the furthest extreme of Yin are fruit, sugar and alcohol. Eggs, meat and salt are on the furthest extreme of Yang. Nutrients can also be classified as Yin or Yang. The most important mineral ratio is the potassium to sodium ratio. To be healthy, we must strike a balance between sodium (Yang) and potassium (Yin). Protein (Yang) and fat (Yin) comprise the opposite poles of our 'life battery.' The association of fat and protein represent the interaction of Yin and Yang from which energy and life is created. A key element of The Yin-Yang Diet is a protein-oil shake for regeneration of the body's cells, tissues and organs. The Yin-Yang Diet includes recommendations for adaptogenic tonic herbs. Yin tonics help with the accumulation of energy and moisture and are nourishing, moistening, cooling or anti-inflammatory. Conversely, Yang tonics help us utilize energy. Yang herbs are activating, drying, warm or hot. They are the sexual, athletic tonics, which stimulate metabolism, build muscle, reduce body fat and strengthen bones and joints. Other important Yin-Yang considerations covered are Digestion and Elimination, Acid and Alkaline, and Food and Food Abstinence. Recommendations follow each chapter. The Yin-Yang Diet goes beyond a plant-based diet, and there is no calorie counting! When you achieve Yin-Yang balance in your diet, you are on the path to what the Chinese call 'radiant health' or 'health beyond danger.' Radiant health is the highest level of health a person can attain.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361385</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Mar 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130475/9781721357260.mp3" length="2437137" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361385 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yin-Yang Diet: For Balanced Nutrition, Health and Harmony Author: Ken Babal Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361385" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/361385</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Yin-Yang Diet: For Balanced Nutrition, Health and Harmony Author: Ken Babal Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  The Yin-Yang Diet is a modern, scientific approach to balanced nutrition based on the ancient Asian concept of Yin and Yang. Yin and Yang describe how opposites or contrary forces are interconnected, interdependent and complimentary. The book explains the Yin or Yang nature of foods and nutrients and how they affect our constantly changing body chemistry. A diet that is too extreme in either Yin or Yang invites disease. A diet that is balanced in Yin and Yang creates metabolic health and harmony. On the furthest extreme of Yin are fruit, sugar and alcohol. Eggs, meat and salt are on the furthest extreme of Yang. Nutrients can also be classified as Yin or Yang. The most important mineral ratio is the potassium to sodium ratio. To be healthy, we must strike a balance between sodium (Yang) and potassium (Yin). Protein (Yang) and fat (Yin) comprise the opposite poles of our 'life battery.' The association of fat and protein represent the interaction of Yin and Yang from which energy and life is created. A key element of The Yin-Yang Diet is a protein-oil shake for regeneration of the body's cells, tissues and organs. The Yin-Yang Diet includes recommendations for adaptogenic tonic herbs. Yin tonics help with the accumulation of energy and moisture and are nourishing, moistening, cooling or anti-inflammatory. Conversely, Yang tonics help us utilize energy. Yang herbs are activating, drying, warm or hot. They are the sexual, athletic tonics, which stimulate metabolism, build muscle, reduce body fat and strengthen bones and joints. Other important Yin-Yang considerations covered are Digestion and Elimination, Acid and Alkaline, and Food and Food Abstinence. Recommendations follow each chapter. The Yin-Yang Diet goes beyond a plant-based diet, and there is no calorie counting! When you achieve Yin-Yang balance in your diet, you are on the path to what the Chinese call 'radiant health' or 'health beyond danger.' Radiant health is the highest level of health a person can attain.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b1fb27c98ba9931e285d12f080ac0f58.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Alter Ego Effect: The Power of Secret Identities to Transform Your Life by Todd Herman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-alter-ego-effect-the-power-of-secret-identities-to-transform-your-life-by-todd-herman--65130463</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alter Ego Effect: The Power of Secret Identities to Transform Your Life Author: Todd Herman Narrator: Todd Herman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: February  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 39   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A top performance expert reveals the secret behind many top athletes and executives: creating a heroic alter ego to activate when the chips are down. There’s only one person in the way of you untapping your potential: You. There’s also one person who can move you out of the way so you can perform at your peak.  That person is already inside you. You just need to unlock them. This other part of you is your Alter Ego. After twenty-one years of working with elite athletes, performers and leaders, Todd Herman has discovered how you can use your alter ego to achieve the seemingly impossible. It all clicked for Todd when he met Bo Jackson.  When Herman met Bo Jackson, the professional athlete told him, “Bo Jackson never played a down of football in his entire life.” Bo explained that when he was young, he’d get into trouble because chaos caused by his anger issues. Then, he saw Friday the 13th and became fascinated by the cold, calculating nature of Jason Vorhees. In that moment, he resolved to stop being Bo Jackson, and start being Jason the moment he stepped on the field.  In this transformative guide, Herman teaches you how to create and control an Alter Ego like Bo—and the thousands of other athletes, business leaders, entrepreneurs, and entertainers who have used this simple tool to change their lives. Herman also shares his own story: he knew that inside was a confident, self-assured, intelligent person who could help others get better results in their lives. When he started using superman’s classic trick—putting on a pair of glasses—he learned to trigger the specific traits he needed to achieve his goals. The Alter Ego Effect is not about creating a false mask—it’s about finding the hero already inside you. It’s a proven way of overcoming the self-doubt, negativity, and insecurity that hold you back, and empowering you to ultimately become your best self.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Feb 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130463/9780062892072.mp3" length="2437184" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alter Ego Effect: The Power of Secret Identities to Transform Your Life Author: Todd Herman Narrator: Todd Herman Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345441</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Alter Ego Effect: The Power of Secret Identities to Transform Your Life Author: Todd Herman Narrator: Todd Herman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 3 minutes Release date: February  5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.46 of Total 39   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A top performance expert reveals the secret behind many top athletes and executives: creating a heroic alter ego to activate when the chips are down. There’s only one person in the way of you untapping your potential: You. There’s also one person who can move you out of the way so you can perform at your peak.  That person is already inside you. You just need to unlock them. This other part of you is your Alter Ego. After twenty-one years of working with elite athletes, performers and leaders, Todd Herman has discovered how you can use your alter ego to achieve the seemingly impossible. It all clicked for Todd when he met Bo Jackson.  When Herman met Bo Jackson, the professional athlete told him, “Bo Jackson never played a down of football in his entire life.” Bo explained that when he was young, he’d get into trouble because chaos caused by his anger issues. Then, he saw Friday the 13th and became fascinated by the cold, calculating nature of Jason Vorhees. In that moment, he resolved to stop being Bo Jackson, and start being Jason the moment he stepped on the field.  In this transformative guide, Herman teaches you how to create and control an Alter Ego like Bo—and the thousands of other athletes, business leaders, entrepreneurs, and entertainers who have used this simple tool to change their lives. Herman also shares his own story: he knew that inside was a confident, self-assured, intelligent person who could help others get better results in their lives. When he started using superman’s classic trick—putting on a pair of glasses—he learned to trigger the specific traits he needed to achieve his goals. The Alter Ego Effect is not about creating a false mask—it’s about finding the hero already inside you. It’s a proven way of overcoming the self-doubt, negativity, and insecurity that hold you back, and empowering you to ultimately become your best self.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c1a9f10a1ec76b229664410eae155414.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Heart Solution for Women: A Proven Program to Prevent and Reverse Heart Disease by Mark Menolascino</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/heart-solution-for-women-a-proven-program-to-prevent-and-reverse-heart-disease-by-mark-menolascino--65130474</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345425" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345425</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heart Solution for Women: A Proven Program to Prevent and Reverse Heart Disease Author: Mark Menolascino Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Heart disease remains the number one killer of women, outpacing breast cancer, diabetes, and stroke, with one in four women receiving a diagnosis in her lifetime. And the problem is only getting worse. Dr. Mark Menolascino has been on the front lines of cardiac research for most of his life, running a highly successful clinic where he takes a holistic, personalized approach to reversing disease and jump-starting health. Most of his patients are women struggling with symptoms and illnesses that stem from the most important, life-giving organ in the body: the heart. In Heart Solution for Women, Dr. Menolascino explores the many ways our hearts are the pathway to overall health. While the classic risk factors for heart disease—obesity, high cholesterol, high blood pressure, stress, and poor diet—are critical components, symptoms of the disease manifest differently in women’s bodies and can go misdiagnosed for years. They include depression, anxiety and panic attacks, poor sleep, and widespread pain, and can be masked during pregnancy, post-pregnancy, and menopause only to appear with great force later in life. Featuring the latest research on gut, brain, and hormone health and including answers to the most common heart-health misunderstandings, Heart Solution for Women finally gives women the tools to succeed, feel great in their bodies, and add years to their lives. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345425</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130474/9780062864895.mp3" length="2437161" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345425 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heart Solution for Women: A Proven Program to Prevent and Reverse Heart Disease Author: Mark Menolascino Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345425" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/345425</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Heart Solution for Women: A Proven Program to Prevent and Reverse Heart Disease Author: Mark Menolascino Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Heart disease remains the number one killer of women, outpacing breast cancer, diabetes, and stroke, with one in four women receiving a diagnosis in her lifetime. And the problem is only getting worse. Dr. Mark Menolascino has been on the front lines of cardiac research for most of his life, running a highly successful clinic where he takes a holistic, personalized approach to reversing disease and jump-starting health. Most of his patients are women struggling with symptoms and illnesses that stem from the most important, life-giving organ in the body: the heart. In Heart Solution for Women, Dr. Menolascino explores the many ways our hearts are the pathway to overall health. While the classic risk factors for heart disease—obesity, high cholesterol, high blood pressure, stress, and poor diet—are critical components, symptoms of the disease manifest differently in women’s bodies and can go misdiagnosed for years. They include depression, anxiety and panic attacks, poor sleep, and widespread pain, and can be masked during pregnancy, post-pregnancy, and menopause only to appear with great force later in life. Featuring the latest research on gut, brain, and hormone health and including answers to the most common heart-health misunderstandings, Heart Solution for Women finally gives women the tools to succeed, feel great in their bodies, and add years to their lives. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/44915cf11b5d627aebf3be7aa3dda348.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Authenticity Principle: Resist Conformity, Embrace Differences, and Transform How You Live, Work, and Lead by Ritu Bhasin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-authenticity-principle-resist-conformity-embrace-differences-and-transform-how-you-live-work-and-lead-by-ritu-bhasin--65130466</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authenticity Principle: Resist Conformity, Embrace Differences, and Transform How You Live, Work, and Lead Author: Ritu Bhasin Narrator: Ritu Bhasin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In a society that pushes conformity, how can you courageously choose to be who you really are – with yourself, in your relationships, and at work – despite the fear of judgment? In The Authenticity Principle, award-winning leadership and diversity expert Ritu Bhasin gives you the tools to make this happen. Combining the latest neuroscience, leadership, diversity, and mindfulness research with a wealth of practical exercises, Bhasin unveils a cutting-edge framework for living and leading more authentically. She also reveals inspiring insights from a range of leaders who have overcome barriers to being authentic—including her own personal journey from lawyer to entrepreneur.   Developed after years of working with global leaders and organizations, the book has at its core the transformational concept of the Three Selves. This new way of understanding authenticity will empower you to fearlessly and strategically choose how and when to show up as your Authentic Self and your Adapted Self, leaving behind your Performing Self.   Ritu Bhasin shows that choosing to live authentically is the most important step you can take to thrive in your personal life, your relationships, and your career. More than just a call to “be yourself,” The Authenticity Principle is a rallying cry to disrupt the status quo, bring your differences into the light, and help others do the same.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Jan 2019 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130466/9780771009747.mp3" length="4837080" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authenticity Principle: Resist Conformity, Embrace Differences, and Transform How You Live, Work, and Lead Author: Ritu Bhasin Narrator: Ritu...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/355677</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authenticity Principle: Resist Conformity, Embrace Differences, and Transform How You Live, Work, and Lead Author: Ritu Bhasin Narrator: Ritu Bhasin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In a society that pushes conformity, how can you courageously choose to be who you really are – with yourself, in your relationships, and at work – despite the fear of judgment? In The Authenticity Principle, award-winning leadership and diversity expert Ritu Bhasin gives you the tools to make this happen. Combining the latest neuroscience, leadership, diversity, and mindfulness research with a wealth of practical exercises, Bhasin unveils a cutting-edge framework for living and leading more authentically. She also reveals inspiring insights from a range of leaders who have overcome barriers to being authentic—including her own personal journey from lawyer to entrepreneur.   Developed after years of working with global leaders and organizations, the book has at its core the transformational concept of the Three Selves. This new way of understanding authenticity will empower you to fearlessly and strategically choose how and when to show up as your Authentic Self and your Adapted Self, leaving behind your Performing Self.   Ritu Bhasin shows that choosing to live authentically is the most important step you can take to thrive in your personal life, your relationships, and your career. More than just a call to “be yourself,” The Authenticity Principle is a rallying cry to disrupt the status quo, bring your differences into the light, and help others do the same.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6cde341e00d7f2e1c629ed0f27253ba2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Learn Faster and Better: The Art and Science of Learning Something New by Josh Eyler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-learn-faster-and-better-the-art-and-science-of-learning-something-new-by-josh-eyler--65130443</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431311" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431311</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Learn Faster and Better: The Art and Science of Learning Something New Author: Josh Eyler Narrator: Josh Eyler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 54   Ratings of Narrator: 3.31 of Total 16 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Imagine if you could learn anything. How would your life change if you could learn more quickly and retain knowledge more easily?     Recent advances in cognitive science offer fascinating ways to increase your learning at any age. This informative audio course reveals proven strategies that can immediately improve your short- and long-term memory.    In Learn Faster and Better: The Art and Science of Learning Something, you’ll explore the expansive terrain of human learning from many angles. Your guide is Dr. Joshua Eyler, an expert in the science of learning and evidence-based teaching practices. With him, you’ll probe the biological, cognitive, and social aspects of learning before discussing strategies and techniques for improving your individual capacity to learn.   You’ll discover that the science of learning offers benefits across the various facets of your life. Throughout these 12 lectures, Dr. Eyler’s multidisciplinary background shines through. He uses vivid examples to teach you tools for maximizing learning in any number of academic, professional, and social settings.     Whatever your age or background, you’ll find invaluable lessons to improve your learning in this series. Join in on this fun and illuminating look at how you can become a more skillful and well-rounded learner.  This course is part of the Learn 25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431311</guid><pubDate>Mon, 17 Dec 2018 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130443/9781632517609.mp3" length="2437163" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431311 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Learn Faster and Better: The Art and Science of Learning Something New Author: Josh Eyler Narrator: Josh Eyler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431311" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431311</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Learn Faster and Better: The Art and Science of Learning Something New Author: Josh Eyler Narrator: Josh Eyler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 40 minutes Release date: December 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 54   Ratings of Narrator: 3.31 of Total 16 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Imagine if you could learn anything. How would your life change if you could learn more quickly and retain knowledge more easily?     Recent advances in cognitive science offer fascinating ways to increase your learning at any age. This informative audio course reveals proven strategies that can immediately improve your short- and long-term memory.    In Learn Faster and Better: The Art and Science of Learning Something, you’ll explore the expansive terrain of human learning from many angles. Your guide is Dr. Joshua Eyler, an expert in the science of learning and evidence-based teaching practices. With him, you’ll probe the biological, cognitive, and social aspects of learning before discussing strategies and techniques for improving your individual capacity to learn.   You’ll discover that the science of learning offers benefits across the various facets of your life. Throughout these 12 lectures, Dr. Eyler’s multidisciplinary background shines through. He uses vivid examples to teach you tools for maximizing learning in any number of academic, professional, and social settings.     Whatever your age or background, you’ll find invaluable lessons to improve your learning in this series. Join in on this fun and illuminating look at how you can become a more skillful and well-rounded learner.  This course is part of the Learn 25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/94325c5f8e9c36966540117760012429.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fighting Alzheimer's: How to Keep Your Brain Healthy by Richard Isaacson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fighting-alzheimer-s-how-to-keep-your-brain-healthy-by-richard-isaacson--65130453</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting Alzheimer's: How to Keep Your Brain Healthy Author: Richard Isaacson Narrator: Richard Isaacson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Alzheimer’s can be delayed or even prevented. Join the world’s leading expert on Alzheimer’s prevention, Harvard-trained neurologist Richard Isaacson, MD to learn how. In this informative 12-lecture audio course, Dr. Isaacson explores the latest developments in the science of Alzheimer’s. As you listen, you’ll discover answers to the most common questions patients and caregivers have about its prevention and treatment.  You will learn practical ways to defend your brain against Alzheimer’s while improving memory and cognition. Combining his deep understanding of new studies and firsthand experience treating thousands of patients, Dr. Isaacson provides you with a straightforward guide to your mental health. Throughout, you will receive actionable guidance as you learn more about the disease and assess your own risk factors.  Importantly, modern science suggests that there are certain traits that may increase your chances of developing Alzheimer’s. But there are also ways you can reduce your chances of developing the disease. Armed with knowledge of the latest research, you can take early action to benefit your own brain health today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293</guid><pubDate>Mon, 17 Sep 2018 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130453/9781632517319.mp3" length="2437190" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting Alzheimer's: How to Keep Your Brain Healthy Author: Richard Isaacson Narrator: Richard Isaacson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431293</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fighting Alzheimer's: How to Keep Your Brain Healthy Author: Richard Isaacson Narrator: Richard Isaacson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 17, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Alzheimer’s can be delayed or even prevented. Join the world’s leading expert on Alzheimer’s prevention, Harvard-trained neurologist Richard Isaacson, MD to learn how. In this informative 12-lecture audio course, Dr. Isaacson explores the latest developments in the science of Alzheimer’s. As you listen, you’ll discover answers to the most common questions patients and caregivers have about its prevention and treatment.  You will learn practical ways to defend your brain against Alzheimer’s while improving memory and cognition. Combining his deep understanding of new studies and firsthand experience treating thousands of patients, Dr. Isaacson provides you with a straightforward guide to your mental health. Throughout, you will receive actionable guidance as you learn more about the disease and assess your own risk factors.  Importantly, modern science suggests that there are certain traits that may increase your chances of developing Alzheimer’s. But there are also ways you can reduce your chances of developing the disease. Armed with knowledge of the latest research, you can take early action to benefit your own brain health today. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1dd1e89546d4cf92cc69b9ac567b748c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Critical Thinking: How to Effectively Reason, Understand Irrationality, and Make Better Decisions by Stuart Vyse</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/critical-thinking-how-to-effectively-reason-understand-irrationality-and-make-better-decisions-by-stuart-vyse--65130448</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431275" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431275</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking: How to Effectively Reason, Understand Irrationality, and Make Better Decisions Author: Stuart Vyse Narrator: Stuart Vyse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: September  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 184   Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 16 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Stuart Vyse, Ph.D., is the author of Believing in Magic: The Psychology of Superstition, which received the William James Book Award of the American Psychological Association. A celebrated psychologist and professor as well as a recognized author, he is the perfect guide for this audio series on the power of superstition. This wide-ranging course reveals the method to our madness in everything from finances to Friday the 13th. An expert on irrational behavior, Prof. Vyse discusses what it means to be rational before delving into the many reasoning errors and psychological challenges that lead us astray. In 15 lectures, you will learn to identify the logical fallacies and quirks of our psychology that tempt us to make unwise decisions. While the course is based in theory, it's also teeming with practical advice. You'll examine several popular conspiracy theories before exploring the remarkable staying power of common "bad luck" superstitions: How did these superstitions come to be? Is it always bad to be irrational? At what point do our beliefs veer into the territory of wishful thinking or willful ignorance?  Packed with fun examples and everyday pointers, this course leaves you thinking long and hard about how you think. With Prof. Vyse's guidance, you'll learn to better understand your beliefs and make better decisions. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431275</guid><pubDate>Wed, 05 Sep 2018 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130448/9781632517777.mp3" length="2437185" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431275 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking: How to Effectively Reason, Understand Irrationality, and Make Better Decisions Author: Stuart Vyse Narrator: Stuart Vyse Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431275" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431275</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking: How to Effectively Reason, Understand Irrationality, and Make Better Decisions Author: Stuart Vyse Narrator: Stuart Vyse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 5 minutes Release date: September  5, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 184   Ratings of Narrator: 4.13 of Total 16 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Stuart Vyse, Ph.D., is the author of Believing in Magic: The Psychology of Superstition, which received the William James Book Award of the American Psychological Association. A celebrated psychologist and professor as well as a recognized author, he is the perfect guide for this audio series on the power of superstition. This wide-ranging course reveals the method to our madness in everything from finances to Friday the 13th. An expert on irrational behavior, Prof. Vyse discusses what it means to be rational before delving into the many reasoning errors and psychological challenges that lead us astray. In 15 lectures, you will learn to identify the logical fallacies and quirks of our psychology that tempt us to make unwise decisions. While the course is based in theory, it's also teeming with practical advice. You'll examine several popular conspiracy theories before exploring the remarkable staying power of common "bad luck" superstitions: How did these superstitions come to be? Is it always bad to be irrational? At what point do our beliefs veer into the territory of wishful thinking or willful ignorance?  Packed with fun examples and everyday pointers, this course leaves you thinking long and hard about how you think. With Prof. Vyse's guidance, you'll learn to better understand your beliefs and make better decisions. This course is part of the Learn25 collection.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f53f3417fd8610488373e80065145c50.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>101 Essays That Will Change The Way You Think by Brianna Wiest</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/101-essays-that-will-change-the-way-you-think-by-brianna-wiest--65130483</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Essays That Will Change The Way You Think Author: Brianna Wiest Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 354   Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 25 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Over the past few years, Brianna Wiest has gained renown for her deeply moving, philosophical writing. This new compilation of her published work features pieces on why you should pursue purpose over passion, embrace negative thinking, see the wisdom in daily routine, and become aware of the cognitive biases that are creating the way you see your life. Some of these pieces have never been seen; others have been read by millions of people around the world. Regardless, each will leave you thinking: this idea changed my life. Disclaimer: This audiobook contains explicit language.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Aug 2018 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130483/9781977386861.mp3" length="14437261" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Essays That Will Change The Way You Think Author: Brianna Wiest Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/347729</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 101 Essays That Will Change The Way You Think Author: Brianna Wiest Narrator: Abby Craden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 21, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.18 of Total 354   Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 25 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Over the past few years, Brianna Wiest has gained renown for her deeply moving, philosophical writing. This new compilation of her published work features pieces on why you should pursue purpose over passion, embrace negative thinking, see the wisdom in daily routine, and become aware of the cognitive biases that are creating the way you see your life. Some of these pieces have never been seen; others have been read by millions of people around the world. Regardless, each will leave you thinking: this idea changed my life. Disclaimer: This audiobook contains explicit language.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bc2bbacfd87aad4e23b448ee1e739d30.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Age in Place: A Guide to Modifying, Organizing, and Decluttering Mom and Dad’s Home; Keep Them Safe, Keep You Safe by Lynda G. Shrager</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/age-in-place-a-guide-to-modifying-organizing-and-decluttering-mom-and-dad-s-home-keep-them-safe-keep-you-safe-by-lynda-g-shrager--65130478</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342153" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342153</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Age in Place: A Guide to Modifying, Organizing, and Decluttering Mom and Dad’s Home; Keep Them Safe, Keep You Safe Author: Lynda G. Shrager Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Filled with clear and practical solutions, this step-by-step, room-by-room guide to simple home modifications helps seniors make their homes safer and easier to navigate. Lynda Shrager is a registered board-certified occupational therapist, a master’s-level social worker, and a certified aging-in-place specialist (CAPS) with more than thirty-seven years’ experience in the field of geriatrics and more than thirteen years working with seniors in their homes. It is this mix of qualifications and experience that makes her an expert in adapting environments to increase patient safety and independence. Age in Place is designed to help seniors and their caregivers address these new challenges together and make life at home safer, more manageable, and less stressful for all. Age in Place features the following:  A room-by-room walk-through to evaluate and modify safetyRecommendations for the best home medical equipmentWhere to obtain services and additional helpful resourcesA check list for listeners to complete their own walk-through, with a quick and easy guide to making each space safe and manageableOccupational therapy tips in “Hacks for Health and Home” sections at the end of each chapterA “Vital Documents Guide” for easy retrieval of important papers in case of an emergency]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342153</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Jul 2018 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130478/9781982558024.mp3" length="1478228" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342153 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Age in Place: A Guide to Modifying, Organizing, and Decluttering Mom and Dad’s Home; Keep Them Safe, Keep You Safe Author: Lynda G. Shrager Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342153" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/342153</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Age in Place: A Guide to Modifying, Organizing, and Decluttering Mom and Dad’s Home; Keep Them Safe, Keep You Safe Author: Lynda G. Shrager Narrator: Marguerite Gavin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: July 31, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Filled with clear and practical solutions, this step-by-step, room-by-room guide to simple home modifications helps seniors make their homes safer and easier to navigate. Lynda Shrager is a registered board-certified occupational therapist, a master’s-level social worker, and a certified aging-in-place specialist (CAPS) with more than thirty-seven years’ experience in the field of geriatrics and more than thirteen years working with seniors in their homes. It is this mix of qualifications and experience that makes her an expert in adapting environments to increase patient safety and independence. Age in Place is designed to help seniors and their caregivers address these new challenges together and make life at home safer, more manageable, and less stressful for all. Age in Place features the following:  A room-by-room walk-through to evaluate and modify safetyRecommendations for the best home medical equipmentWhere to obtain services and additional helpful resourcesA check list for listeners to complete their own walk-through, with a quick and easy guide to making each space safe and manageableOccupational therapy tips in “Hacks for Health and Home” sections at the end of each chapterA “Vital Documents Guide” for easy retrieval of important papers in case of an emergency]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/03c6da7e1fdcc53d49ab7629b63427c0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Save the Cat! by Blake Snyder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/save-the-cat-by-blake-snyder--65130465</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333089" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333089</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Save the Cat! Author: Blake Snyder Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 28   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Here's what started the phenomenon: the bestseller, for over fifteen years, that's been used by screenwriters around the world! Blake Snyder tells all in this fast, funny, and candid look inside the movie business. Save the Cat is just one of many ironclad rules for making your ideas more marketable and your script more satisfying, others include these: •The four elements of every winning logline •The seven immutable laws of screenplay physics •The ten genres that every movie ever made can be categorized by-and why they're important to your script •Why your hero must serve your idea •Mastering the fifteen beats •Creating the Perfect Beast by using The Board to map forty scenes with conflict and emotional change •How to get back on track with proven rules for script repair This ultimate insider's guide reveals the secrets that none dare admit, told by a showbiz veteran who's proven that you can sell your script if you can save the cat.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333089</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 May 2018 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130465/9781666601558.mp3" length="1477497" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Save the Cat! Author: Blake Snyder Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333089" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/333089</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Save the Cat! Author: Blake Snyder Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 29, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 28   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Here's what started the phenomenon: the bestseller, for over fifteen years, that's been used by screenwriters around the world! Blake Snyder tells all in this fast, funny, and candid look inside the movie business. Save the Cat is just one of many ironclad rules for making your ideas more marketable and your script more satisfying, others include these: •The four elements of every winning logline •The seven immutable laws of screenplay physics •The ten genres that every movie ever made can be categorized by-and why they're important to your script •Why your hero must serve your idea •Mastering the fifteen beats •Creating the Perfect Beast by using The Board to map forty scenes with conflict and emotional change •How to get back on track with proven rules for script repair This ultimate insider's guide reveals the secrets that none dare admit, told by a showbiz veteran who's proven that you can sell your script if you can save the cat.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4fff2a229ace5534dcc6c23bede9a9b4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Strength in Stillness: The Power of Transcendental Meditation by Bob Roth</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/strength-in-stillness-the-power-of-transcendental-meditation-by-bob-roth--65130464</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323760" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323760</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strength in Stillness: The Power of Transcendental Meditation Author: Bob Roth Narrator: Bob Roth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: February  8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Bob Roth is one of the world's most sought-after teachers of Transcendental Meditation – a highly effective form of meditation that goes beyond mindfulness to produce a deeper and long-lasting sense of peace.  Praise for Bob Roth and Strength in Stillness:  'A masterclass. I love meditation, and I love this book.' ARIANNA HUFFINGTON   'Bob Roth taught me to meditate. This book will guide you to peace.' RUSSELL BRAND  'Bob Roth's Strength in Stillness is so needed right now. It will enhance our lives.' STELLA MCCARTNEY  'I am one-thousand per cent better when I do it. Meditation Bob: He's got it!' OPRAH WINFREY  'The most engaging guide to a technique I have come to rely on.' GWYNETH PALTROW   'It is the only time I have that stillness. I just love it so much.' ELLEN DEGENERES  Every day we face a growing epidemic of stress. People of every race, age and income all make the same confession: 'I am so stressed'. There is a simple practice that dramatically changes how we respond to life's stresses: the Transcendental Meditation technique. With scientifically proven benefits, improved focus, sleep, resilience, creativity and memory, this method has a direct impact.   For nearly five decades, Bob Roth has helped bring Transcendental Meditation to millions of people around the world – in 35 countries across Europe, North and South America, Asia and Africa. Once a sceptic, he learned the art from Maharishi Mahesh Yogi, the foremost scientist of consciousness and meditation.      As Co-Founder and Executive Director of the David Lynch Foundation, Bob teaches frequently at inner-city schools, veterans' hospitals, battered women's shelters, homeless shelters and prisons. Bob is also the go-to meditation teacher for leading figures in the worlds of media and business.   Beautifully presented, Strength in Stillness is a simple, classic guide to calming your mind and body.   Further praise for Strength in Stillness: 'Bob's really helped us and our son, who was a stressed, anxious kid' HUGH JACKMAN   'I can't say enough about Bob Roth and TM. Stillness, true stillness, of both mind and body, is a gift.' MICHAEL J. FOX  'Transcendental Meditation is the single most important reason for any success I have had in my life. Strength in Stillness masterfully distills the essence of this technique.' RAY DALIO]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323760</guid><pubDate>Thu, 08 Feb 2018 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130464/9781471173974.mp3" length="1478212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323760 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strength in Stillness: The Power of Transcendental Meditation Author: Bob Roth Narrator: Bob Roth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323760" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/323760</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strength in Stillness: The Power of Transcendental Meditation Author: Bob Roth Narrator: Bob Roth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: February  8, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.25 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Bob Roth is one of the world's most sought-after teachers of Transcendental Meditation – a highly effective form of meditation that goes beyond mindfulness to produce a deeper and long-lasting sense of peace.  Praise for Bob Roth and Strength in Stillness:  'A masterclass. I love meditation, and I love this book.' ARIANNA HUFFINGTON   'Bob Roth taught me to meditate. This book will guide you to peace.' RUSSELL BRAND  'Bob Roth's Strength in Stillness is so needed right now. It will enhance our lives.' STELLA MCCARTNEY  'I am one-thousand per cent better when I do it. Meditation Bob: He's got it!' OPRAH WINFREY  'The most engaging guide to a technique I have come to rely on.' GWYNETH PALTROW   'It is the only time I have that stillness. I just love it so much.' ELLEN DEGENERES  Every day we face a growing epidemic of stress. People of every race, age and income all make the same confession: 'I am so stressed'. There is a simple practice that dramatically changes how we respond to life's stresses: the Transcendental Meditation technique. With scientifically proven benefits, improved focus, sleep, resilience, creativity and memory, this method has a direct impact.   For nearly five decades, Bob Roth has helped bring Transcendental Meditation to millions of people around the world – in 35 countries across Europe, North and South America, Asia and Africa. Once a sceptic, he learned the art from Maharishi Mahesh Yogi, the foremost scientist of consciousness and meditation.      As Co-Founder and Executive Director of the David Lynch Foundation, Bob teaches frequently at inner-city schools, veterans' hospitals, battered women's shelters, homeless shelters and prisons. Bob is also the go-to meditation teacher for leading figures in the worlds of media and business.   Beautifully presented, Strength in Stillness is a simple, classic guide to calming your mind and body.   Further praise for Strength in Stillness: 'Bob's really helped us and our son, who was a stressed, anxious kid' HUGH JACKMAN   'I can't say enough about Bob Roth and TM. Stillness, true stillness, of both mind and body, is a gift.' MICHAEL J. FOX  'Transcendental Meditation is the single most important reason for any success I have had in my life. Strength in Stillness masterfully distills the essence of this technique.' RAY DALIO]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/12c369ddc77dfb6018e6299bc68068c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, &amp; Endorphin Levels by Loretta Graziano Breuning</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/habits-of-a-happy-brain-retrain-your-brain-to-boost-your-serotonin-dopamine-oxytocin-endorphin-levels-by-loretta-graziano-breuning--65130406</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, &amp; Endorphin Levels Author: Loretta Graziano Breuning Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: December  5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A revolutionary approach to enhancing your happiness level! Get ready to boost your happiness in just 45 days! Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to retrain your brain to turn on the chemicals that make you happy. Each page offers simple activities that help you understand the roles of your “happy chemicals”—serotonin, dopamine, oxytocin, and endorphin. You’ll also learn how to build new habits by rerouting the electricity in your brain to flow down a new pathway, making it even easier to trigger these happy chemicals and increase feelings of satisfaction when you need them most. Filled with dozens of exercises that will help you reprogram your brain, Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to live a happier, healthier life!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Dec 2017 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130406/9781508244547.mp3" length="1478310" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, &amp;amp; Endorphin Levels Author: Loretta Graziano Breuning...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/311537</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Habits of a Happy Brain: Retrain Your Brain to Boost Your Serotonin, Dopamine, Oxytocin, &amp; Endorphin Levels Author: Loretta Graziano Breuning Narrator: Amanda Carlin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 55 minutes Release date: December  5, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  A revolutionary approach to enhancing your happiness level! Get ready to boost your happiness in just 45 days! Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to retrain your brain to turn on the chemicals that make you happy. Each page offers simple activities that help you understand the roles of your “happy chemicals”—serotonin, dopamine, oxytocin, and endorphin. You’ll also learn how to build new habits by rerouting the electricity in your brain to flow down a new pathway, making it even easier to trigger these happy chemicals and increase feelings of satisfaction when you need them most. Filled with dozens of exercises that will help you reprogram your brain, Habits of a Happy Brain shows you how to live a happier, healthier life!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f37ec571d788a8299847dfeb8346b87e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Art of Stopping Time by Pedram Shojai</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-stopping-time-by-pedram-shojai--65130462</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306793" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306793</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Stopping Time Author: Pedram Shojai Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Art of Stopping Time by Pedram Shojai, read by John Sackville. The Art of Stopping Time guides the reader through 100 practices to help busy people practice mindfulness and a slowing of time wherever they might be: in the shower, sitting in traffic, or dealing with an overflowing inbox.  Our perception of the scarcity of time is coupled with the epidemic of stress in the modern world and, when we don't have a positive connection with the flow of time, we lack purpose as well as develop health problems. The Art of Stopping Time offers specific meditations to empower the reader to feel like they have MORE time, even though they are probably busier than ever. The book is based on the concept of a 100-Day Gong - an ancient Chinese technique for forming new habits over 100 days which the reader can simply work into their daily life. As the author explains, 'A Gong is a dedicated act of self-love and by practising these small but profound changes we are snapped out of our daily trance into the light of awareness, where we find peace and joy.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306793</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Oct 2017 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130462/9781405935968.mp3" length="2437258" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306793 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Stopping Time Author: Pedram Shojai Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306793" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/306793</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of Stopping Time Author: Pedram Shojai Narrator: John Sackville Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 24, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Art of Stopping Time by Pedram Shojai, read by John Sackville. The Art of Stopping Time guides the reader through 100 practices to help busy people practice mindfulness and a slowing of time wherever they might be: in the shower, sitting in traffic, or dealing with an overflowing inbox.  Our perception of the scarcity of time is coupled with the epidemic of stress in the modern world and, when we don't have a positive connection with the flow of time, we lack purpose as well as develop health problems. The Art of Stopping Time offers specific meditations to empower the reader to feel like they have MORE time, even though they are probably busier than ever. The book is based on the concept of a 100-Day Gong - an ancient Chinese technique for forming new habits over 100 days which the reader can simply work into their daily life. As the author explains, 'A Gong is a dedicated act of self-love and by practising these small but profound changes we are snapped out of our daily trance into the light of awareness, where we find peace and joy.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4a5ae260eb20704f0bdf66dac5a1ce16.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Keto Reset Diet: Reboot Your Metabolism in 21 Days and Burn Fat Forever by Mark Sisson, Brad Kearns</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-keto-reset-diet-reboot-your-metabolism-in-21-days-and-burn-fat-forever-by-mark-sisson-brad-kearns--65130479</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302132" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302132</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Keto Reset Diet: Reboot Your Metabolism in 21 Days and Burn Fat Forever Author: Mark Sisson, Brad Kearns Narrator: Brad Kearns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: October  3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 94   Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 14 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Mark Sisson—author of the mega-bestseller The Primal Blueprint—unveils his groundbreaking ketogenic diet plan that resets your metabolism in 21 days so you can burn fat forever. Mounting scientific research is confirming that eating a ketogenic diet could represent one of the greatest nutritional breakthroughs of our time—and that it might be the healthiest and most effective weight loss strategy ever. Going “keto” by eating high fat, low-to-moderate protein and low-carb foods enables you to break free from the disastrous effects of carbohydrate dependency by resetting your metabolism and promoting metabolic flexibility—where your body learns to burns fat instead of sugar for energy, even when you go off plan.    Unlike many other ketogenic programs that require challenging restrictions and deprivation or offer misinformation, Mark Sisson, bestselling author of The Primal Blueprint and publisher of the #1 paleo blog MarksDailyApple.com, presents a unique two-step, scientifically validated approach for going keto the right way.  He first reveals the real secret to rapid and sustained weight loss, which is in becoming 'fat-adapted' before entering full nutritional ketosis. This process allows your body to learn to burn fat more efficiently, resulting in increased and sustained weight loss over the long-term.  It takes as little as 21-days to reprogram your metabolism to burn fat for fuel, by ditching processed grains, sugars, and refined vegetable oils in favor of nutrient-dense, high fat, primal/paleo foods--and you'll see immediate results. Next, you’ll fine-tune with Intermittent Fasting and then foray into full ketogenic eating for a further weight loss boost and improved health.   With The Keto Reset Diet, you can eat to total satisfaction by enjoying rich, high-satiety foods, and even weather occasional slip-ups. You’ll use keto as a lifelong tool to stay trim, healthy, energetic, and free from the disastrous health conditions caused by the typical American diet. With step-by-step guidance, daily meal plans and a recipe section with over 100 delicious keto-friendly recipes, this is the definitive guide to help the keto-beginner or the experienced health enthusiast understand the what, why, and how to succeed with ketogenic eating. Includes a PDF of Charts, Menu Plans, and Recipes]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302132</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Oct 2017 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130479/9780525524861.mp3" length="4837064" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302132 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Keto Reset Diet: Reboot Your Metabolism in 21 Days and Burn Fat Forever Author: Mark Sisson, Brad Kearns Narrator: Brad Kearns Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302132" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302132</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Keto Reset Diet: Reboot Your Metabolism in 21 Days and Burn Fat Forever Author: Mark Sisson, Brad Kearns Narrator: Brad Kearns Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 22 minutes Release date: October  3, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 94   Ratings of Narrator: 4.36 of Total 14 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Mark Sisson—author of the mega-bestseller The Primal Blueprint—unveils his groundbreaking ketogenic diet plan that resets your metabolism in 21 days so you can burn fat forever. Mounting scientific research is confirming that eating a ketogenic diet could represent one of the greatest nutritional breakthroughs of our time—and that it might be the healthiest and most effective weight loss strategy ever. Going “keto” by eating high fat, low-to-moderate protein and low-carb foods enables you to break free from the disastrous effects of carbohydrate dependency by resetting your metabolism and promoting metabolic flexibility—where your body learns to burns fat instead of sugar for energy, even when you go off plan.    Unlike many other ketogenic programs that require challenging restrictions and deprivation or offer misinformation, Mark Sisson, bestselling author of The Primal Blueprint and publisher of the #1 paleo blog MarksDailyApple.com, presents a unique two-step, scientifically validated approach for going keto the right way.  He first reveals the real secret to rapid and sustained weight loss, which is in becoming 'fat-adapted' before entering full nutritional ketosis. This process allows your body to learn to burn fat more efficiently, resulting in increased and sustained weight loss over the long-term.  It takes as little as 21-days to reprogram your metabolism to burn fat for fuel, by ditching processed grains, sugars, and refined vegetable oils in favor of nutrient-dense, high fat, primal/paleo foods--and you'll see immediate results. Next, you’ll fine-tune with Intermittent Fasting and then foray into full ketogenic eating for a further weight loss boost and improved health.   With The Keto Reset Diet, you can eat to total satisfaction by enjoying rich, high-satiety foods, and even weather occasional slip-ups. You’ll use keto as a lifelong tool to stay trim, healthy, energetic, and free from the disastrous health conditions caused by the typical American diet. With step-by-step guidance, daily meal plans and a recipe section with over 100 delicious keto-friendly recipes, this is the definitive guide to help the keto-beginner or the experienced health enthusiast understand the what, why, and how to succeed with ketogenic eating. Includes a PDF of Charts, Menu Plans, and Recipes]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2f1714ba06fda3400831f61635317ada.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ikigai: The Japanese secret to a long and happy life by Francesc Miralles, Héctor García</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ikigai-the-japanese-secret-to-a-long-and-happy-life-by-francesc-miralles-hector-garcia--65130473</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302448" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302448</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ikigai: The Japanese secret to a long and happy life Author: Francesc Miralles, Héctor García Narrator: Naoko Mori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER We all have an ikigai. It's the Japanese word for 'a reason to live' or 'a reason to jump out of bed in the morning'.  It's the place where your needs, desires, ambitions, and satisfaction meet. A place of balance. Small wonder that finding your ikigai is closely linked to living longer. Finding your ikigai is easier than you might think. This audiobook will help you work out what your own ikigai really is, and equip you to change your life. You have a purpose in this world: your skills, your interests, your desires and your history have made you the perfect candidate for something. All you have to do is find it. Do that, and you can make every single day of your life joyful and meaningful. 'I read it and it's bewitched me ever since. I'm spellbound.'  Chris Evans 'Ikigai gently unlocks simple secrets we can all use to live long, meaningful, happy lives. Science-based studies weave beautifully into honest, straight-talking conversation you won't be able to put down. Warm, patient, and kind, this book pulls you gently along your own journey rather than pushing you from behind.'Neil Pasricha, bestselling author of The Happiness Equation © Héctor García and Francesc Miralles 2017 (P) Penguin Audio 2017]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302448</guid><pubDate>Thu, 14 Sep 2017 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130473/9781473554030.mp3" length="2437262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302448 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ikigai: The Japanese secret to a long and happy life Author: Francesc Miralles, Héctor García Narrator: Naoko Mori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302448" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302448</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ikigai: The Japanese secret to a long and happy life Author: Francesc Miralles, Héctor García Narrator: Naoko Mori Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 23 minutes Release date: September 14, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 25   Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 9 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. THE INTERNATIONAL BESTSELLER We all have an ikigai. It's the Japanese word for 'a reason to live' or 'a reason to jump out of bed in the morning'.  It's the place where your needs, desires, ambitions, and satisfaction meet. A place of balance. Small wonder that finding your ikigai is closely linked to living longer. Finding your ikigai is easier than you might think. This audiobook will help you work out what your own ikigai really is, and equip you to change your life. You have a purpose in this world: your skills, your interests, your desires and your history have made you the perfect candidate for something. All you have to do is find it. Do that, and you can make every single day of your life joyful and meaningful. 'I read it and it's bewitched me ever since. I'm spellbound.'  Chris Evans 'Ikigai gently unlocks simple secrets we can all use to live long, meaningful, happy lives. Science-based studies weave beautifully into honest, straight-talking conversation you won't be able to put down. Warm, patient, and kind, this book pulls you gently along your own journey rather than pushing you from behind.'Neil Pasricha, bestselling author of The Happiness Equation © Héctor García and Francesc Miralles 2017 (P) Penguin Audio 2017]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/77c98260f9da364d9349cb8ba566a0df.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Can I Speak to Someone in Charge? by Emily Clarkson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/can-i-speak-to-someone-in-charge-by-emily-clarkson--65130486</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303470" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303470</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can I Speak to Someone in Charge? Author: Emily Clarkson Narrator: Emily Clarkson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 24, 2017 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  ‘JUST IMAGINE IF WE, THE NORMAL GIRLS, STOOD UNITED AS AN ENORMOUS, HYSTERICAL AND PROUD ARMY. WE WOULD BE UNSTOPPABLE.’  ‘A fresh, modern take on feminism and life from one of the most compelling voices of her generation’ JANE MOORE   ‘A stirring call to action’ KATIE SPICER    Read with gumption, fearlessness and sharp wit, Can I Speak to Someone in Charge? is a window into the ridiculous ideologies and the absurd expectations that shape the lives of modern women. In a series of open letters, Emily Clarkson addresses all manner of subjects, from body hair to Facebook friends to the perils of wearing Lycra. She unpicks the validity of notions such as ‘the thigh gap’; questions the quotidian scrutiny by the media; ponders the etymology of the term ‘plus size’ and considers our unshakeable obsession with dieting, while wondering why some of us are still crying in changing rooms.  Full of vital life lessons, outrageous confessions and poignant reflections, Can I Speak to Someone in Charge? is a love letter to women everywhere; reminding us that being strong, being kind and being yourself is really what ‘normal’ should be.   ‘Being asked to write a book was probably the best thing that’s happened to me – up until that point I was gravely concerned that my mum was the only person reading my blog. I hope this book will speak to a range of women, and men actually, I hope it will make people laugh, but more importantly I hope it will open people's eyes to the fact that we've got a lot to do if we want to make growing up in a good and kind world a possibility for our daughters.’ Emily Clarkson]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303470</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2017 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130486/9781471170874.mp3" length="1478258" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303470 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can I Speak to Someone in Charge? Author: Emily Clarkson Narrator: Emily Clarkson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303470" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/303470</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can I Speak to Someone in Charge? Author: Emily Clarkson Narrator: Emily Clarkson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: August 24, 2017 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  ‘JUST IMAGINE IF WE, THE NORMAL GIRLS, STOOD UNITED AS AN ENORMOUS, HYSTERICAL AND PROUD ARMY. WE WOULD BE UNSTOPPABLE.’  ‘A fresh, modern take on feminism and life from one of the most compelling voices of her generation’ JANE MOORE   ‘A stirring call to action’ KATIE SPICER    Read with gumption, fearlessness and sharp wit, Can I Speak to Someone in Charge? is a window into the ridiculous ideologies and the absurd expectations that shape the lives of modern women. In a series of open letters, Emily Clarkson addresses all manner of subjects, from body hair to Facebook friends to the perils of wearing Lycra. She unpicks the validity of notions such as ‘the thigh gap’; questions the quotidian scrutiny by the media; ponders the etymology of the term ‘plus size’ and considers our unshakeable obsession with dieting, while wondering why some of us are still crying in changing rooms.  Full of vital life lessons, outrageous confessions and poignant reflections, Can I Speak to Someone in Charge? is a love letter to women everywhere; reminding us that being strong, being kind and being yourself is really what ‘normal’ should be.   ‘Being asked to write a book was probably the best thing that’s happened to me – up until that point I was gravely concerned that my mum was the only person reading my blog. I hope this book will speak to a range of women, and men actually, I hope it will make people laugh, but more importantly I hope it will open people's eyes to the fact that we've got a lot to do if we want to make growing up in a good and kind world a possibility for our daughters.’ Emily Clarkson]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/56d73dc51e8cb516e8e45c75a8ef9a53.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Ikigai: The Japanese Secret to a Long and Happy Life by Francesc Miralles, Hector Garcia</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ikigai-the-japanese-secret-to-a-long-and-happy-life-by-francesc-miralles-hector-garcia--65130434</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302005</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ikigai: The Japanese Secret to a Long and Happy Life Author: Francesc Miralles, Hector Garcia Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 213   Ratings of Narrator: 4.51 of Total 45 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  According to the Japanese, everyone has an ikigai—a reason for living. And according to the residents of the Japanese village with the world's longest-living people, finding it is the key to a happier and longer life. Having a strong sense of ikigai—the place where passion, mission, vocation, and profession intersect—means that each day is infused with meaning. It's the reason we get up in the morning. It's also the reason many Japanese never really retire (in fact there's no word in Japanese that means retire in the sense it does in English): They remain active and work at what they enjoy, because they've found a real purpose in life—the happiness of always being busy.   In researching this book, the authors interviewed the residents of the Japanese village with the highest percentage of 100-year-olds—one of the world's Blue Zones. Ikigai reveals the secrets to their longevity and happiness: how they eat, how they move, how they work, how they foster collaboration and community, and—their best-kept secret—how they find the ikigai that brings satisfaction to their lives. And it provides practical tools to help you discover your own ikigai. Because who doesn't want to find happiness in every day?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302005</guid><pubDate>Mon, 21 Aug 2017 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130434/9781469007434.mp3" length="1478238" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302005 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ikigai: The Japanese Secret to a Long and Happy Life Author: Francesc Miralles, Hector Garcia Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302005" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/302005</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ikigai: The Japanese Secret to a Long and Happy Life Author: Francesc Miralles, Hector Garcia Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 21, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 213   Ratings of Narrator: 4.51 of Total 45 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  According to the Japanese, everyone has an ikigai—a reason for living. And according to the residents of the Japanese village with the world's longest-living people, finding it is the key to a happier and longer life. Having a strong sense of ikigai—the place where passion, mission, vocation, and profession intersect—means that each day is infused with meaning. It's the reason we get up in the morning. It's also the reason many Japanese never really retire (in fact there's no word in Japanese that means retire in the sense it does in English): They remain active and work at what they enjoy, because they've found a real purpose in life—the happiness of always being busy.   In researching this book, the authors interviewed the residents of the Japanese village with the highest percentage of 100-year-olds—one of the world's Blue Zones. Ikigai reveals the secrets to their longevity and happiness: how they eat, how they move, how they work, how they foster collaboration and community, and—their best-kept secret—how they find the ikigai that brings satisfaction to their lives. And it provides practical tools to help you discover your own ikigai. Because who doesn't want to find happiness in every day?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/60927d34df09b41bd395e2eca060c489.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Total Competition: Lessons in Strategy from Formula One by Ross Brawn, Adam Parr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/total-competition-lessons-in-strategy-from-formula-one-by-ross-brawn-adam-parr--65130482</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300229" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300229</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Competition: Lessons in Strategy from Formula One Author: Ross Brawn, Adam Parr Narrator: Adam Parr, Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'A must-have insight into the awe-inspiring career of a true motor racing great' Daily Express  Total Competition is the most compelling, comprehensive and revealing insight into what it takes to get to the top in Formula One that has ever been published.   Across four decades, Ross Brawn was one of the most innovative and successful technical directors and then team principals in Formula One. Leading Benetton, Ferrari, Honda, Brawn and Mercedes, he worked with drivers such as Michael Schumacher, Jenson Button and Lewis Hamilton to make them world champions. In 2017, he was appointed F1's managing director, motor sports, by the sport's new owners Liberty Media. Now, in this fascinating book written with Adam Parr (who was CEO and then chairman of Williams for five years), he looks back over his career and methods to assess how he did it, and where occasionally he got things wrong.  Total Competition is a definitive portrait of modern motorsport. In the book, Brawn and Parr explore the unique pressures of Formula One, their battles with Bernie Ecclestone, and the cut-throat world they inhabited, where coming second is never good enough. This book will appeal not only to the millions of Formula One fans who want to understand how Brawn operates, it will also provide many lessons in how to achieve your own business goals.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300229</guid><pubDate>Thu, 10 Aug 2017 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130482/9781471168833.mp3" length="1478232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300229 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Competition: Lessons in Strategy from Formula One Author: Ross Brawn, Adam Parr Narrator: Adam Parr, Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300229" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/300229</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Competition: Lessons in Strategy from Formula One Author: Ross Brawn, Adam Parr Narrator: Adam Parr, Peter Noble Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 10, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 6   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  'A must-have insight into the awe-inspiring career of a true motor racing great' Daily Express  Total Competition is the most compelling, comprehensive and revealing insight into what it takes to get to the top in Formula One that has ever been published.   Across four decades, Ross Brawn was one of the most innovative and successful technical directors and then team principals in Formula One. Leading Benetton, Ferrari, Honda, Brawn and Mercedes, he worked with drivers such as Michael Schumacher, Jenson Button and Lewis Hamilton to make them world champions. In 2017, he was appointed F1's managing director, motor sports, by the sport's new owners Liberty Media. Now, in this fascinating book written with Adam Parr (who was CEO and then chairman of Williams for five years), he looks back over his career and methods to assess how he did it, and where occasionally he got things wrong.  Total Competition is a definitive portrait of modern motorsport. In the book, Brawn and Parr explore the unique pressures of Formula One, their battles with Bernie Ecclestone, and the cut-throat world they inhabited, where coming second is never good enough. This book will appeal not only to the millions of Formula One fans who want to understand how Brawn operates, it will also provide many lessons in how to achieve your own business goals.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6b5fc40ac5bfd5bb3f8ff7bcbe44d78b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Think and Grow Rich by Napoleon Hill</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/think-and-grow-rich-by-napoleon-hill--65130470</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410502" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410502</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think and Grow Rich Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Russ Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: August  1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 81   Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 12 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Think and Grow Rich is a motivational personal development and selfhelp book written by Napoleon Hill and inspired by a suggestion from ScottishAmerican businessman Andrew Carnegie. While the title implies that this book deals only with how to achieve monetary wealth, the author explains that the philosophy taught in the book can be used to help individuals do or be almost anything they want in this world. For instance, Jim Murray (sportswriter) wrote that Think and Grow Rich was credited for Ken Norton's boxing upset of Muhammad Ali in 1973. The book was first published in 1937 during the Great Depression. At the time of Hill's death in 1970, Think and Grow Rich had sold 20 million copies. It remains the biggest seller of Napoleon Hill's books  a perennial bestseller after 70 years (BusinessWeek Magazine's BestSeller List ranked Think and Grow Rich as the sixth bestselling paperback business book 70 years after it was first published). Think and Grow Rich is listed in John C. Maxwell's A Lifetime Must Read Books List. - -]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410502</guid><pubDate>Mon, 01 Aug 2016 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130470/9788711675861.mp3" length="2437157" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410502 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think and Grow Rich Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Russ Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: August  1,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410502" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/410502</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think and Grow Rich Author: Napoleon Hill Narrator: Russ Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: August  1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.31 of Total 81   Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 12 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Think and Grow Rich is a motivational personal development and selfhelp book written by Napoleon Hill and inspired by a suggestion from ScottishAmerican businessman Andrew Carnegie. While the title implies that this book deals only with how to achieve monetary wealth, the author explains that the philosophy taught in the book can be used to help individuals do or be almost anything they want in this world. For instance, Jim Murray (sportswriter) wrote that Think and Grow Rich was credited for Ken Norton's boxing upset of Muhammad Ali in 1973. The book was first published in 1937 during the Great Depression. At the time of Hill's death in 1970, Think and Grow Rich had sold 20 million copies. It remains the biggest seller of Napoleon Hill's books  a perennial bestseller after 70 years (BusinessWeek Magazine's BestSeller List ranked Think and Grow Rich as the sixth bestselling paperback business book 70 years after it was first published). Think and Grow Rich is listed in John C. Maxwell's A Lifetime Must Read Books List. - -]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b69b9d17a64577be6a7bf171d9f93480.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance by Angela Duckworth</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/grit-the-power-of-passion-and-perseverance-by-angela-duckworth--65130431</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance Author: Angela Duckworth Narrator: Angela Duckworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: May  5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 48   Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 15 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Why do naturally talented people frequently fail to reach their potential while other far less gifted individuals go on to achieve amazing things? The secret to outstanding achievement is not talent, but a passionate persistence. In other words, grit. MacArthur Genius Award-winning psychologist Angela Duckworth shares fascinating new revelations about who succeeds in life and why. Based on her cutting-edge research, Duckworth shows how many people achieve remarkable things not just by relying on innate natural talent, but by practising what she calls grit. She then offers a Grit Formula to help anyone to become more gritty, focusing on six key factors: hope, effort, precision, passion, ritual and prioritisation. She reveals: - Why people who test high for talent often fail to achieve their potential, and why people who do not test high for talent often 'overachieve' what others expect them to do - How grit can be learned, whatever your IQ or circumstances - Why stubbornness is a key characteristic of gritty people - When to be stubborn and when giving up is the grittiest thing you can do - How gritty people found their passion, and you can find yours - How gritty experts practise, and how you can do the same in your own life - What the people who care about you can do to boost your grit when you need it most - How grit is cultivated in the highest-performing sports teams, companies and schools Leaping past clichés such as 'success is all about hard work', Grit offers a fresh and motivating way to climb to heights far beyond what natural talent would predict.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824</guid><pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2016 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130431/9781473529373.mp3" length="2437059" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance Author: Angela Duckworth Narrator: Angela Duckworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262824</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance Author: Angela Duckworth Narrator: Angela Duckworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: May  5, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 48   Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 15 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Why do naturally talented people frequently fail to reach their potential while other far less gifted individuals go on to achieve amazing things? The secret to outstanding achievement is not talent, but a passionate persistence. In other words, grit. MacArthur Genius Award-winning psychologist Angela Duckworth shares fascinating new revelations about who succeeds in life and why. Based on her cutting-edge research, Duckworth shows how many people achieve remarkable things not just by relying on innate natural talent, but by practising what she calls grit. She then offers a Grit Formula to help anyone to become more gritty, focusing on six key factors: hope, effort, precision, passion, ritual and prioritisation. She reveals: - Why people who test high for talent often fail to achieve their potential, and why people who do not test high for talent often 'overachieve' what others expect them to do - How grit can be learned, whatever your IQ or circumstances - Why stubbornness is a key characteristic of gritty people - When to be stubborn and when giving up is the grittiest thing you can do - How gritty people found their passion, and you can find yours - How gritty experts practise, and how you can do the same in your own life - What the people who care about you can do to boost your grit when you need it most - How grit is cultivated in the highest-performing sports teams, companies and schools Leaping past clichés such as 'success is all about hard work', Grit offers a fresh and motivating way to climb to heights far beyond what natural talent would predict.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f9a0691ff624ab41e5d20849d448c80d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Psycho-Cybernetics and Self-Fulfillment by Maxwell Maltz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/psycho-cybernetics-and-self-fulfillment-by-maxwell-maltz--65130490</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262797" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262797</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psycho-Cybernetics and Self-Fulfillment Series: Part of The Pscycho-Cybernetics Mastery Series Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: Matt Furey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: March  1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Maxwell Maltz was an American cosmetic surgeon and author of Psycho-Cybernetics, which was a system of ideas that he claimed could improve one's self-image. In turn, the person would lead a more successful and fulfilling life. He wrote several books, among which Psycho-Cybernetics was a long-time bestseller - influencing many subsequent self-help teachers. His orientation towards a system of ideas that would provide self-help is considered the forerunner of the now popular self-help books. The word cybernetic comes from the Greek for 'steersman', and in the modern sense usually refers to systems of control and communication in machines and animals: how, for instance, a computer or a mouse organises itself to achieve a task. Maltz applied the science to man to form psycho-cybernetics. However, while inspired by the development of sophisticated machines, his book denounced the idea that man can be reduced to a machine. Psycho-cybernetics bridges the gap between our mechanistic models of the brain's functioning (cliches like 'Your brain is a wonderful computer'), and the knowledge of ourselves as being a lot more than machine. Maltz's genius was in saying that while we were 'machines', and while the dynamics of goal-setting and self-image might best be described in mechanistic terms, the fantastic variety of our desires and our ability to create new worlds were uniquely human. What could never be reduced to machine analogies were the fires of imagination, ambition and will. In this book 'Psycho-Cybernetics and Self-Fulfillment', Dr. Maxwell Maltz teach about: Goals, Self Image, Happiness, and much more.  Read by Matt Furey, The President of The Psychocybernetics Foundation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262797</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2016 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130490/9781469004419.mp3" length="1478264" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262797 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psycho-Cybernetics and Self-Fulfillment Series: Part of The Pscycho-Cybernetics Mastery Series Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: Matt Furey Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262797" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/262797</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psycho-Cybernetics and Self-Fulfillment Series: Part of The Pscycho-Cybernetics Mastery Series Author: Maxwell Maltz Narrator: Matt Furey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: March  1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.68 of Total 19   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Maxwell Maltz was an American cosmetic surgeon and author of Psycho-Cybernetics, which was a system of ideas that he claimed could improve one's self-image. In turn, the person would lead a more successful and fulfilling life. He wrote several books, among which Psycho-Cybernetics was a long-time bestseller - influencing many subsequent self-help teachers. His orientation towards a system of ideas that would provide self-help is considered the forerunner of the now popular self-help books. The word cybernetic comes from the Greek for 'steersman', and in the modern sense usually refers to systems of control and communication in machines and animals: how, for instance, a computer or a mouse organises itself to achieve a task. Maltz applied the science to man to form psycho-cybernetics. However, while inspired by the development of sophisticated machines, his book denounced the idea that man can be reduced to a machine. Psycho-cybernetics bridges the gap between our mechanistic models of the brain's functioning (cliches like 'Your brain is a wonderful computer'), and the knowledge of ourselves as being a lot more than machine. Maltz's genius was in saying that while we were 'machines', and while the dynamics of goal-setting and self-image might best be described in mechanistic terms, the fantastic variety of our desires and our ability to create new worlds were uniquely human. What could never be reduced to machine analogies were the fires of imagination, ambition and will. In this book 'Psycho-Cybernetics and Self-Fulfillment', Dr. Maxwell Maltz teach about: Goals, Self Image, Happiness, and much more.  Read by Matt Furey, The President of The Psychocybernetics Foundation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f7b2ee486c51a19f4e6e54cf1024c966.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Finding Flow: The Psychology of Engagement with Everyday Life by Sean Pratt, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/finding-flow-the-psychology-of-engagement-with-everyday-life-by-sean-pratt-mihaly-csikszentmihalyi--65130477</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Flow: The Psychology of Engagement with Everyday Life Author: Sean Pratt, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: December  1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 38   Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 17 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Part psychological study, part self-help book, Finding Flow is a prescriptive guide that helps us reclaim ownership of our lives. Based on a far-reaching study of thousands of individuals, Finding Flow contends that we often walk through our days unaware and out of touch with our emotional lives. Our inattention makes us constantly bounce between two extremes: during much of the day we live filled with the anxiety and pressures of our work and obligations, while during our leisure moments, we tend to live in passive boredom. The key, according to Csikszentmihalyi, is to challenge ourselves with tasks requiring a high degree of skill and commitment. Instead of watching television, play the piano. Transform a routine task by taking a different approach. In short, learn the joy of complete engagement. Thought they appear simple, the lessons in Finding Flow are life-altering.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Dec 2015 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130477/9781469095394.mp3" length="1478220" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Flow: The Psychology of Engagement with Everyday Life Author: Sean Pratt, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/251265</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Finding Flow: The Psychology of Engagement with Everyday Life Author: Sean Pratt, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 6 minutes Release date: December  1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 38   Ratings of Narrator: 4.12 of Total 17 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Part psychological study, part self-help book, Finding Flow is a prescriptive guide that helps us reclaim ownership of our lives. Based on a far-reaching study of thousands of individuals, Finding Flow contends that we often walk through our days unaware and out of touch with our emotional lives. Our inattention makes us constantly bounce between two extremes: during much of the day we live filled with the anxiety and pressures of our work and obligations, while during our leisure moments, we tend to live in passive boredom. The key, according to Csikszentmihalyi, is to challenge ourselves with tasks requiring a high degree of skill and commitment. Instead of watching television, play the piano. Transform a routine task by taking a different approach. In short, learn the joy of complete engagement. Thought they appear simple, the lessons in Finding Flow are life-altering.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/40398990cb54eb581cad3e171ac1afcf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less by Greg McKeown</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/essentialism-the-disciplined-pursuit-of-less-by-greg-mckeown--65130450</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249688" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249688</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less Author: Greg McKeown Narrator: Greg McKeown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 27   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Have you ever found yourself struggling with information overload? Have you ever felt both overworked and underutilised? Do you ever feel busy but not productive? If you answered yes to any of these, the way out is to become an essentialist. In Essentialism, Greg McKeown, CEO of a leadership and strategy agency in Silicon Valley who has run courses at Apple, Google and Facebook, tells you how to achieve what he calls the disciplined pursuit of less. Being an essentialist is about a disciplined way of thinking. It means challenging the core assumptions of 'we can have it all' and 'I have to do everything' and replacing them with the pursuit of 'the right thing in the right way at the right time'. By applying a more selective criteria for what is essential, the pursuit of less allows us to regain control of our own choices so we can channel our time, energy and effort into making the highest possible contribution toward the goals and activities that matter. Using the experience and insight of working with the leaders of the most innovative companies and organisations in the world, McKeown narrates and tells you how to put Essentialism into practice in your own life, so you, too, can achieve something great. © Greg McKeown 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2015]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249688</guid><pubDate>Thu, 26 Nov 2015 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130450/9780753552025.mp3" length="2437141" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249688 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less Author: Greg McKeown Narrator: Greg McKeown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249688" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/249688</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Essentialism: The Disciplined Pursuit of Less Author: Greg McKeown Narrator: Greg McKeown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: November 26, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 27   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 9 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Have you ever found yourself struggling with information overload? Have you ever felt both overworked and underutilised? Do you ever feel busy but not productive? If you answered yes to any of these, the way out is to become an essentialist. In Essentialism, Greg McKeown, CEO of a leadership and strategy agency in Silicon Valley who has run courses at Apple, Google and Facebook, tells you how to achieve what he calls the disciplined pursuit of less. Being an essentialist is about a disciplined way of thinking. It means challenging the core assumptions of 'we can have it all' and 'I have to do everything' and replacing them with the pursuit of 'the right thing in the right way at the right time'. By applying a more selective criteria for what is essential, the pursuit of less allows us to regain control of our own choices so we can channel our time, energy and effort into making the highest possible contribution toward the goals and activities that matter. Using the experience and insight of working with the leaders of the most innovative companies and organisations in the world, McKeown narrates and tells you how to put Essentialism into practice in your own life, so you, too, can achieve something great. © Greg McKeown 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2015]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/52831629b9b4ff65f2a8dec27a6c9f00.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Feeling is the Secret by Neville Goddard</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/feeling-is-the-secret-by-neville-goddard--65130454</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236751" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236751</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling is the Secret Author: Neville Goddard Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: July  1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Your thoughts shape your life, create your reality, and ultimately limit or expand your true potential. Everything from relationships and love, to health and well-being, to wealth and prosperity are directly connected to how you think and what you think about most of the time. For better or for worse. A quick and easy read, Feeling is the Secret describes how our thoughts and feelings affect who we become and what we achieve. When we have the power to change them, we gain the power to change our circumstances, our health, and our life's purpose.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236751</guid><pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2015 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130454/9781469002729.mp3" length="1478250" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236751 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling is the Secret Author: Neville Goddard Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: July  1,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236751" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/236751</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling is the Secret Author: Neville Goddard Narrator: Mitch Horowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 45 minutes Release date: July  1, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 12   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 6 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Your thoughts shape your life, create your reality, and ultimately limit or expand your true potential. Everything from relationships and love, to health and well-being, to wealth and prosperity are directly connected to how you think and what you think about most of the time. For better or for worse. A quick and easy read, Feeling is the Secret describes how our thoughts and feelings affect who we become and what we achieve. When we have the power to change them, we gain the power to change our circumstances, our health, and our life's purpose.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/38273889a690dceba3c4e0f0fa372bff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Find the Right Therapy: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Psychodynamic Psychotherapy, Family Counseling, and Other Treatments That Work by Rebe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/find-the-right-therapy-cognitive-behavioral-therapy-psychodynamic-psychotherapy-family-counseling-and-other-treatments-that-work-by-rebe--65130428</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431303" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431303</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find the Right Therapy: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Psychodynamic Psychotherapy, Family Counseling, and Other Treatments That Work Author: Rebecca L. Shiner Narrator: Rebecca L. Shiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Have you considered psychotherapy, but aren't sure if it's right for you? Even if you've already decided to give it a try, it can be hard to choose among the many types of therapeutic approaches. Luckily, celebrated professor and psychology expert Rebecca Shiner can help. In this insightful audio series, Professor Shiner provides an in-depth look at some of the most effective therapies available today. This 15-lecture audio course gives you an insider's look at therapies that can help you make productive changes in your life. Earning a spot on the Princeton Review's Best 300 Professors list, Prof. Shiner has a gift for communicating complex ideas to a general audience. She is an elegant and natural speaker who shows great sensitivity in discussing difficult topics. Prof. Shiner's course serves as an orientation to five proven schools of treatment:  Psychodynamic Experiential Cognitive Family systems After taking a thorough look at individual therapies, you will explore current research demonstrating therapy's benefits and discuss why it is an effective treatment for so many. You will conclude by looking at the future directions and current debates in the field. Throughout the series, you'll be in good hands with Prof. Shiner, whose exhaustive knowledge is complemented by her gentle approach. If you or someone you know is looking to make lasting positive life changes, this course is a must-listen. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431303</guid><pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2015 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130428/9781632517708.mp3" length="2437181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431303 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find the Right Therapy: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Psychodynamic Psychotherapy, Family Counseling, and Other Treatments That Work Author: Rebecca L....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431303" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431303</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Find the Right Therapy: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Psychodynamic Psychotherapy, Family Counseling, and Other Treatments That Work Author: Rebecca L. Shiner Narrator: Rebecca L. Shiner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 16 minutes Release date: June 10, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Have you considered psychotherapy, but aren't sure if it's right for you? Even if you've already decided to give it a try, it can be hard to choose among the many types of therapeutic approaches. Luckily, celebrated professor and psychology expert Rebecca Shiner can help. In this insightful audio series, Professor Shiner provides an in-depth look at some of the most effective therapies available today. This 15-lecture audio course gives you an insider's look at therapies that can help you make productive changes in your life. Earning a spot on the Princeton Review's Best 300 Professors list, Prof. Shiner has a gift for communicating complex ideas to a general audience. She is an elegant and natural speaker who shows great sensitivity in discussing difficult topics. Prof. Shiner's course serves as an orientation to five proven schools of treatment:  Psychodynamic Experiential Cognitive Family systems After taking a thorough look at individual therapies, you will explore current research demonstrating therapy's benefits and discuss why it is an effective treatment for so many. You will conclude by looking at the future directions and current debates in the field. Throughout the series, you'll be in good hands with Prof. Shiner, whose exhaustive knowledge is complemented by her gentle approach. If you or someone you know is looking to make lasting positive life changes, this course is a must-listen. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1f9e2c0d281a1d4d74f017612f472e4b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Blue Zones Solution: Eating and Living like the World’s Healthiest People by Dan Buettner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-blue-zones-solution-eating-and-living-like-the-world-s-healthiest-people-by-dan-buettner--65130488</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blue Zones Solution: Eating and Living like the World’s Healthiest People Author: Dan Buettner Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: April  7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Dan Buettner, the New York Times bestselling author of The Blue Zones, lays out a proven plan to maximize your health based on the practices of the world's healthiest people. For the first time, Buettner reveals how to transform your health using smart eating and lifestyle habits gleaned from new research on the diets, eating habits, and lifestyle practices of the communities he's identified as 'Blue Zones'—those places with the world's longest-lived, and thus healthiest, people. With this book's audacious belief that the lifestyles of the world's Blue Zones could be adapted and replicated in towns across North America, you'll be inspired by the specific stories of the people, foods, and routines of our healthy elders; understand the role community, family, and naturally healthy habits can play to improve our diet and health; and learn the exact foods—including the fifty superfoods of longevity and dozens of recipes adapted for Western tastes and markets—that offer delicious ways to eat your way to optimum health. Filled with moving personal stories, delicious recipes, checklists, and useful tips that will transform any home into a miniature blue zone, The Blue Zones Solution is the ultimate blueprint for a healthy, happy life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230633</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2015 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130488/9781504609920.mp3" length="1477689" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230633 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blue Zones Solution: Eating and Living like the World’s Healthiest People Author: Dan Buettner Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/230633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Blue Zones Solution: Eating and Living like the World’s Healthiest People Author: Dan Buettner Narrator: Joe Barrett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: April  7, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.56 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Dan Buettner, the New York Times bestselling author of The Blue Zones, lays out a proven plan to maximize your health based on the practices of the world's healthiest people. For the first time, Buettner reveals how to transform your health using smart eating and lifestyle habits gleaned from new research on the diets, eating habits, and lifestyle practices of the communities he's identified as 'Blue Zones'—those places with the world's longest-lived, and thus healthiest, people. With this book's audacious belief that the lifestyles of the world's Blue Zones could be adapted and replicated in towns across North America, you'll be inspired by the specific stories of the people, foods, and routines of our healthy elders; understand the role community, family, and naturally healthy habits can play to improve our diet and health; and learn the exact foods—including the fifty superfoods of longevity and dozens of recipes adapted for Western tastes and markets—that offer delicious ways to eat your way to optimum health. Filled with moving personal stories, delicious recipes, checklists, and useful tips that will transform any home into a miniature blue zone, The Blue Zones Solution is the ultimate blueprint for a healthy, happy life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7ce84fff9ecd05cec7bfb18166fb7020.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Like Switch: An Ex-FBI Agent's Guide to Influencing, Attracting, and Winning People Over by Marvin Karlins, Jack Schafer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-like-switch-an-ex-fbi-agent-s-guide-to-influencing-attracting-and-winning-people-over-by-marvin-karlins-jack-schafer--65130489</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226393" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226393</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Like Switch: An Ex-FBI Agent's Guide to Influencing, Attracting, and Winning People Over Author: Marvin Karlins, Jack Schafer Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 29   Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  From a former FBI Special Agent specializing in behavior analysis and recruiting spies comes a handbook filled with his proven strategies on how to instantly read people and influence how they perceive you, so you can easily turn on the like switch. The Like Switch is packed with all the tools you need for turning strangers into friends, whether you are on a sales call, a first date, or a job interview. As a Special Agent for the FBI’s National Security Division’s Behavioral Analysis Program, Dr. Jack Schafer developed dynamic and breakthrough strategies for profiling terrorists and detecting deception. Now, Dr. Schafer has evolved his proven-on-the-battlefield tactics for the day-to-day, but no less critical battle of getting people to like you.    In The Like Switch, he presents these techniques for how you can influence, attract, and win people over. Learn how to think and react like your favorite TV investigators from Criminal Minds or CSI as Dr. Schafer shows you how to improve your LQ (Likeability Quotient), “spot the lie” both in person and online, master nonverbal cues that influence how people perceive you, and turn up or turn down the intensity of a relationship.    Dr. Schafer cracks the code on making great first impressions, building lasting relationships, and understanding others’ behavior to learn what they really think about you. With tips and techniques that hold the key to taking control of your communications, interactions, and relationships, The Like Switch shows you how to read others and get people to like you for a moment or a lifetime.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226393</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jan 2015 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130489/9781442377042.mp3" length="1476682" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226393 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Like Switch: An Ex-FBI Agent's Guide to Influencing, Attracting, and Winning People Over Author: Marvin Karlins, Jack Schafer Narrator: George...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226393" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/226393</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Like Switch: An Ex-FBI Agent's Guide to Influencing, Attracting, and Winning People Over Author: Marvin Karlins, Jack Schafer Narrator: George Newbern Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 40 minutes Release date: January 13, 2015 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.24 of Total 29   Ratings of Narrator: 4.86 of Total 7 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  From a former FBI Special Agent specializing in behavior analysis and recruiting spies comes a handbook filled with his proven strategies on how to instantly read people and influence how they perceive you, so you can easily turn on the like switch. The Like Switch is packed with all the tools you need for turning strangers into friends, whether you are on a sales call, a first date, or a job interview. As a Special Agent for the FBI’s National Security Division’s Behavioral Analysis Program, Dr. Jack Schafer developed dynamic and breakthrough strategies for profiling terrorists and detecting deception. Now, Dr. Schafer has evolved his proven-on-the-battlefield tactics for the day-to-day, but no less critical battle of getting people to like you.    In The Like Switch, he presents these techniques for how you can influence, attract, and win people over. Learn how to think and react like your favorite TV investigators from Criminal Minds or CSI as Dr. Schafer shows you how to improve your LQ (Likeability Quotient), “spot the lie” both in person and online, master nonverbal cues that influence how people perceive you, and turn up or turn down the intensity of a relationship.    Dr. Schafer cracks the code on making great first impressions, building lasting relationships, and understanding others’ behavior to learn what they really think about you. With tips and techniques that hold the key to taking control of your communications, interactions, and relationships, The Like Switch shows you how to read others and get people to like you for a moment or a lifetime.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0c1066247dda0571b9dd8366833b880c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Grateful Life: The Secret to Happiness and the Science of Contentment by Mary Beth Sammons, Nina Lesowitz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-grateful-life-the-secret-to-happiness-and-the-science-of-contentment-by-mary-beth-sammons-nina-lesowitz--65130469</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223608" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223608</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grateful Life: The Secret to Happiness and the Science of Contentment Author: Mary Beth Sammons, Nina Lesowitz Narrator: Heather Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 31   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  The Grateful Life is a guide to discovering and achieving one's dreams by harnessing the power of a positive attitude. In years of research and practice, authors Nina Lesowitz and Mary Beth Sammons have discovered that grateful living can transform lives. Grateful people are happier people. They are healthier and less stressed. They report much higher levels of satisfaction with their relationships and are less likely to credit the good fortune of others to luck. This book contains inspiring stories about those who exercise gratitude as a spiritual practice to rise out of adversity to new life. It also shows how grateful living is central to the good life and to attracting abundance. Filled with motivational quotes, resources, and exercises, The Grateful Life helps readers on their journey to creating the life they've always wanted. Taking the concept of Living Life as a Thank You to the next level, The Grateful Life includes absorbing and transformative stories from real people who unveil the secret to achieving successes both big and small.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223608</guid><pubDate>Sat, 15 Nov 2014 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130469/9781481516426.mp3" length="1476682" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223608 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grateful Life: The Secret to Happiness and the Science of Contentment Author: Mary Beth Sammons, Nina Lesowitz Narrator: Heather Henderson Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223608" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/223608</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Grateful Life: The Secret to Happiness and the Science of Contentment Author: Mary Beth Sammons, Nina Lesowitz Narrator: Heather Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 19 minutes Release date: November 15, 2014 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 31   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 4 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  The Grateful Life is a guide to discovering and achieving one's dreams by harnessing the power of a positive attitude. In years of research and practice, authors Nina Lesowitz and Mary Beth Sammons have discovered that grateful living can transform lives. Grateful people are happier people. They are healthier and less stressed. They report much higher levels of satisfaction with their relationships and are less likely to credit the good fortune of others to luck. This book contains inspiring stories about those who exercise gratitude as a spiritual practice to rise out of adversity to new life. It also shows how grateful living is central to the good life and to attracting abundance. Filled with motivational quotes, resources, and exercises, The Grateful Life helps readers on their journey to creating the life they've always wanted. Taking the concept of Living Life as a Thank You to the next level, The Grateful Life includes absorbing and transformative stories from real people who unveil the secret to achieving successes both big and small.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1377734293768d6e400f918d8e0d0b96.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Daniel Cure: The Daniel Fast Way to Vibrant Health by Richard J. Bloomer, Susan Gregory</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-daniel-cure-the-daniel-fast-way-to-vibrant-health-by-richard-j-bloomer-susan-gregory--65130487</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200929" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200929</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daniel Cure: The Daniel Fast Way to Vibrant Health Author: Richard J. Bloomer, Susan Gregory Narrator: Julie Carr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  One of the most popular fasts in recent years has been the Daniel Fast, a 21-day period of prayer and fasting based on the Old Testament prophet's fasts recorded in Daniel 1 and Daniel 10. The Daniel Fast is a partial fast, in which certain foods are restricted and others are consumed. This fast is similar to a 'purified' vegan diet; in addition to the exclusion of all animal products, no additives, preservatives, sweeteners, caffeine, alcohol, white flour, or processed foods are allowed. With the Daniel Fast people can eat as much Daniel-Fast-friendly food as they would like. Though most people begin the Daniel Fast for a spiritual purpose, many are amazed by the physical transformation that takes place. Many with high cholesterol experience a drop to healthy levels; people who have wrestled with weight issues are suddenly able to lose the pounds. The vast majority of participants following the Daniel Fast report a general sense of well-being and increased energy. Recent published scientific studies of the Daniel Fast have confirmed these findings, with additional benefits, such as a reduction in systemic inflammation, a reduction in blood pressure, and an improvement in antioxidant defenses. The Daniel Cure will help readers take the next step by focusing on the health benefits of the Daniel Fast. By following the advice in this book, readers will convert the Daniel Fast from a once-a-year spiritual discipline into a new way of life that can begin any time of the year. In a nation suffering an epidemic of obesity and its resulting ills, The Daniel Cure may be just what the Great Physician ordered.  The Daniel Cure includes a 21-Day Daniel Cure Devotional, four chapters detailing the lifestyle diseases of obesity, type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and inflammation, eleven chapters of recipes and meal planning advice, a recipe index, complete nutritional guidance, and an appendix detailing 'The Science behind the Daniel Fast.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200929</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2013 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130487/9780310335795.mp3" length="2436734" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daniel Cure: The Daniel Fast Way to Vibrant Health Author: Richard J. Bloomer, Susan Gregory Narrator: Julie Carr Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200929" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/200929</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daniel Cure: The Daniel Fast Way to Vibrant Health Author: Richard J. Bloomer, Susan Gregory Narrator: Julie Carr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 22, 2013 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  One of the most popular fasts in recent years has been the Daniel Fast, a 21-day period of prayer and fasting based on the Old Testament prophet's fasts recorded in Daniel 1 and Daniel 10. The Daniel Fast is a partial fast, in which certain foods are restricted and others are consumed. This fast is similar to a 'purified' vegan diet; in addition to the exclusion of all animal products, no additives, preservatives, sweeteners, caffeine, alcohol, white flour, or processed foods are allowed. With the Daniel Fast people can eat as much Daniel-Fast-friendly food as they would like. Though most people begin the Daniel Fast for a spiritual purpose, many are amazed by the physical transformation that takes place. Many with high cholesterol experience a drop to healthy levels; people who have wrestled with weight issues are suddenly able to lose the pounds. The vast majority of participants following the Daniel Fast report a general sense of well-being and increased energy. Recent published scientific studies of the Daniel Fast have confirmed these findings, with additional benefits, such as a reduction in systemic inflammation, a reduction in blood pressure, and an improvement in antioxidant defenses. The Daniel Cure will help readers take the next step by focusing on the health benefits of the Daniel Fast. By following the advice in this book, readers will convert the Daniel Fast from a once-a-year spiritual discipline into a new way of life that can begin any time of the year. In a nation suffering an epidemic of obesity and its resulting ills, The Daniel Cure may be just what the Great Physician ordered.  The Daniel Cure includes a 21-Day Daniel Cure Devotional, four chapters detailing the lifestyle diseases of obesity, type 2 diabetes, cardiovascular disease, and inflammation, eleven chapters of recipes and meal planning advice, a recipe index, complete nutritional guidance, and an appendix detailing 'The Science behind the Daniel Fast.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0dc7ea5f360d446f26a14c64d1898a69.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Focus: The Hidden Driver of Excellence by Daniel Goleman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/focus-the-hidden-driver-of-excellence-by-daniel-goleman--65130476</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198404" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198404</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focus: The Hidden Driver of Excellence Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: October  8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In Focus, Psychologist and journalist Daniel Goleman, author of the #1 international bestseller Emotional Intelligence, offers a groundbreaking look at today’s scarcest resource and the secret to high performance and fulfillment: attention. Combining cutting-edge research with practical findings, Focus delves into the science of attention in all its varieties, presenting a long overdue discussion of this little-noticed and under-rated mental asset. In an era of unstoppable distractions, Goleman persuasively argues that now more than ever we must learn to sharpen focus if we are to survive in a complex world. Goleman boils down attention research into a threesome: inner, other, and outer focus. Drawing on rich case studies from fields as diverse as competitive sports, education, the arts, and business, he shows why high-achievers need all three kinds of focus, and explains how those who rely on Smart Practices—mindfulness meditation, focused preparation and recovery, positive emotions and connections, and mental “prosthetics” that help them improve habits, add new skills, and sustain greatness—excel while others do not.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198404</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2013 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130476/9780062130136.mp3" length="2436734" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198404 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focus: The Hidden Driver of Excellence Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198404" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/198404</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Focus: The Hidden Driver of Excellence Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Daniel Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: October  8, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  In Focus, Psychologist and journalist Daniel Goleman, author of the #1 international bestseller Emotional Intelligence, offers a groundbreaking look at today’s scarcest resource and the secret to high performance and fulfillment: attention. Combining cutting-edge research with practical findings, Focus delves into the science of attention in all its varieties, presenting a long overdue discussion of this little-noticed and under-rated mental asset. In an era of unstoppable distractions, Goleman persuasively argues that now more than ever we must learn to sharpen focus if we are to survive in a complex world. Goleman boils down attention research into a threesome: inner, other, and outer focus. Drawing on rich case studies from fields as diverse as competitive sports, education, the arts, and business, he shows why high-achievers need all three kinds of focus, and explains how those who rely on Smart Practices—mindfulness meditation, focused preparation and recovery, positive emotions and connections, and mental “prosthetics” that help them improve habits, add new skills, and sustain greatness—excel while others do not.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b918c393611ec2231236527904025a8c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>12 Step Spirituality: Every Person's Guide to Taking the Twelve Steps by Anthony J. Ciorra</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/12-step-spirituality-every-person-s-guide-to-taking-the-twelve-steps-by-anthony-j-ciorra--65130447</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431304" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431304</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 12 Step Spirituality: Every Person's Guide to Taking the Twelve Steps Author: Anthony J. Ciorra Narrator: Anthony J. Ciorra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 28, 2013 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Deeply rooted in Christian tradition, the 12-step program blends the best of spirituality with the best of modern psychology. Addiction recovery is only one manifestation of its utility. Under the guidance of Fr. Anthony Ciorra, you will come to see how the 12 steps apply to surprising areas of your life. A renowned author, professor, and spirituality expert and recipient of the pontifical honor Pro Ecclesia et Pontifice given by Pope John Paul II, Fr. Ciorra guides you on a transformative journey towards freedom. You will deepen your spirituality as you develop a richer understanding of his profound approach to the 12 steps as a course of action. You're probably acquainted with the first twelve-step fellowship founded in the 1930s: Alcoholics Anonymous, or AA. But in this 12-lecture program, Fr. Ciorra shows you that the same principles apply to you regardless of your spiritual tradition or individual makeup. You will look to role models such as John of the Cross, Teresa of Avila, Mother Teresa of Calcutta, and St. Augustine-all of whom similarly struggled with but ultimately overcame their dark nights of the soul. In addition to their extraordinary examples, you will also explore samples of moving poetry that will help you stretch yourself spirituality. Sometimes described as a journey from your head to your heart, the 12-step program is truly a life-giving spiritual approach for everyone. By fully realizing the power of the spirituality behind the 12 steps, you will discover a peace in your heart that the world cannot give. Attain your own happiness now. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide prepared by your professor and course producer.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431304</guid><pubDate>Fri, 28 Jun 2013 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130447/9781632510921.mp3" length="2437181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431304 to listen full audiobooks. Title: 12 Step Spirituality: Every Person's Guide to Taking the Twelve Steps Author: Anthony J. Ciorra Narrator: Anthony J. Ciorra Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431304" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/431304</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 12 Step Spirituality: Every Person's Guide to Taking the Twelve Steps Author: Anthony J. Ciorra Narrator: Anthony J. Ciorra Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 28, 2013 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Deeply rooted in Christian tradition, the 12-step program blends the best of spirituality with the best of modern psychology. Addiction recovery is only one manifestation of its utility. Under the guidance of Fr. Anthony Ciorra, you will come to see how the 12 steps apply to surprising areas of your life. A renowned author, professor, and spirituality expert and recipient of the pontifical honor Pro Ecclesia et Pontifice given by Pope John Paul II, Fr. Ciorra guides you on a transformative journey towards freedom. You will deepen your spirituality as you develop a richer understanding of his profound approach to the 12 steps as a course of action. You're probably acquainted with the first twelve-step fellowship founded in the 1930s: Alcoholics Anonymous, or AA. But in this 12-lecture program, Fr. Ciorra shows you that the same principles apply to you regardless of your spiritual tradition or individual makeup. You will look to role models such as John of the Cross, Teresa of Avila, Mother Teresa of Calcutta, and St. Augustine-all of whom similarly struggled with but ultimately overcame their dark nights of the soul. In addition to their extraordinary examples, you will also explore samples of moving poetry that will help you stretch yourself spirituality. Sometimes described as a journey from your head to your heart, the 12-step program is truly a life-giving spiritual approach for everyone. By fully realizing the power of the spirituality behind the 12 steps, you will discover a peace in your heart that the world cannot give. Attain your own happiness now. This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a free PDF study guide prepared by your professor and course producer.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/16e0787b66e32b4ab9e0ad3e8bb60d21.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You Matter: 7 Practices of Living a Life of Purpose by Melvin Miller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-matter-7-practices-of-living-a-life-of-purpose-by-melvin-miller--65130445</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159214" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159214</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Matter: 7 Practices of Living a Life of Purpose Author: Melvin Miller Narrator: Federica Baldan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: January  1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  You matter. It’s a simple statement, but few people truly recognize the gifts they possess. Reverend Melvin Miller and Federica Baldan use seven practices that call people to put their faith—any faith!—into action as they help us to uncover the road blocks in our way and live a life with purpose. Why do we make the same mistakes in our personal and professional lives; why do we close off our hearts when it matters most? The path to discovery is in this book. You Matter encourages us to pursue our heartfelt dreams and goals with an understanding that the fulfillment of those goals is possible—right now.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159214</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Jan 2013 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130445/9781609989248.mp3" length="1476682" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159214 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Matter: 7 Practices of Living a Life of Purpose Author: Melvin Miller Narrator: Federica Baldan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159214" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/159214</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Matter: 7 Practices of Living a Life of Purpose Author: Melvin Miller Narrator: Federica Baldan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 47 minutes Release date: January  1, 2013 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  You matter. It’s a simple statement, but few people truly recognize the gifts they possess. Reverend Melvin Miller and Federica Baldan use seven practices that call people to put their faith—any faith!—into action as they help us to uncover the road blocks in our way and live a life with purpose. Why do we make the same mistakes in our personal and professional lives; why do we close off our hearts when it matters most? The path to discovery is in this book. You Matter encourages us to pursue our heartfelt dreams and goals with an understanding that the fulfillment of those goals is possible—right now.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eae9fbb13ef81418f2694164242bdc76.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Untethered Soul: The Journey Beyond Yourself by Michael A. Singer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-untethered-soul-the-journey-beyond-yourself-by-michael-a-singer--65130452</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118175" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118175</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Untethered Soul: The Journey Beyond Yourself Author: Michael A. Singer Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 785   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 157 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Who are you? When you start to explore this question, you find out  how elusive it really is. Are you a physical body? A collection of  experiences and memories? A partner to relationships? Each time you consider these aspects of yourself, you realize that there is much more to you than any of these can define. In The Untethered Soul,  spiritual teacher Michael A. Singer explores the question of who we are and arrives at the conclusion that our identity is to be found in our  consciousness, the fact of our ability to observe ourselves, and the world around us. By tapping into traditions of meditation and  mindfulness, Singer shows how the development of consciousness can  enable us all to dwell in the present moment and let go of painful  thoughts and memories that keep us from achieving happiness and  self-realization. The Untethered Soul offers a frank and friendly discussion of consciousness and how we can  develop it. In part one, Singer examines the notion of self and the inner dialogue we all live with. Part two examines the experience of energy as it flows through us and works to show listeners how to open their hearts to the energy of experience that permeates their lives. Ways to overcome  tendencies to close down to the rest of the world are the subject of  part three. Enlightenment, the embrace of universal consciousness, is the subject of part four. And finally, in part five, Singer returns to daily life and the pursuit of unconditional happiness. Throughout, the book maintains a light and engaging tone, free from heavy dogma and prescriptive religious references. The easy exercises that figure in each chapter help listeners experience the ideas that Singer presents.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118175</guid><pubDate>Mon, 12 Dec 2011 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130452/9781452675169.mp3" length="14437232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118175 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Untethered Soul: The Journey Beyond Yourself Author: Michael A. Singer Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118175" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/118175</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Untethered Soul: The Journey Beyond Yourself Author: Michael A. Singer Narrator: Peter Berkrot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: December 12, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.45 of Total 785   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 157 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Who are you? When you start to explore this question, you find out  how elusive it really is. Are you a physical body? A collection of  experiences and memories? A partner to relationships? Each time you consider these aspects of yourself, you realize that there is much more to you than any of these can define. In The Untethered Soul,  spiritual teacher Michael A. Singer explores the question of who we are and arrives at the conclusion that our identity is to be found in our  consciousness, the fact of our ability to observe ourselves, and the world around us. By tapping into traditions of meditation and  mindfulness, Singer shows how the development of consciousness can  enable us all to dwell in the present moment and let go of painful  thoughts and memories that keep us from achieving happiness and  self-realization. The Untethered Soul offers a frank and friendly discussion of consciousness and how we can  develop it. In part one, Singer examines the notion of self and the inner dialogue we all live with. Part two examines the experience of energy as it flows through us and works to show listeners how to open their hearts to the energy of experience that permeates their lives. Ways to overcome  tendencies to close down to the rest of the world are the subject of  part three. Enlightenment, the embrace of universal consciousness, is the subject of part four. And finally, in part five, Singer returns to daily life and the pursuit of unconditional happiness. Throughout, the book maintains a light and engaging tone, free from heavy dogma and prescriptive religious references. The easy exercises that figure in each chapter help listeners experience the ideas that Singer presents.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7427994e5397b915cf154a7f6488f10e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Daniel Fast: Feed Your Soul, Strengthen Your Spirit, and Renew Your Body by Susan Gregory</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-daniel-fast-feed-your-soul-strengthen-your-spirit-and-renew-your-body-by-susan-gregory--65130433</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196449" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196449</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daniel Fast: Feed Your Soul, Strengthen Your Spirit, and Renew Your Body Author: Susan Gregory Narrator: Jaimee Draper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: December  1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Are you hungry for more of God in your life? Discover why millions of men and women throughout the world are rediscovering the ancient discipline of fasting—and, as a result, are encountering God in amazing ways. In this authoritative guide, now expanded with new recipes, Susan Gregory, “The Daniel Fast Blogger” and an acknowledged expert on the popular partial fast inspired by the biblical book of Daniel, guides listeners toward a successful fasting experience. Join Susan as she shares the secrets to: • Fasting in a safe and healthy way • Creating delicious healthy meals using Daniel Fast foods • Following the 21-day plan to physical and spiritual health (adaptable for a fast of any length) • Participating in a group fast with your church, family, or friends • Learning how to hear from God and discover His purpose for your life. Susan also offers devotionals for each day of a 21-day fast, and a FAQs section for those seeking quick answers. As she walks you through each step of the Daniel Fast, you’ll discover an infinitely richer and more abundant life.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196449</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2011 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130433/9781608149445.mp3" length="2436734" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196449 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daniel Fast: Feed Your Soul, Strengthen Your Spirit, and Renew Your Body Author: Susan Gregory Narrator: Jaimee Draper Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196449" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/196449</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daniel Fast: Feed Your Soul, Strengthen Your Spirit, and Renew Your Body Author: Susan Gregory Narrator: Jaimee Draper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: December  1, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Are you hungry for more of God in your life? Discover why millions of men and women throughout the world are rediscovering the ancient discipline of fasting—and, as a result, are encountering God in amazing ways. In this authoritative guide, now expanded with new recipes, Susan Gregory, “The Daniel Fast Blogger” and an acknowledged expert on the popular partial fast inspired by the biblical book of Daniel, guides listeners toward a successful fasting experience. Join Susan as she shares the secrets to: • Fasting in a safe and healthy way • Creating delicious healthy meals using Daniel Fast foods • Following the 21-day plan to physical and spiritual health (adaptable for a fast of any length) • Participating in a group fast with your church, family, or friends • Learning how to hear from God and discover His purpose for your life. Susan also offers devotionals for each day of a 21-day fast, and a FAQs section for those seeking quick answers. As she walks you through each step of the Daniel Fast, you’ll discover an infinitely richer and more abundant life.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/84ea1e19c331046672f1006760fb7fe4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Zen to Done: The Ultimate Simple Productivity System by Leo Babauta</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/zen-to-done-the-ultimate-simple-productivity-system-by-leo-babauta--65130485</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153308" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153308</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zen to Done: The Ultimate Simple Productivity System Author: Leo Babauta Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: November 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Zen To Done is a system that is at once simple, and powerful. It will help you develop powerful habits:• how to organize tasks and projects to keep your workday simple and structured • how to keep your desk and email inbox clean and clear • how to focus what you need to do without distractionThis book was written for those who want to get their lives organized and actually execute the things on their to-do list by changing existing habits. And let me say that changing your habits is possible. Using the habit-changing techniques I describe in this book, I have made many habit changes: I quit smoking, started running, started eating healthier, completed a marathon, doubled my income and got my finances in order, have almost eliminated my debt now, completed a triathlon, lost more than 20 pounds, started a successful blog, and more.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153308</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Nov 2011 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130485/9781455831906.mp3" length="1476682" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153308 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zen to Done: The Ultimate Simple Productivity System Author: Leo Babauta Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153308" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/153308</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zen to Done: The Ultimate Simple Productivity System Author: Leo Babauta Narrator: Fred Stella Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: November 15, 2011 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Zen To Done is a system that is at once simple, and powerful. It will help you develop powerful habits:• how to organize tasks and projects to keep your workday simple and structured • how to keep your desk and email inbox clean and clear • how to focus what you need to do without distractionThis book was written for those who want to get their lives organized and actually execute the things on their to-do list by changing existing habits. And let me say that changing your habits is possible. Using the habit-changing techniques I describe in this book, I have made many habit changes: I quit smoking, started running, started eating healthier, completed a marathon, doubled my income and got my finances in order, have almost eliminated my debt now, completed a triathlon, lost more than 20 pounds, started a successful blog, and more.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/734ef3a7c392248f75463ab5f339f8ea.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>No Excuses!: The Power of Self-Discipline; 21 Ways to Achieve Lasting Happiness and Success by Brian Tracy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-excuses-the-power-of-self-discipline-21-ways-to-achieve-lasting-happiness-and-success-by-brian-tracy--65130480</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124673" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124673</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Excuses!: The Power of Self-Discipline; 21 Ways to Achieve Lasting Happiness and Success Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 609   Ratings of Narrator: 4.34 of Total 91 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Most people think success comes from good luck or enormous talent, but many successful people achieve their accomplishments in a simpler way: through self-discipline. Brian Tracy knows this firsthand: He didn’t graduate from high school, and after working for a few years as a laborer, he realized he had limited skills and a limited future. But through the power of self-discipline, he changed his life, achieving success in sales and marketing, investing, real estate development, and management consulting. He has consulted to more than 1,000 companies, given motivational speeches and seminars to more than 4 million people in 40 countries, and written 45 books. No Excuses! shows you how you can achieve success in all three major areas of your life: 1. Your personal goals: self-discipline can help you realize that you are responsible for your success and shows you how persistence really does pay off. 2. Your business and money goals: self-discipline can make you a better leader and a better manager, help you close more sales and make more money, improve your time-management and problem- solving abilities, and make you more effective and successful at work. 3. Your overall happiness: self-discipline can help you be happier, healthier, and more physically fit, and it can help you in your marriage and your relationships with your children and friends. Each of the 21 chapters in this audio book shows you how to be more disciplined in one aspect of your life, with end- of-chapter exercises to help you apply the “no excuses” approach to your own life. With these guidelines, you can learn how to be more successful in everything you do—instead of wistfully envying others who you think are just “luckier” than you. a little self-discipline goes a long way...so stop making excuses and listen to this audio book!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124673</guid><pubDate>Mon, 17 May 2010 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130480/9781596595729.mp3" length="1468950" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124673 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Excuses!: The Power of Self-Discipline; 21 Ways to Achieve Lasting Happiness and Success Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124673" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/124673</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Excuses!: The Power of Self-Discipline; 21 Ways to Achieve Lasting Happiness and Success Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: May 17, 2010 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.38 of Total 609   Ratings of Narrator: 4.34 of Total 91 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Most people think success comes from good luck or enormous talent, but many successful people achieve their accomplishments in a simpler way: through self-discipline. Brian Tracy knows this firsthand: He didn’t graduate from high school, and after working for a few years as a laborer, he realized he had limited skills and a limited future. But through the power of self-discipline, he changed his life, achieving success in sales and marketing, investing, real estate development, and management consulting. He has consulted to more than 1,000 companies, given motivational speeches and seminars to more than 4 million people in 40 countries, and written 45 books. No Excuses! shows you how you can achieve success in all three major areas of your life: 1. Your personal goals: self-discipline can help you realize that you are responsible for your success and shows you how persistence really does pay off. 2. Your business and money goals: self-discipline can make you a better leader and a better manager, help you close more sales and make more money, improve your time-management and problem- solving abilities, and make you more effective and successful at work. 3. Your overall happiness: self-discipline can help you be happier, healthier, and more physically fit, and it can help you in your marriage and your relationships with your children and friends. Each of the 21 chapters in this audio book shows you how to be more disciplined in one aspect of your life, with end- of-chapter exercises to help you apply the “no excuses” approach to your own life. With these guidelines, you can learn how to be more successful in everything you do—instead of wistfully envying others who you think are just “luckier” than you. a little self-discipline goes a long way...so stop making excuses and listen to this audio book!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>184</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9de3384bc74697af1006e15fef01a91d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Emotional Intelligence: Why it can matter more than IQ by Daniel Goleman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/emotional-intelligence-why-it-can-matter-more-than-iq-by-daniel-goleman--65130481</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191962" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191962</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence: Why it can matter more than IQ Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: March  1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 99   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  This program features a new introduction read by Daniel Goleman and a bonus dialogue between the author and Jon Kabat-Zinn. It is the tenth anniversary since the first publication of Daniel Goleman's groundbreaking bestseller, Emotional Intelligence which maps the territory where IQ meets EQ, where we apply what we know to how we live. Spending over a year on the New York Times bestseller list, Emotional Intelligence provided the evidence for what many successful people already knew: being smart isn't just a matter of mastering facts; it's a matter of mastering your own emotions and understanding the emotions of the people around you.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191962</guid><pubDate>Sat, 01 Mar 2003 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130481/9781593972097.mp3" length="2437245" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191962 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence: Why it can matter more than IQ Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191962" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/191962</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence: Why it can matter more than IQ Author: Daniel Goleman Narrator: Barrett Whitener Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 32 minutes Release date: March  1, 2003 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.44 of Total 99   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 8 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  This program features a new introduction read by Daniel Goleman and a bonus dialogue between the author and Jon Kabat-Zinn. It is the tenth anniversary since the first publication of Daniel Goleman's groundbreaking bestseller, Emotional Intelligence which maps the territory where IQ meets EQ, where we apply what we know to how we live. Spending over a year on the New York Times bestseller list, Emotional Intelligence provided the evidence for what many successful people already knew: being smart isn't just a matter of mastering facts; it's a matter of mastering your own emotions and understanding the emotions of the people around you.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7558534aa4531f52ca890f20c436db85.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Power of Now: A Guide to Spiritual Enlightenment by Eckhart Tolle</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-now-a-guide-to-spiritual-enlightenment-by-eckhart-tolle--65130484</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143825" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143825</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Now: A Guide to Spiritual Enlightenment Author: Eckhart Tolle Narrator: Eckhart Tolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 17, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 2323   Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 262 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Celebrating 25 Years as a New York Times Bestseller — Over 16 Million Copies Sold    It’s no wonder that The Power of Now has sold over 16 million copies worldwide and has been translated into over 30 foreign languages. Much more than simple principles and platitudes, the book takes readers on an inspiring spiritual journey to find their true and deepest self and reach the ultimate in personal growth and spirituality: the discovery of truth and light. In the first chapter, Tolle introduces readers to enlightenment and its natural enemy, the mind. He awakens readers to their role as a creator of pain and shows them how to have a pain-free identity by living fully in the present. The journey is thrilling, and along the way, the author shows how to connect to the indestructible essence of our Being, “the eternal, ever-present One Life beyond the myriad forms of life that are subject to birth and death.” Featuring a new preface by the author, this paperback shows that only after regaining awareness of Being, liberated from Mind and intensely in the Now, is there Enlightenment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143825</guid><pubDate>Mon, 17 Jul 2000 13:55:59 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65130484/9781577313755.mp3" length="1477597" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Gregoria  Schuster</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143825 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Now: A Guide to Spiritual Enlightenment Author: Eckhart Tolle Narrator: Eckhart Tolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143825" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/143825</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Now: A Guide to Spiritual Enlightenment Author: Eckhart Tolle Narrator: Eckhart Tolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: July 17, 2000 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.42 of Total 2323   Ratings of Narrator: 4.44 of Total 262 Genres: Improve Your Mindset Publisher's Summary:  Celebrating 25 Years as a New York Times Bestseller — Over 16 Million Copies Sold    It’s no wonder that The Power of Now has sold over 16 million copies worldwide and has been translated into over 30 foreign languages. Much more than simple principles and platitudes, the book takes readers on an inspiring spiritual journey to find their true and deepest self and reach the ultimate in personal growth and spirituality: the discovery of truth and light. In the first chapter, Tolle introduces readers to enlightenment and its natural enemy, the mind. He awakens readers to their role as a creator of pain and shows them how to have a pain-free identity by living fully in the present. The journey is thrilling, and along the way, the author shows how to connect to the indestructible essence of our Being, “the eternal, ever-present One Life beyond the myriad forms of life that are subject to birth and death.” Featuring a new preface by the author, this paperback shows that only after regaining awareness of Being, liberated from Mind and intensely in the Now, is there Enlightenment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7b5a2f94db1497dcd5f18da22ee1ef74.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>
